Schneider Electric Sensors Master Catalog 1000283156

104879-Catalog 104879-Catalog 104879-Catalog B4 unilog cesco-content

1000470827-Catalog 1000470827-Catalog 1000470827-Catalog B5 unilog cesco-content

2016-07-29

: Pdf 1000283156-Catalog 1000283156-Catalog B2 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 172 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Sensors

Proximity, Photoelectric, and Ultrasonic

Sensors, Limit Switches, Pressure

Sensors, Machine Safety, Encoders,

RFID, and Machine Cabling

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/1

Contents 5–OsiSense® XU Photoelectric

sensors

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/4

Multimode: Simpliity through innovation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/14

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/16

OsiSense® XU cylindrical

Design ø18

XUB0 multimode function, metal or plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/28

XUB• single mode function, plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/30

XUB• single mode function, metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/32

XU5 luminescence sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/34

XUBT for detection of transparent materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/36

Food & Beverage–XUB0, stainless steel, multimode function . . . . . . page 5/38

Food & Beveverage–XU•, stainless steel, single mode function . . . . . page 5/40

XUBL laser thru-beam transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/44

Material Handling–XU5 with analog output signal 4–20 mA . . . . . . . . page 5/46

Material Handling–XU2 thru-beam system with high excess gain . . . page 5/48

Design 18, AC or DC supply, solid-state output

with adjustable sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/50

Design ø8

Assembly–metal case, cylindrical, threaded M8x1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/52

OsiSense® XU compact design

Dual mount design

XUN single and multimode function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/54

Miniature design

XUM0 multimode function, plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/56

XUM• single mode function, plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/58

XUM•single mode function, metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/62

Compact design, 50 x 50

XUK0 mulitmode function, 5-wire AC or DC 1 C/O relay output . . . . . page 5/66

XUK• single mode, 5-wire AC or DC 1 C/O relay output . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/68

Material handling–XUK8 diffuse with adjustable

background suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/70

XUKT for detection of transparent materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/72

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/2

Contents 5–OsiSense® XU Photoelectric

sensors

Detection of contrast

XUKR color mark reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/74

XUKC for color detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/76

XURK color mark reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/78

XURC for color detection, Þ ber design, with teach mode . . . . . . . . . . page 5/80

Compact design, 60 x 54 diffuse with background suppression

Material handling–XUYP diffuse with laser transmission . . . . . . . . . . page 5/82

Material handling–XUYP diffuse with 2 channels using triangulation . page 5/84

Compact design, 30 x 92 x 77

XUX0 mulitmode function, 5-wire AC or DC 1 C/O relay output . . . . . page 5/86

XUX• single mode, 5-wire AC or DC 1 C/O relay output . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/88

Material handling–XUX8 diffuse with adjustable

background suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/90

OsiSense® XU limit switch design

Limit switch body type

XUC with stability LED and alarm output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/92

XUC AC or DC supply, 1 CO time delay relay output

with stability LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/94

OsiSense® XU application sensors

Conveying series

XULH 3-wire DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/96

XULA 2-wire AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/97

XULM 5-wire AC or DC 1 C/O relay output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/100

Material handling series

XUJK analog output signal 4–20 mA and 0–10 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/102

Conveying and access control series

XUY• miniature design 4-wire DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/104

XUY• miniature design 5-wire AC or DC 1 C/O relay output

or 3-wire DC with teach mode adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/106

Packaging series

XUMW thru-beam for detection of water and aqueous liquids . . . . . . page 5/108

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/3

OsiSense® XU ampliﬁ er and ﬁ ber optics

AmpliÞ ers

XUDA ampliÞ ers with teach mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 5/110

XUYA ampliÞ ers for plastic or glass Þ ber optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 5/112

XUYD color mark readers with teach mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 5/114

XUYA ampliÞ ers for illuminiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 5/116

Fibers

Plastic Þ ber optics with end Þ ttings for thru-beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 5/118

Plastic Þ ber optics with end Þ ttings for diffuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/120

Plastic Þ ber optics with end Þ ttings for full color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/122

Plastic Þ ber optics without end Þ ttings for thru-beam . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/123

Glass Þ ber optics with end Þ ttings for diffuse and thru-beam . . . . . . page 5/124

EcoÞ ber system in Plastic for customer assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/130

Fiber optic accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/132

OsiSense® XU fork and frame

Forks design

XUVR/XUVA optical fork without adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/135

XUY• optical fork with teach mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/137

XUY• optical fork with laser transmission and with teach mode . . . . page 5/139

XUF•optical fork with teach mode, for detection of labels . . . . . . . . page 5/141

XUV•for detection of labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/143

XUVU ultrasonic fork, packaging series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/145

XUV•optical fork with integral ampliÞ er, mechanical

handling series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/147

Frame design

XUVF•dynamic detection of passage of objects, conveying series . page 5/149

OsiSense® XU supporting pages

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/151

Operating curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/158

Substitution table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/168

Contents 5–OsiSense® XU Photoelectric

sensors

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/4

Format Design ø18

Metal Plastic

Single mode function Type Sensing distance, m (ft) Type Sensing distance, m (ft)

Sensing

distance, m (ft)

related to

system

Diffuse with adjustable sensitivity XUB5B 0.6 (1.97) XUB5A 0.6 (1.97)

Diffuse XUB4B 0.1 (0.33) XUB4A 0.1 (0.33)

Polarized retroreß ective XUB9B 2 (6.56) XUB9A 2 (6.56)

Retroreß ective XUB1B 4 (13.12) XUB1A 4 (13.12)

Thru-beam XUB2B 15 (49.21) XUB2A 15 (49.21)

Catalog Number XUB B (1) XUB A (1)

Pages 32 30

Multimode function Type Sensing distance , m (ft) Type Sensing distance, m (ft)

Sensing

distance, m (ft)

related to

system

Diffuse with background suppression XUB0B 0.12 (0.39) XUB0A 0.12 (0.39)

Diffuse 0.30 (0.98) 0.30 (0.98)

Polarized retroreß ective 2 (6.56) 2 (6.56)

Thru-beam 15 (49.21) 15 (49.21)

Catalog Number XUB0B (1) XUB0A (1)

Pages 28 28

High performance diffuse with adjustable background

suppression

Type Sensing distance, m (ft) Type Sensing distance, m (ft)

– –

Catalog Number – –

Pages – –

Speciﬁ cations

Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1.

XUB A/XUB B: length 46 (62 for XUB5 and connector version)

XUB0A/XUB0B: length 62 (pre-cabled version) or length 78 (connector version)

Case Materials Plastic, PBT –

Nickel plated brass –

Stainless steel (XUB0S: see page 38 ) –

Degree of protection IEC 60529

DIN 40050

IP 65, IP 67 cable versions

IP 69K connector versions

Supply 3-wire (PNP/NPN)

5-wire, relay output (2-wire XU M18, see page 50 ) –

Function NO

NO/NC – –

NO +NC – –

Connection Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (2)

Connector M8 (4-pin) 3-wire – –

M12

Screw terminals – –

Remote connector M8 and M12 remote connectors available: consult the Sensor Competency Center.

(1) Sensors also available with line of sight 90° to case axis.

(2) Cable lengths of 5 and 10 m also available, depending on model.

Selection Guide OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Single mode or multimode function

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/5

Miniature design Compact design, 50 x 50 Compact design, 92 x 71

Plastic Plastic Plastic

Type Sensing distance, m (ft) Type Sensing distance, m (ft) Type Sensing distance, m (ft)

XUM5A 1 (with adjustable sensitivity) XUK5A 1 (3.28) (with adjustable sensitivity) XUX5A 2 (6.56) (with adjustable sensitivity)

– – –

XUM9A 5 (with adjustable sensitivity) XUK9A 5 (16.40) XUX9A 11 (36.09) (with adjustable sensitivity)

– XUK1A 7 (22.97) XUX1A 14 (45.93) (with adjustable sensitivity)

XUM2A 15 (with adjustable sensitivity) XUK2A 30 (98.42) XUX2A 40 (131.23) (with adjustable sensitivity)

XUM A XUK A XUX A

56 68 88

Type Sensing distance, m (ft) Type Sensing distance, m (ft) Type Sensing distance, m (ft)

XUM0A 0.10 (0.33) XUK0A 0.28 (0.92) XUX0A 1.3 (4.27)

0.4 (1.31) 0.8 (2.62) 2 (6.56)

3 (9.84) 4 (13.12) 11 (36.09)

10 (32.81) 30 (98.42) 40 (131.23)

XUM0A XUK0A XUX0A

56 66 86

Type Sensing distance, m (ft) Type Sensing distance, m (ft) Type Sensing distance, m (ft)

– XUK8 1 (3.28) XUX8 2 (6.56)

–XUK8 XUX8

– 70 90

XUM A: 11 x 34 x 20 (pre-cabled) or 11 x 43 x 20

(M8)

XUM0A: 12 x 34 x 20 (pre-cabled) or 12 x 45 x 20

(M8)

18 x 50 x 50 31 x 92 x 77

– – –

IP 65, IP 67 IP 65 IP 65, IP 67

–

conÞ gurable using switch and by programming

(XUM0A)

by programming (XUK0A and XUK8) by programming (XUX0A and XUX8)

–relay output relay output

–

– –

–

– –

M8 and M12 remote connectors available: consult the Sensor Competency Center.

Selection Guide OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Single mode or multimode function

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/6

Recommended applications Detection of objects on

small conveyors

Detection of labels on strip.

Detection of sheet feed on

printing machine

Detection on vibrating rail.

Detection of transparent

objects

Format Optical fork Optical fork Laser optical fork

Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm Passageway: 30 to 180

Depth: 30, 60, 95

Passageway: 2 to 120

Depth: 42, 59, 95

Case Metal Metal Metal

Sensing distance,

mm (in.) related to

system

Diffuse with background suppression – – –

Diffuse – – –

Polarized retroreß ective – – –

Retroreß ective – – –

Thru-beam 2–180 (0.08–7.09)(2) 2–120 (0.08–4.72) (1) (2) 2–120 (0.08–4.72) (1) (2)

Degree of protection IP 65, IP 67 IP 65 IP 65

Supply

– – –

Output PNP/NPN

NO/NC

PNP/NPN (3)

NO/NC (4)

PNP/NPN (3)

NO/NC (4)

Connection Pre-cabled – –

Connector

Screw terminals – – –

Catalog Number XUVR

XUVA

XUYFNEP

XUYFANEP

XUYFLNEP

XUYFALNEP

Pages 135 137 139

(1) With or without teach mode, depending on model

(2) Depending on model

(3) Depending on wiring

(4) By programming

Selection Guide OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Fork and frame form

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/7

Detection of opaque

labels

Detection of opaque labels,

of different colors

Detection of transparent

labels

Detection of ﬂ ags in lifts

and transtockers.

Integrated ampliﬁ er

Material handling: detection

and counting of objects being

fed to or exiting a machine

Optical fork Optical fork Ultrasonic fork Optical fork Frame design

12 x 37.5 x 80 20 x 90 x 26 16 x 47.3 x 90.5 14 x 58 x 68 15 x 50 x 108

15 x 86 x 131

25 x 230 x 205/265/335

Metal Metal Metal Plastic Metal

– – – – –

3 or 5 (0.12 or 0.20) (2) 2 (0.08) 3 (0.12) 3 (0.12) 3, 6, 12,18, 25

(0.12, 0.24, 0.47, 0.71, 0.98)

(2)

IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 54 IP 65

– – – – –

PNP and NPN

NO/NC (4)

PNP and NPN

NO/NC (4)

PNP and NPN

NO/NC (4)

Solid-state (PNP or NPN

PNP and NPN

NO/NC (3)

– – – –

–

– – – – –

XUYFA98 XUVK XUVU06 XUVH

XUVJ

XUVF

141 143 145 147 149

Selection Guide OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Fork and frame form

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/8

Recommended applications Packaging

Color mark

readers

Color mark

readers

Color mark

readers

Luminescence

sensors

Illumination

sensors

Detection of

reference

marks,

contrasting

colors and

markings on

packaging,

printing,

labelling

machines, etc.

Detection of

reference

marks on

packaging

paper, tubes

Detection of

reference

marks,

contrasting

colors and

markings on

packaging,

printing,

labelling

machines, etc.

Detection of

invisible

reference marks,

markings,

adhesives,

varnishes, etc.

Sensitive to the

bluing agents

generally

present in inks,

adhesives,

varnishes, etc.

Verifying

operation of

indicator lights

Format Compact design Fiber design Compact

design

Design ø18 Fiber design

Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm 50 x 50 x 15 13 x 72 x 30 31 x 81 x 58 Ø 18, threaded,

M18 x 1

L: 82

13 x 76.7 x 30

Case Plastic Plastic Metal Plastic

Sensing distance,

m (ft) related to

system

Diffuse with background suppression – – – – Sensing

distance

depending on

Þ ber used

Diffuse 0.019 (0.06) 0.009 (0.03) 0.02 (0.07)

Polarized retroreß ective – – – –

Retroreß ective – – – –

Thru-beam – – – –

Degree of protection IEC 60529

DIN 40050

IP 65 IP 65 IP 67 IP 67 IP 65

Supply

– – – – –

Output Solid-state (PNP or NPN) Solid-state (PNP) PNP/NPN

NO/NC

programmable

Connection Pre-cabled – – – – –

Connector

Screw terminals – – – – –

Catalog Number XUKR XUYDCF

966S

XURK XU5M XUYAFL

966S

Pages 74 114 78 34 112

Selection Guide OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/9

Packaging Food and

beverage

processing

Detection of any transparent object For detection of colors, sorting Detection of water

and aqueous liquids

STAINLESS STEEL cylindrical sensor

(grade 304 CU)

Bottle, ß ask, containers, Þ lm, etc. Recognizes colors for sorting or checking

parts

Level in opaque ß asks

etc.

For use in vicinity of food or beverage

processing machines

Design ø18 Compact design,

50 x 50

Compact design Compact design or

Þ ber design

Compact design Design ø18 Design ø18

Ø 18, threaded,

M18 x 1

L: 64, 78 or 92

18 x 50 x 50 50 x 50 x 25 30 x 80 x 57

25 x 92 x 54

13 x 47 x 23 Ø 18, threaded,

M18 x 1

L: 64–92

Ø 18, threaded,

M18 x 1

L: 62–88

Plastic or stainless

steel (2)

Plastic Plastic Metal Plastic Stainless steel Stainless steel

– – – – – 0.12 (0.39) –

– – 0.02 (0.07) 0.040–0.060

(0.13–0.20)

0.04–0.25

(0.13–0.82) (1)

– 0.3 (0.98) 0.10 (0.33)

0–10.4 (0–34.12)

(with reß ector)

– – – – 2 (6.56) 2 (6.56)

– 1.5 (4.92) – – – 4 (13.12)

– – – – 50 (164.04) 15 (49.21) 15 (49.21)

IP 65, IP 67 cable

IP 69K connector

IP 65 IP 65 IP 65, IP 67 (2) IP 65 IP 69K IP 67

––––– ––

Solid-state (PNP or NPN) Solid-state (PNP or

NPN)

Solid-state (PNP

and NPN)

Solid-state (PNP

and NPN)

–

– –

––––– ––

XUBT XUKT XUKC XURC XUMW XUB0S XU N18

36 72 76 80 108 38 40

(1) Depending on Þ bers used

(2) Depending on model

Selection Guide OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/10

Recommended applications Material Handling

Laser Diffuse with analog output Thru-beam with

high excess gain

Diffuse with

background

suppression, laser

transmission

Measurement, servo control,

position control, eccentricity

monitoring, concentricity

monitoring, etc

Detection of objects

in difÞ cult

environments

(smoke, dust, mist,

etc.). Measuring

opacity

High precision,

detection of any dark

or shiny object,

including small sized

Format Design ø18 Compact

design

Design ø18 Design ø18 Compact design

Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm Ø 18, threaded

M18 x 1

27 x 85 x 61 Ø 18, threaded

M18 x 1

L: 82

Ø 18, threaded

M18 x 1

L: 82

18 x 60 x 60

Case Plastic or

brass (2)

Plastic Metal Metal Plastic

Sensing distance,

m (ft) related to

system

Diffuse with background

suppression

– – – – Adjustable from 50 to

300 mm

(1.97 to 11.81 in.)

Diffuse – 0.20–0.80

(0.66–2.62)

0.05–0.4

(0.16–1.31)

– –

Polarized retroreß ective – – – – –

Retroreß ective – – – – –

Thru-beam 0–100 (0–3.94)

with teach mode

– – 50 (164.04) –

Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 65

Supply

– – – – –

Output PNP, NPN

NO/NC by

programming

Analog (PNP) Solid-state (PNP)

+Analog

PNP and NPN

NO/NC depending

on wiring

Connection Pre-cabled – – – –

Connector –

Screw terminals – – – –

Catalog Number XUBL XUJ XU5M XU2M XUYPS1

Pages 44 102 46 48 82

Selection Guide OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/11

Ampliﬁ er and ﬁ ber optics

Diffuse with two

channels using

triangulation, with

background

suppression

Ampliﬁ er, teach mode Plastic ﬁ ber optics

with end ﬁ ttings

Glass ﬁ ber optics with

end ﬁ ttings

Ecoﬁ ber concept

Bare Þ ber optics and

end Þ ttings supplied

separately for

customer assembly

Ampliﬁ er, teach mode

or potentiometer

Compact design Fiber design – – – Fiber design

18 x 60 x 60 10 x 40 x 65 (ampliÞ er) Length (1) :

1 m, 2 m or 10 m

Length (1) :

0.60 m, 1 m, 1.5 m or

2 m

Length (1) :

1 m, 10 m or 50 m

13 x 72.2 x 30

13 x 76.7 x 30

Plastic Plastic Plastic Glass Plastic Plastic

Adjustable from 50 to

600 mm

(1.97 to 23.62 in.)

– – – Sensing distance:

70 mm–

4,000 mm

(2.76–157.48 in.)

(1)

Sensing distance

depending on Þ ber used

– 0.006–0.095 (0.02–0.31)

(2)

6–95

(19.68– 311.68)(1)

80 (262.47)

– – – –

– 0.050–2

(0.16–6.56) (2)

30–2500

(98.42–8,202.07) (1)

80 or 200

(262.47 or 656.17) (1)

IP 65 IP 65 (ampliÞ er)

IP 64 (Þ bers)

IP 64, IP 641 (1)

IP 65, IP 651 (1)

– – IP 65

– – –

––––––

PNP and NPN

NO/NC programmable

Solid-state (PNP or

NPN) (3)

NO or NC

(programmable)

– – – PNP/NPN

NO/NC (3) or

programmable (1)

– – –

––––––

XUYPS2 XUDA XUF XUYFV XUYA

XUYFP

XUYAF 966

AF 946

84 110 118 124 130 112

(1) Depending on model

(2) Depending on Þ ber

(3) Depending on wiring

Selection Guide OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/12

Recommended applications Conveying Ø 18 AC/DC

Detection of

objects on

conveyor and

access control

Conveying 2-wire AC or DC

supply

Format Miniature design Compact design – Design ø18

Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm 20 x 32 x 13

10 x 40 x 13.5

18 x 70 x 35 29 x 95 x 60 Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1

L: 82–110

Case Plastic Plastic Plastic Metal

Sensing distance,

m (ft) related to

system

Diffuse with background suppression – – 0.12 (0.39)

Diffuse 0.7 (2.30) 1.5 or 4

(4.92 or 13.12) (2)

0.4 (1.31)

Polarized retroreß ective 4 (13.12)

(with Ø 80 mm

reß ector)

6 or 10 (19.68 or

32.81) (2)

2 (6.56)

Retroreß ective – 6 (19.68)

(with Ø 80 mm

reß ector)

– –

Thru-beam 8 (26.25) 15 (49.21)

Degree of protection IP 65 and

IP 67

IP 67 IP 65 and IP 67 IP 67

Supply –

– –

–––

Output PNP or NPN NO/NC

(1)

Solid-state

PNP or NPN

PNP/NPN

Relay

NO/NC

programmable

Solid-state

Connection Pre-cabled –

Connector –

Screw terminals – – –

Catalog Number XUY 989 XUL XUY

952/954

XU M18

Pages 104 96 106 50

(1) Depending on wiring.

(2) Depending on model.

Selection Guide OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/13

Assembly Assembly and

machine tools

Other formats Accessories

Diameter 8 metal

range

Miniature,

metal

Dual Mount With stability

LED.

With alarm

output (for

XUC AK only)

Reﬂ ectors,

mounting clamps,

mounting and

adjustment

accessories, etc.

Design 8 Miniature design Dual mount design

with ø 18 mm snout

Compact design Accessories

Ø 8, threaded,

M8 x 1

L: 40

16.2 x 41.15 x

29.5

Ø 18, threaded snout,

18 x 43.8 x 60,

45 x 95 x 44 –

Metal Metal Plastic Plastic –

– – 1.2 (3.94) –

0.05 (0.16) – –

–2 (6.56) 6 (19.68) –

– – – – –

2 (6.56) 15 (49.21) 15 (49.21) 50 (164.04) –

IP 65 (2)

IP 67 (2)

IP 65

IP 67

IP 69K

IP 67 IP 67 and NEMA

–

– – – – –

– – – –

Solid-state (PNP or

NPN)

PNP or NPN

NO/NC

PNP or NPN

Solid-state - PNP

or NPN

(XUC AK)

1 CO relay

(XUC AR)

–

– –

– M12 –

– – – – –

XUA XUM B XUN XUC XUZ

52 62 54 92 151

Selection Guide OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/14

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Multimode: Simplicity through innovation

Principle

In proposing multimode products, Schneider Electric offers simplicity through

innovation.

With the multimode function, a single product meets a wide variety of

requirements for optical detection.

Effectively, by simply pressing the Teach mode button, the sensor automatically

acquires Single mode conÞ guration for the application requirements.

1Diffuse system detection of object

2Diffuse system, with background suppression, detection of object

3Retroreß ective system (reß ector accessory) detection of object

4Thru-beam system, on optical receiver (transmitter accessory for thru-beam use),

detection of object

In addition to this, a multimode sensors also means:

improved performance:

maximum sensing distance guaranteed and optimized for each application

simpliÞ ed use:

intuitive setup plus less and easier maintenance

lower costs:

the number of catalog numbers is reduced by 90% and, consequently, selection

and supply is simpliÞ ed and storage costs signiÞ cantly reduced

maximum productivity

Straightforward NO or NC output

Irrespective of the detection mode used (diffuse, retroreß ective, thru-beam, etc.),

the outputs become either NO or NC (1).

A multimode sensor means immediate,intuitive, accessible setup.

(1) The sensor is supplied in NO conÞ guration. NO or NC selection is performed by simply

pressing the Teach mode button.

Mounting accessories

A complete range of inexpensive mounting accessories (clamps, traditional or 3D

brackets, etc.) that provides solutions for all installation and adjustment problems.

Max. sensing

distance

Max. sensing

distance

Max. sensing

distance

Max. sensing

distance

No object present

Object present

Overview

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/15

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Multimode: Simplicity through innovation

Design Cylindrical 18 Miniature Compact 50 x 50 Compact 92 x 77

Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm M18 x 64 12 x 34 x 20 18 x 50 x 50 30 x 92 x 77

Maximum

sensing distance

m (ft)

Without accessory with background

suppression

0.12 (0.39) 0.10 (0.33) 0.28 (0.92) 1.3 (4.27)

Without accessory 0.4 (1.31) 0.55 (1.80) 1.2 (3.94) 3 (9.84)

With polarized reß ector 3 (9.84) 4 (13.12) 5.7 (18.70) 15 (49.21)

With thru-beam accessory 20 (65.62) 14 (45.93) 35 (114.83) 60 (196.85)

Supply Solid-state output

Relay output – –

Connection Pre-cabled –

Connector

Screw terminals – – –

Sensor type XUB0 XUM0 XUK0 XUX0

Pages

Sensing distances (see table above) Sensing distance with background suppression

The multimode sensor detects objects irrespective of their color or background

A clean environment is recommended

Sensing distance

Beyond the sensing distance with background suppression, the same multimode

sensor without accessory detects objects but may be inß uenced by the

backgrounds and color of the objects to be detected

Sensing distance with polarized reﬂ ector

By installing a reß ector opposite, the same multimode sensor detects objects

irrespective of their shininess and color

The size of the reß ector must be smaller than that of the object to be detected

The larger the area of the reß ector the longer the sensing distance

Sensing distance with thru-beam transmitter accessory

After setup and connection of a thru-beam transmitter accessory opposite, the

same multimode sensor detects objects irrespective of their shininess, color or

background

The detection distance is a maximum

The sensor and the thru-beam transmitter must be carefully aligned

Good resistance to accumulation of dirt and dust

400 mm

(15.75 in.)

400 mm

(15.75 in.)

Depending on reß ector

20 mm

.79 in.)

Presentation

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/16

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Standards and certiﬁ cations

Parameters related to the environment

Recommendation

The sensors detailed in this catalog are designed for use in standard industrial applications

relating to presence detection.

These sensors do not incorporate the required redundant electrical circuit enabling their usage

in safety applications.

For safety applications, refer to the PreventaTM Machine Safety Product’s Catalog

Quality control

A variety of considerations are taken in order to provide photoelectric sensors suitable

for the harsh industrial environments.

Qualiﬁ cation

The product speciÞ cations stated in this catalog are subjected to a qualiﬁ cation procedure

carried out in our laboratories

In particular, the products are subjected to climatic cycle tests for 3,000 hours while

powered-up to verify their ability to maintain their speciÞ cations over time

Production

The electrical speciÞ cations and sensing distances at both ambient temperature and

extreme temperatures are 100% checked

Products are randomly selected during the course of production and subjected to

monitoring tests relating to all their speciÞ cations

Customer returns

Products that are returned to us and claimed inoperative are subjected to systematic

analysis and may result in corrective actions or continuous improvement

Immunity to ambient light

OsiSense® XU photoelectric sensors use the pulsed light principle. This provides a high

degree of immunity to spurious light and conforms to standard IEC 60947-5-2

Resistance to electromagnetic interference

The Photoelectric sensors are tested in accordance with the recommendations of the

standard IEC 60947-5-2

Electrostatic discharges IEC/EN 61000-4-2

15 kV version, level 4

8 kV version, level 3

Radiated electromagnetic Þ elds

(electromagnetic waves)

IEC/EN 61000-4-3

10 V/meter, level 3

Fast transients in salvos (motor start/stop interference) IEC/EN 61000-4-4

2 kV, level 4

Impulse voltages, lightning IEC 60947-5-2

2.5 kV version

1 kV version

Mechanical shock resistance

The sensors are tested in accordance with standard IEC 60068-2-27, 30 gn, duration 11 ms.

Vibration resistance

The sensors are tested in accordance with standard IEC 60068-2-6,

7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm, f = 10–55 Hz.

Resistance to chemicals in the environment

Due to the very wide range of chemicals encountered in industry, it is very difÞ cult to give

general guidelines common to all sensors

End users should verify that the application does not subject sensors to chemicals that may

damage them (refer to the speciÞ cations pages for the various sensors)

The materials selected (see product speciÞ cations) provide satisfactory compatibility in most

industrial environments (for further information, consult the Sensor Competency Center).

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18

100

- 25

˚C %

Temperature °C

Relative humidity %

- 25° +55 °C (-13 to +131 °F) cycle, 85% RH

Temperature

Relative humidity

Overview

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/17

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Principle of optical detection Composition of a photoelectric sensor

1 Light beam transmitter

2 Light beam receiver

3 Signal processing stage

4 Output stage

A Photoelectric sensor essentially comprises a light beam transmitter (light-emitting diode) and a

light-sensitive receiver (photo-transistor).

A light-emitting diode is an electronic semi-conductor component that emits light when an

electric current ß ows through it. This light can be visible or invisible, depending on the

transmission wavelength.

Detection occurs when an object enters the transmitted light beam and, in so doing, affects the

intensity of the light at the receiver. As the light intensity at the receiver decreases a point is

reached whereby the output of the sensor changes state.

1 X rays, 2 Ultraviolet, 3 Visible light,

4 Near infrared, 5 Far infrared

Light spectrum

Depending on the model and application requirements, the transmission beam is either non-

visible infrared (most common case) or ultraviolet (detection of luminescent materials). It may

also be visible red or green (color mark reading etc.) and laser red (long sensing distance and

short focal length).

Modulation

The advantage of LEDs is their very fast response. To render the system insensitive to ambient

light, the current ß owing through the LED is modulated so as to produce a pulsed light

transmission.

Only the pulsed signal will be used by the photo-transistor and processed to control the load.

Detection systems Thru-beam system or multimode with thru-beam accessory

Advantages

Long sensing distance(up to 60 m)

Very precise detection, high repeat accuracy

Detection not affected by color of object

Good resistance to difÞ cult environments (dust, grime, etc.)

Drawbacks

Two units to be wired

The object to be detected must be opaque

Precise alignment required, which can be difÞ cult since the sensor transmits in the infrared

range (invisible)

Operating considerations

When several sensors are used, care must be taken to ensure that no sensor is disrupted by

another sensor (e.g. alternate mounting of transmitter/receiver etc.)

Advantages of multimode sensor with thru-beam accessory

Easy alignment

The sensor transmits in the visible red range during the alignment phase

Three LEDs providing setup assistance.

Polarized retroreﬂ ective system or multimode with reﬂ ector accessory

Advantages

Medium sensing distance (up to 15 m)

Precise detection

Only one unit to be wired

Detection not affected by color of object

Visible red beam transmission

Drawbacks

Precise alignment required

The object to be detected must be opaque and larger than the reß ector

Operating considerationss

When several sensors are used, they must be aligned in such a manner that no sensor is

disrupted by another sensor

For short distance detection use a reß ector with large trihedrons, type XUZC24

For long distance detection use a reß ector XUZC50 or XUZC80

To increase the sensing distance use reß ector XUZC100

If reß ective tape is used, use rolls of tape XUZB1 or XUZB15 which are specially adapted for

polarized retroreß ective systems

Advantages of multimode sensor with reﬂ ector accessory

Easy alignment

Three LEDs providing setup assistance

The anti-interference function enables two sensors to be used without speciÞ c alignment

considerations

Semi-transparent objects can be detected by using the teach mode function

1 32 4

100 200 300 500 600 700 800 900 1,100

400 nm 750 nm

10 A

1 nm 3 µm

1,000

1 2 3 4 5

Overview (continued)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/18

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors

Detection systems (continued) Diffuse system or multimode

Advantage

Only one unit to be wired

Drawbacks

Short sensing distance

Sensitivity to differences in object color or background color

Object sighting line difÞ cult since the sensor transmits in the infrared range (invisible)

Operating considerations

When several sensors are used, they must be aligned in such a manner that no sensor is

disrupted by another sensor

Advantages of a multimode sensor

Easy alignment:

- the sensor transmits in the visible red range during the alignment phase

- three LEDs providing setup assistance

- the anti-interference function enables two sensors to be used without speciÞ c alignment

considerations

ReÞ ned detection: the position of the object can be detected using the teach mode

Diffuse, with or without background suppression, system or multimode

Advantages

Only one unit to be wired

Detection not affected by color of object or background

Drawbacks

Short sensing distance

Alignment can be challenging because the sensor transmits in the infrared range (invisible)

Operating considerations

Detection can be affected by the object’s direction of movement. To overcome this

phenomenon (the hat effect), it is recommended that the sensor be mounted so that the

object simultaneously breaks the beam of both lenses

When several sensors are used, they must be aligned in such a manner that no sensor is

disrupted by another sensor

Advantages of a multimode sensor

Easy alignment:

- the sensor transmits in the visible red range during the alignment phase

- three LEDs providing setup assistance

- the anti-interference function enables two sensors to be used without speciÞ c alignment

considerations

- the hat effect is minimized using the background teach mode

ReÞ ned detection: the position of the object can be detected using the teach mode

Speciﬁ c systems Optical forks

Constructed from metal, the optical fork is a robust sensor that is particularly suited to

conveying and packaging applications and detection of labels

Rugged optical detection device not requiring alignment in thru-beam mode

The beam from the transmitter limb is transmitted to the receiver limb. Due to its construction,

only one connection is required as opposed to two for a traditional thru-beam function. The

transmission sources are LEDs of various technologies:

Red for much improved efÞ ciency during adjustment and maintenance

Red laser for detection of transparent materials or very small parts

Infrared, particularly for optical frames

Ultrasonic for detection of transparent labels (clear on clear)

The beam is adjustable or Þ xed depending on the version. Adjustment enables the sensitivity

to be altered and, therefore, detection of small parts down to dimensions of less than tenths

of millimeters (minimum size of detectable object: 0.05 mm [0.001 in.])

The high switching frequency (from 4 kHz up to 25 kHz) is very useful in industrial applications

involving high operating rates

Fiber optics

1Core

2Sheath

The Þ ber acts as a light conductor. Light rays entering the Þ ber at a certain angle are

conveyed to the required location, with minimum loss

Separate ampliÞ er

Size kept to minimum

This system enables detection of very small objects (approximately 1 mm [0.04 in.])

Detection is very precise

Plastic ﬁ bers

The core of the Þ ber is ß exible plastic (PMMA). In general, there is only a single Þ ber of diameter

0.25 to 1 mm (0.01 to 0.04 in.), depending on the model

Fibers are used with ampliÞ ers transmitting red light

Minimum bend radius:

- 10 mm (0.39 in.) for Þ bers with 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) diameter core

- 25 mm (0.98 in.) for Þ bers with 1 mm (0.04 in.) diameter core

Advantages: Þ bers can be cut to the required length

Glass ﬁ bers

The core of the Þ ber is silica. For maximum ß exibility, each Þ ber comprises numerous

strands that are approximately 50 µ in diameter

Fibers are used with ampliÞ ers transmitting infrared or red light

Minimum bend radius:

- 10 mm (0.39 in.) with plastic sheath

- 90 mm (3.54 in.) with stainless steel sheath

Advantages

Fibers suitable for use at high temperatures (250 °C [482 °F])

Fibers with stainless steel sheath provide protection against mechanical impact and

crushing

1 2

Overview (continued)

Plastic Þ ber

Glass Þ ber

(1)

(2)

Optical axisAxe A

(1) Transmission LED

(2) Output LED

Positioning recommendations for sensor with background suppression

Recommended Recommended Not recommended

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/19

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Operating Curves Thru-beam system

The zone indicates the positioning tolerance of the receiver

The zone represents the usable sensing zone of the system. Any opaque object

entering this zone breaks the beam and causes the sensor’s output to change state

1Ideal detection

2Acceptable detection

T = transmitter

R = receiver

Polarized retroreﬂ ective system

The zone indicates the positioning tolerance of the reß ector

The zone represents the usable sensing zone of the system. Any opaque object

entering this zone breaks the beam and causes the sensor’s output to change state

1Ideal detection

2Acceptable detection

T = transmitter

R = receiver

Diffuse, with or without background suppression, system

The zone represents the sensor’s sensitivity zone

All of this zone is usable: any object that is adequately reß ective entering this zone, in the

direction of the arrow, will cause the sensor’s output to change state. The black line

corresponds to a light color surface and the blue line to a darker color surface.

A test using the object to be detected will determine the zone of sensitivity in relation to its

reß ection coefÞ cient

White 90% object

Gray 18% object

For speciÞ c aspects of diffuse systems see page 18

T = transmitter

R = receiver

Excess gain Operating margin

To ensure correct operation of a sensor in spite of environmental constraints, the sensors

feature an operating margin.

This margin can be expressed in terms of excess gain, which is the ratio:

Excess gain = Signal level received/Signal required for switching.

For all OsiSense® XU sensors

The nominal sensing distance Sn is deÞ ned as the sensing distance with an excess gain

of 2, i.e. the sensing distance for which the sensor receives twice as much light energy as it

strictly needs to switch it

The maximum sensing distance is deÞ ned as the sensing distance with an excess gain of

1. It corresponds to the maximum detection value

The use of the sensor at the nominal sensing distance helps ensure the sensor’s correct

operation in normal operating conditions.

In extreme conditions, refer to the following setup recommendations:

clean environment: work at nominal sensing distance Sn,-

slightly polluted environment: work at sensing distance Sn/2,-

moderately polluted environment: work at sensing distance Sn/4,-

heavily polluted environment: preferably use multimode sensors with thru-beam accessory -

(or the thru-beam system) with a sensing distance Sn/10.

Optical alignment aid

A red LED assists setup by illuminating when Single mode alignment of the sensor is achieved.

1Signal level

2Red LED, on , off

3Green LED, on , off

4Single mode alignment

Detection distance using reﬂ ector

Detection distance depending on reß ector size.

d Sn d Sn

E/R E/R

Sn Sn

E/R

Object 20 x 20cm

50.5 100.1 0.2 1 2 3015

500

100

D (m)

Smax.

gain

1.2

0.8

Overview (continued)

40 % 100 %

0170 %

XUZC24

XUZC50

XUZC100

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/20

Outputs 2-wire technique or

Speciﬁ c aspects

These sensors are wired in series with the load to be switched

As a consequence, they are subject to:

A residual current in the open state (current ß owing through the sensor in the open state),

A voltage drop in the closed state (voltage drop across the sensor’s terminals in the closed

state)

Advantages

Only two wires to be connected. They can be wired in series in the same way as mechanical

limit switches

For use on 2-wire , they can be connected to either positive (PNP) or negative (NPN) logic

PLC inputs

Simple, reversible connections

Operating considerations

Check the possible effects of residual current and voltage drop on the actuator or input

connected

These sensors do not incorporate overload or short-circuit protection and therefore, a 0.4

fast-acting fuse must be connected in series with the load

3-wire technique

Speciﬁ c aspects

These sensors comprise 2-wires for the DC supply and a 3-wire for the output signal

PNP type: switching the positive side to the load

NPN type: switching the negative side to the load

Advantages

No residual current, low voltage drop

5-wire technique or , relay output

Speciﬁ c aspects

Sensors incorporating output relay. The supply and output circuits are electrically separate

Advantages

or supply with a wide voltage range

High breaking capacity (approximately 3 A)

Direct control of a simple automation system

Availability of a NC (normally closed) contact and a NO (normally open) contact

The sensor/relay contact galvanic isolation is 1,500 to 2,500 V, depending on the model

Operating considerations

Low switching frequency. Check that it is suitable for the application

Limited service life of relay. Check that it is suitable for the application

Analog technique

Speciﬁ c aspects

There are two output conÞ gurations:

Voltage output: the output voltage varies in proportion to the distance between the sensor

and the object to be detected

Current output: the output current varies in proportion to the distance between the sensor

and the object to be detected

Advantage

Availability of a physical item of data proportional to the distance between the sensor and the

object to be detected

Operating considerations

Refer to the detailed descriptions of the sensor to assess the relative inß uence of the color of

the object to be detected

1Voltage output

2Current output

PNP

–

NPN

–

Overview (continued)

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/21

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors

Outputs (continued) Output functions

In the past, the output functions of photoelectric sensors were always governed by the light/dark

principle, i.e. the output would be activated on light being received for light switching and the

output would be activated on light not being received for dark switching.

This called for fastidious programming speciÞ c to each detection mode.

Now, the output functions of the OsiSense® XU range of photoelectric sensors are in

phase with the language of the automation system engineer, i.e. NO (normally open) or

NC (normally closed).

Advantages

NO output (or NO programming for multimode sensors): irrespective of the detection mode,

the output of the sensor is activated when the object to be detected is present

NC output (or NC programming for multimode sensors): irrespective of the detection mode,

the output of the sensor is activated when the object to be detected is not present

Advantages of multimode sensors

By default, the output is NO programmed, i.e. the output of the sensor is activated when the

object to be detected is present

By pressing the teach button, the output can programmed to NC, i.e. the output of the sensor

is activated when the object to be detected is not present

System NO output or

programming

Yellow

LED

NC output or

programming

Yellow

LED

Object present

Diffuse Activated On Not activated Off

Diffuse with

background

suppression

Activated On Not activated Off

Retroreﬂ ective Activated On Not activated Off

Polarized

retroreﬂ ective

Activated On Not activated Off

Thru-beam Activated On Not activated Off

No object present

Diffuse Not activated Off Activated On

Diffuse with

background

suppression

Not activated Off Activated On

Retroreﬂ ective Not activated Off Activated On

Polarized

retroreﬂ ective

Not activated Off Activated On

Thru-beam Not activated Off Activated On

Output signal time delay

Certain sensor models (XUK, XUX and XUD) incorporate a time delay output

These time delays enable simple automation systems to be established

There are three types of time delay

Time delay on beam make (ON delay)

Time delay on beam break (Off delay)

Monostable (one shot)

Yes

Off

Output

Yes

Off

Output

Yes

Off

Output

Time delay on beam break

Monostable

Overview (continued)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/22

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors

Connections All of our sensors are available either in pre-cabled version (except XUX; screw terminal with

cable gland version) or connector version.

The connectors used are:

Types of connection

1Factory-Þ tted molded cable: good protection against splashing liquids.

2Connector: easy installation and maintenance.

3Screw terminals: ß exibility, cable runs to required length.

Wiring advice

Length of cable: no limitation up to 200 m or up to a line capacitance of < 0.1 PF

(speciÞ cations of sensors remain unaffected). In this case, it is important to take into account

the voltage drop on the line.

Separation of control and power circuit wiring: the sensors are immune to electrical

interference encountered in normal industrial conditions. Where extreme conditions of

electrical noise could occur (motors etc.), it is advisable to protect against transients in the

normal way:

suppress interference at source and Þ lter the power supply,-

separate power and control wiring from each other,-

ensure the HF equipotentiality of the site,-

limit the length of cable,-

connect the sensor with supply switched off.-

Dust and damp protection of connections: the level of dust and damp protection depends on

how carefully the cable glands or connectors are tightened. To efÞ ciently protect the sensors

from dust and damp, select the correct diameter cable for the cable gland used.

Cable gland Diameter of cable

Minimum Maximum

9P 6 8

11P 8 10

13P 10 12

ISO 16 7 10

ISO 20 10 12

Complementary functions Diagnostics, beam break test

A test input enables the transmitted beam to be broken in order to verify that the output of the

sensor changes state.

Diagnostics regarding correct operation of the sensor can therefore be carried out.

1Beam made

2Beam broken

VI: test input for breaking transmitted beam.

Veriﬁ cation of correct operation

In the event of dirty lenses (reß ectors), an excessively polluted atmosphere or a slight

disturbance of optical alignment (mechanical impact on support), the level of light energy

received by the sensor will decrease until it ceases to operate.

To overcome this problem, all of our products incorporate:

a red alarm LED,-

an alarm output, for connection in the automation system, to warn the operator that the -

operation of the sensor is stable but close to its limits (applies to sensors XUK, XUX, XUD).

1 3

1 2

4 3

M12 (4-pin) M8 (4-pin) 1/2 20UNF (3-pin)

BN +

–

BN +

–

Overview (continued)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/23

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors

Speciﬁ c aspects of electronic sensors Terminology

Residual current (Ir)

The residual current (Ir) corresponds to the current ß owing through the sensor when in the

Open state.

SpeciÞ cations of 2-wire type sensors.

Voltage drop (Ud)

The voltage drop (Ud) corresponds to the voltage drop at the sensor’s terminals when in the

Closed state (value measured at nominal current rating of sensor)

Characteristic of 2-wire type proximity sensors

First-up delay

The Þ rst-up delay corresponds to the time (t) between the connection of the power supply to the

sensor and its fully operational state.

1Supply voltage U on

2Sensor operational at state 1

3Sensor at state 0

Response time

Response time (Ra): the time delay between the object to be detected entering the sensor’s

operating zone and the subsequent change of output state. This parameter limits the

speed and size of the object

Recovery time (Rr): the time delay between an object to be detected leaving the sensor’s

operating zone and the subsequent change of output state. This parameter limits the interval

between successive objects

Power supplies

Sensors for AC circuits

( and models )

Check that the voltage limits of the sensor are compatible with the nominal voltage of the AC

supply used.

Sensors for DC circuits ( models)

DC source: check that the voltage limits of the sensor and the acceptable level of ripple are

compatible with the supply used

AC source (comprising transformer, rectiÞ er, smoothing capacitor): the supply voltage must

be within the operating limits speciÞ ed for the sensor

Where the voltage is derived from a single-phase AC supply, the voltage must be rectiÞ ed

and smoothed to ensure that:

the peak voltage of the DC supply is lower than the maximum voltage rating of the sensor -

Peak voltage = nominal voltage x

the minimum voltage of the supply is greater than the minimum voltage rating of the sensor, -

given that:

'V = (I x t)/C

'V = max. ripple: 10% (V)

I = anticipated load current (mA)

t = period of 1 cycle (10 ms full-wave rectiÞ ed for a 50 Hz supply frequency)

C = capacitance (µF)

As a general rule, use a transformer with a lower secondary voltage (Ue) than the required

DC voltage (U)

Example: 18 V to obtain 24 V, 36 V to obtain 48 V. Fit a smoothing capacitor of

400 µF minimum per sensor, or 2,000 µF minimum per ampere required

Ra Rr

Overview

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/24

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors

Setup Connection in series

2-wire type sensors

The following points should be taken into account:

Series wiring is only possible using sensors with wide voltage limits

Based on the assumption that each sensor has the same residual current value, each

sensor, in the Open state, will share the supply voltage, i.e

U sensor = .

U sensor and U supply must remain within the sensor’s voltage limits.

If only one sensor in the circuit is in the Open state, it will be supplied at a voltage almost

equal to the supply voltage

When in the closed state, a small voltage drop is present across each sensor. The resultant

loss of voltage at the load will be the sum of the individual voltage drops and therefore, the

load voltage should be selected accordingly

3-wire type sensors

This connection method is not recommended.

Correct operation of the sensors cannot be assured and, if this method is used, tests should

be made before installation

The following points should be taken into account:

The Þ rst sensor carries the load current in addition to the no-load current consumption

values of the other sensors connected in series. For certain models, this connection method

is not possible unless a current limiting resistor is used

When in the closed state, a small voltage drop is present across each sensor. The load

should therefore be selected accordingly

As sensor 1 closes, sensor 2 does not operate until a certain time (t) has elapsed

(corresponding to the Þ rst-up delay) and likewise for the following sensors in the sequence

The use of ß ywheel diodes is recommended when an inductive load is being switched

Wiring sensors to devices with mechanical contact

2 and 3-wire type sensors

The following points should be taken into account:

When the mechanical contact is open, the sensor is not supplied

When the contact closes, the sensor does not operate until a certain time (t) has elapsed

(corresponding to the Þ rst-up delay)

In diagram 1, as the external contact opens, the voltage transient caused by the breaking of

the inductive load will appear inside the sensor and, if greater than the recommended max.

insulation voltage, may cause a ß ashover within the sensor

The return path of this voltage will be back to one line of the supply, through the sensor, and

should ß ashover occur anywhere on the printed circuit board, severe damage could occur

It is therefore recommended to use diagram 2 or 3

Connection in parallel

2-wire type sensors

This connection method is not recommended.

Should one of the sensors be in the closed state, the sensor in parallel will be shorted-out

and no longer supplied. As the Þ rst sensor passes into the Open state, the second sensor will

become energized and will be subject to its Þ rst-up delay

This conÞ guration is only permissible where the sensors will be working alternately

This method of connection can lead to irreversible damage of the units

3-wire type sensors

No speciÞ c restrictions. The use of ß ywheel diodes is recommended when an inductive load

(relay) is being switched

Wiring sensors to devices with mechanical contact

2 and 3-wire type sensors

No speciÞ c restrictions

For these sensors, the supply and output circuits are electrically separate

The sensor/relay contact galvanic isolation is 1,500 to 2,500 V, depending on the model

The maximum voltage, depending on the model, across each contact is 250 V

U supply

n sensors

Sensor 1

Sensor 2

Sensor 3

1 2 3

Overview (continued)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/25

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors

Setup considerations (continued) AC supply

2-wire type sensors cannot be connected directly to an AC supply.

Improper installation can result in injury or sensor damage

An appropriate load (refer to the instruction sheet supplied with the sensor) must always be

connected in series with the sensor

Capacitive load (C > 0.1 PF)

On power-up, it is necessary to limit (by resistor) the charging current of the capacitive load

The voltage drop in the sensor can also be taken into account by subtracting it from the

supply voltage for the calculation of R

R =

Load comprising an incandescent lamp

If the load comprises an incandescent lamp, the hot state resistance can be 10 times higher

than the cold state resistance. This can cause very high current levels on switching. Fit a

pre-heat resistor in parallel with the sensor

R = U2

Px 10 , U = supply voltage and P = lamp power

– R

– C

U (supply)

I max. (sensor)

Overview (continued)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/26

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors

Fast trouble shooting guide

Problem Possible causes Remedy

The sensor’s output will not change state when an object

enters the operating zone

On multimode sensor: setup error

(detection mode programming)

Use the detection mode display option. After a reset,

follow the environment teach mode procedure

Inoperative sensor or the short

circuit protection has opened

Check that the sensor is compatible with the supply

being used

Check the load current speciÞ cations:

if load current I t maximum switching capacity, an

auxiliary relay (type CADN, for example) should be

interposed between the sensor and the load

if I d maximum switching capacity, check or wiring

issues (short-circuit)

In all cases, a 0.4 A fast-acting fuse should be

connected in series with the sensor

Wiring error Check that the wiring conforms to the wiring shown on

the sensor label or instruction sheet

Improper power supply Check that the sensor is compatible with the supply

( or )

Check that the supply voltage is within the voltage

limits of the sensor. Remember that with a rectiÞ ed,

smoothed supply:

U peak = U nominal x with a ripple voltage of d

10%)

With a retroreß ective system:

incorrect use or poor state of

reß ector

The retroreß ective system must operate in conjunction

with a reß ector. Adhere to the operating distances and

check the alignment between the sensor and the

reß ector

Replace the reß ector if it has been damaged

Clean the reß ector and sensor lenses

Inß uence of ambient light Make sure that the sensor is not distracted by stray

light (neon, sun, oven, etc.)

Fit a lens hood or turn the sensor

False or erratic operation, with or without the presence of

an object in the operating zone

On multimode sensor: setup error

(detection mode programming)

Use the detection mode display option. After a

RESET, follow the environment teach mode procedure

Inß uence of background or surface

condition of the object to be detected

(stray reß ections)

Refer to the instruction sheet supplied with the sensor.

For sensors with adjustable sensitivity, reduce or

increase the sensing distance

Operating distance too poorly

deÞ ned for the reß ector or object to

be detected

Apply the correction coefÞ cients

Realign the system

Clean the sensor lenses and reß ector, or, if damaged,

replace it

Inß uence of immediate

environment

Check the cleanliness of the lenses and reß ector

Fit a lens hood, where required

Inß uence of transient interference

on the supply lines

Ensure that any DC supplies, when derived from

rectiÞ ed AC, are correctly smoothed (C > 400 µF)

Separate AC power cables from low-level DC cables

( 24 V low level)

Where very long distances are involved, use suitable

cable: shielded and twisted pairs of the correct

cross-sectional wire gauge

Equipment prone to emitting

electromagnetic interference

Position the sensors as far away as possible from any

sources of interference

Response time of the sensor too

slow for the particular object being

detected

Check the suitability of the sensor for the position or

shape of the object to be detected

If necessary, select a sensor with a higher switching

frequency

Inß uence of high temperature Eliminate sources of radiated heat or protect the

sensor casing with a heat shield

Realign, having adjusted the temperature around the

mounting support

Inß uence of ambient light Make sure that the sensor is not disrupted by an

intermittent source of light (ß ashing light, rotating

mirror beacon, hinged mirror, reß ective door, etc.)

Fit a lens hood or turn the sensor

Overview

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/27

Fast troubleshooting guide (continued)

Problem Possible causes Remedy

No detection following a period of service Vibration, shock Realign the system

Replace the support or protect the sensor

Deterioration of relay contact On an inductive load, use an RC suppressor

connected in parallel with the load

To eliminate contact contamination, the minimum

current recommended is 15 mA

Relay output models are not recommended for fast

counting of objects since their service life is too short.

Use models with a solid-state output

Dusty atmosphere Clean the lenses and reß ector with a soft cloth

Note:

Sensors with a test input enable automatic veriÞ cation of their correct operation

Sensors with an alarm output enable the operator to be informed, for preventive maintenance purposes, that the operating limits of sensors have been

reached (dirty etc.)

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Overview

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/28

Ø 18 metal

Pre-cabled (1)

Sensing distance

Sn, m (ft) (2)

Function Output Line of sight Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

0–15 (0–49.21)

depending on which

accessories are used

NO or NC, by

programming

PNP Along case axis XUB0BPSNL2 0.105 (0.23)

90° to case axis XUB0BPSWL2 (3) 0.110 (0.24)

NPN Along case axis XUB0BNSNL2 0.105 (0.23)

90° to case axis XUB0BNSWL2 (3) 0.110 (0.24)

M12 connector

0–15 (0–49.21)

depending on which

accessories are used

NO or NC, by

programming

PNP Along case axis XUB0BPSNM12 0.055 (0.12)

90° to case axis XUB0BPSWM12 (3) 0.060 (0.13)

NPN Along case axis XUB0BNSNM12 0.055 (0.12)

90° to case axis XUB0BNSWM12 (3) 0.060 (0.13)

Accessories

Description Connection Line of sight Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Thru-beam transmitter Pre-cabled

(1)

Along case axis XUB0BKSNL2T 0.105 (0.23)

90° to case axis XUB0BKSWL2T (3) 0.110 (0.24)

M12

connector

Along case axis XUB0BKSNM12T 0.055 (0.12)

90° to case axis XUB0BKSWM12T (3) 0.060 (0.13)

Reﬂ ector 50 x 50 mm – – XUZC50 0.020 (0.04)

Ø 18 plastic

Pre-cabled (1)

Sensing distance

Sn, m (ft) (2)

Function Output Line of sight Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

0–15 (0–49.21)

depending on which

accessories are used

NO or NC, by

programming

PNP Along case axis XUB0APSNL2 0.095 (0.21)

90° to case axis XUB0APSWL2 (3) 0.100 (0.22)

NPN Along case axis XUB0ANSNL2 0.095 (0.21)

90° to case axis XUB0ANSWL2 (3) 0.100 (0.22)

M12 connector

0–15 (0–49.21)

depending on

whether accessories

are used

NO or NC, by

programming

PNP Along case axis XUB0APSNM12 0.045 (0.10)

90° to case axis XUB0APSWM12 (3) 0.050 (0.11)

NPN Along case axis XUB0ANSNM12 0.045 (0.10)

90° to case axis XUB0ANSWM12 (3) 0.050 (0.11)

Accessories

Description Connection Line of sight Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Thru-beam transmitter Pre-cabled

(1)

Along case axis XUB0AKSNL2T 0.095 (0.21)

90° to case axis XUB0AKSWL2T (3) 0.100 (0.22)

M12

connector

Along case axis XUB0AKSNM12T 0.045 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB0AKSWM12T (3) 0.050 (0.21)

Reﬂ ector 50 x 50 mm – – XUZC50 0.020 (0.04)

Mounting accessories (2)

Description Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

3D mounting kit (for use on M12 rod) for XUB or XUZC50 XUZB2003 0.170 (0.37)

M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050 (0.11)

Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150 (0.33)

Stainless steel mounting bracket XUZA118 0.045 (0.10)

Plastic mounting bracket with adjustable ball-joint XUZA218 0.035 (0.08)

(1) For a 5 m cable, replace L2 with L5.

Example: XUB0BPSNL2 becomes XUB0BPSNL5.

For availability, consult the Sensor Competency Center.

(2) For further information, see accessory section

(3) For line of sight 90° to case axis versions, see sensing distances on page 29.

Catalog Numbers

550001

XUB0 WL2

XUB0 NM12

0002

XUB0 WM12

550000

XUB0 NL2

550003

XUZB2003

805799

XUZC50

XUZA118

805817

805818

XUZA218

520312

XUZ2001

520984

XUZ2003

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Multimode

Design ø18, metal or plastic

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/29

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUB0 M12, XUB0 M12T XUB0 L2, XUB0 L2T

Product certiﬁ cations UL, CSA,

Connection Connector DIN 40050 M12 –

Pre-cabled IEC 60529 – Length: 2 m

Sensing distance:

nominal Sn (excess gain = 2)

maximum (excess gain = 1)

Line of sight

along case axis

Line of sight 90° to

case axis

Accessory

m (ft) 0.12 / 0.12

(0.39 /0.39)

0.11 / 0.11

(0.36 / 0.39)

Without (diffuse with background

suppression)

m (ft) 0.3 / 0.4

(0.98 / 1.31)

0.2 / 0.3

(0.66 / 0.98)

Without (diffuse)

m (ft) 2 / 3 (6.56 / 9.84) 1.5 / 2 (4.92 / 6.56) With reß ector (polarized retroreß ective)

m (ft) 15 / 20

(49.21 / 65.62)

7 / 10

(22.97 / 32.81)

With thru-beam transmitter (thru-beam)

Type of transmission Infrared, except for polarized retroreß ective (red)

Degree of protection IP 69K, double insulation IP 65, IP 67, double insulation

Storage temperature °C -40 to +70 (-40 to +158 °F)

Operating temperature °C -25 to +55 (-13 to +122 °F)

Materials Case: nickel plated brass for XUB0B or PBT for XUB0A; Lens: PMMA; Cable: PvR

Vibration resistance IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (transmission present for XUB0 T)

Supply on Green LED

Optical alignment aid/dirty Red LED (except for XUB0 T)

Rated supply voltage V 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) V 10–36

Current consumption, no-load mA 35 (20 for XUB0 T)

Switching capacity mA d 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state V < 1.5

Maximum switching frequency Hz 250 (200 for diffuse with background suppression)

Delays First-up ms < 200

Response ms < 2 (< 2.5 for diffuse with background suppression)

Recovery ms < 2 (< 2.5 for diffuse with background suppression)

Wiring diagrams

M12 connector Pre-cabled Receiver, PNP output Receiver, NPN output Thru-beam transmitter

3 (-)

1 (+)

4 OUT/Output

2 Beam break

input (1)

(-) BU (Blue)

(+) BN (Brown)

OUT/Output BK (Black)

Beam break input (1)

VI (Violet)

Input 2/VI:

- not connected: beam made

- connected to –: beam broken

Operating curves (line of sight along case axis)

With thru-beam accessory (thru-beam) Without accessory

(diffuse)

Without accessory

(diffuse with background

suppression)

With reﬂ ector

(polarized retroreﬂ ective)

Object: 10 x 10 cm, 1: white 90%, 2 : gray 18% With reß ector XUZC50

Variation of usable sensing distance Su (without accessory, with adjustable background suppression)

Teach mode at minimum. Teach mode at maximum.

A-B: object reß ection

coefÞ cient

Black 6%

Gray 18%

White 90%

Sensing range

Non-sensing zone

(matte surfaces)

Dimensions (mm)

XUB

Pre-cabled (mm) Connector (mm)

a b a b

Ø 18, line of sight along case axis 64 (2) 44 78 (2) 44

Ø 18, line of sight 90° to case axis 78 44 92 44

(1) Beam break input on thru-beam transmitter only.

(2) For XUB0 T, 64 becomes 62 mm and 78 becomes 76 mm.

1 2

4 3

–

BN/1

BU/3

PNP BK/4

BN/1

BU/3

–

BK/4

NPN

1/BN

3/BU

2/VI

Sn 15 m

-15

1510 20m

Ø 12 mm

30 cm

12 cm

-2

-4

-62

0.1S (cm) 12

0.1S (cm)

SpeciÞ cations, Wiring

Diagrams,

Operating Curves,

Dimensions

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Multimode

Design ø18, metal or plastic

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/30

Connector

Sensing

distance Sn,

m (ft)

Function Output Line of sight Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Diffuse system

0.1 (0.33) NO PNP Along case axis XUB4APANM12 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB4APAWM12 0.040 (0.09)

NPN Along case axis XUB4ANANM12 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB4ANAWM12 0.040 (0.09)

NC PNP Along case axis XUB4APBNM12 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB4APBWM12 0.040 (0.09)

NPN Along case axis XUB4ANBNM12 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB4ANBWM12 0.040 (0.09)

Diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity

0.6 (1.97) NO PNP Along case axis XUB5APANM12 0.045 (0.10)

90° to case axis XUB5APAWM12 0.050 (0.11)

NPN Along case axis XUB5ANANM12 0.045 (0.10)

90° to case axis XUB5ANAWM12 0.050 (0.11)

NC PNP Along case axis XUB5APBNM12 0.045 (0.10)

90° to case axis XUB5APBWM12 0.050 (0.11)

NPN Along case axis XUB5ANBNM12 0.045 (0.10)

90° to case axis XUB5ANBWM12 0.050 (0.11)

Polarized retroreﬂ ective system

2 (6.56) NO PNP Along case axis XUB9APANM12 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB9APAWM12 0.040 (0.09)

NPN Along case axis XUB9ANANM12 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB9ANAWM12 0.040 (0.09)

NC PNP Along case axis XUB9APBNM12 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB9APBWM12 0.040 (0.09)

NPN Along case axis XUB9ANBNM12 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB9ANBWM12 0.040 (0.09)

Reﬂ ector

50 x 50 mm

– – – XUZC50 0.020 (0.04)

Retroreﬂ ective system

4 (13.12) NO PNP Along case axis XUB1APANM12 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB1APAWM12 0.040 (0.09)

NPN Along case axis XUB1ANANM12 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB1ANAWM12 0.040 (0.09)

NC PNP Along case axis XUB1APBNM12 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB1APBWM12 0.040 (0.09)

NPN Along case axis XUB1ANBNM12 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB1ANBWM12 0.040 (0.09)

Reﬂ ector

50 x 50 mm

– – – XUZC50 0.020 (0.04)

Thru-beam system

Transmitter

15 (49.21)

– – Along case axis XUB2AKSNM12T 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB2AKSWM12T 0.040 (0.09)

Receiver

15 (49.21)

NO PNP Along case axis XUB2APANM12R 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB2APAWM12R 0.040 (0.09)

NPN Along case axis XUB2ANANM12R 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB2ANAWM12R 0.040 (0.09)

NC PNP Along case axis XUB2APBNM12R 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB2APBWM12R 0.040 (0.09)

NPN Along case axis XUB2ANBNM12R 0.040 (0.09)

90° to case axis XUB2ANBWM12R 0.040 (0.09)

Mounting accessories (1)

Description Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

3D mounting kit (for use on M12 rod) for XUB or XUZ C50 XUZB2003 0.170 (0.37)

M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050 (0.11)

Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150 (0.33)

Stainless steel mounting bracket XUZA118 0.045 (0.10)

Plastic mounting bracket with adjustable ball-joint XUZA218 0.035 (0.08)

Pre-cabled

For a pre-cabled sensor, replace M12 by L2 for a 2 m long cable, or by L5 for a 5 m long cable.

Example: XUB1APANM12 becomes XUB1APANL2 for a 2 m long cable and XUB1APANL5 for

a 5 m long cable.

For availability, consult the Sensor Competency Center.

(1) For further information, see accessory section.

Catalog Numbers

XUB A NM12

550009

20983

XUB A WM12

XUZC50

XUB A NL2

520982

XUB A WL2

805799550003

XUZB2003 XUZ2001

520312

520984

XUZ2003

XUZA218

805817

XUZA118

805817

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Single mode function

Design ø18, plastic

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/31

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUB1, XUB2, XUB4, XUB5, XUB9 XUB1, XUB2, XUB4, XUB5, XUB9

Product certiﬁ cations UL, CSA,

Connection Connector DIN 40050 M12 –

Pre-cabled IEC 60529 – Length: 2 m

Sensing distance:

nominal Sn (excess gain = 2)

maximum (excess gain = 1)

m (ft) 0.1 / 0.15 (0.33 / 0.49) diffuse

m (ft) 0.6 / 0.8 (1.97 / 2.62) diffuse with adjustable sensitivity

m (ft) 2 / 3 (6.56 / 9.84) polarized retroreß ective

m (ft) 4 / 5.5 (13.12 / 18.04) retroreß ective

m (ft) 15 / 20 (49.21 / 65.62) thru-beam

Type of transmission Infrared, except polarized retroreß ective (red)

Degree of protection IP 69K, double insulation IP 65, IP 67, double insulation

Storage temperature °C -40 to +70 (-40 to +158 °F)

Operating temperature °C -25 to +55 (-13 to +122 °F)

Materials Case PBT

Lens PMMA

Cable – PvR

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (except for XUB2 T)

Supply on Green LED (only for XUB2 T)

Rated supply voltage V 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) V 10–36

Current consumption, no-load mA 35

Switching capacity mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state V 1.5

Maximum switching frequency Hz 500

Delays First-up ms < 15

Response ms < 1

Recovery ms < 1

Wiring diagrams

M12 connector Pre-cabled PNP NPN Transmitter

3 (-)

1 (+)

4 OUT/Output

2 Beam break

input (1)

(-) BU (Blue)

(+) BN (Brown)

(OUT/Output) BK (Black)

Beam break input (1)

VI (Violet)

Input 2/VI:

- not connected: beam made

- connected to –: beam broken

Operating curves

Thru-beam system Diffuse system Diffuse system with

adjustable sensitivity

Retroreﬂ ective system Polarized retroreﬂ ective

system

Object 10 x 10 cm; 1White 90%; 2 Gray 18% With reß ector XUZC50 With reß ector XUZC50

Dimensions (mm)

XUB

Pre-cabled (mm) Connector (mm)

a b a b

Ø 18, line of sight along case axis 46 (2) 28 60 (1) 28

Ø 18, line of sight 90° to case axis 62 28 76 28

Ø 18, line of sight along case axis XUB5 62 44 76 44

Ø 18, line of sight 90° to case axis XUB5 78 44 92 44

(1) Beam break input on thru-beam transmitter only.

(2) For XUB9 (polarized retroreß ective) 46 becomes 48 mm and 60 becomes 62 mm.

1 2

4 3

–

BN/1

BU/3

PNP BK/4 (NO/NC)

BN/1

BU/3

–

BK/4 (NO/NC)

NPN

1/BN

3/BU

2/VI

-15

1510 m

Ø 12 mm

1 5

10 cm

60 cm

-4

-10

-2

-4

-6

0.2 m

E/R

Ø of beam

SpeciÞ cations, Wiring

Diagrams,

Operating Curves,

Dimensions

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Single mode function

Design ø18, plastic

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/32

Connector

Sensing

distance Sn,

m (ft)

Function Output Line of sight Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Diffuse system

0.1 (0.33) NO PNP Along case axis XUB4BPANM12 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB4BPAWM12 0.050 (0.11)

NPN Along case axis XUB4BNANM12 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB4BNAWM12 0.050 (0.11)

NC PNP Along case axis XUB4BPBNM12 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB4BPBWM12 0.050 (0.11)

NPN Along case axis XUB4BNBNM12 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB4BNBWM12 0.050 (0.11)

Diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity

0.6 (1.97) NO PNP Along case axis XUB5BPANM12 0.055 (0.12)

90° to case axis XUB5BPAWM12 0.060 (0.13)

NPN Along case axis XUB5BNANM12 0.055 (0.12)

90° to case axis XUB5BNAWM12 0.060 (0.13)

NC PNP Along case axis XUB5BPBNM12 0.055 (0.12)

90° to case axis XUB5BPBWM12 0.060 (0.13)

NPN Along case axis XUB5BNBNM12 0.055 (0.12)

90° to case axis XUB5BNBWM12 0.060 (0.13)

Polarized retroreﬂ ective system

2 (6.56) NO PNP Along case axis XUB9BPANM12 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB9BPAWM12 0.050 (0.11)

NPN Along case axis XUB9BNANM12 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB9BNAWM12 0.050 (0.11)

NC PNP Along case axis XUB9BPBNM12 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB9BPBWM12 0.050 (0.11)

NPN Along case axis XUB9BNBNM12 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB9BNBWM12 0.050 (0.11)

Reﬂ ector

50 x 50 mm

– – – XUZC50 0.020 (0.04)

Retroreﬂ ective system

4 (13.12) NO PNP Along case axis XUB1BPANM12 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB1BPAWM12 0.050 (0.11)

NPN Along case axis XUB1BNANM12 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB1BNAWM12 0.050 (0.11)

NC PNP Along case axis XUB1BPBNM12 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB1BPBWM12 0.050 (0.11)

NPN Along case axis XUB1BNBNM12 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB1BNBWM12 0.050 (0.11)

Reﬂ ector

50 x 50 mm

– – – XUZC50 0.020 (0.04)

Thru-beam system

Transmitter

15 (49.21)

– – Along case axis XUB2BKSNM12T 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB2BKSWM12T 0.050 (0.11)

Receiver

15 (49.21)

NO PNP Along case axis XUB2BPANM12R 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB2BPAWM12R 0.050 (0.11)

NPN Along case axis XUB2BNANM12R 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB2BNAWM12R 0.050 (0.11)

NC PNP Along case axis XUB2BPBNM12R 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB2BPBWM12R 0.050 (0.11)

NPN Along case axis XUB2BNBNM12R 0.050 (0.11)

90° to case axis XUB2BNBWM12R 0.050 (0.11)

Mounting accessories

Description Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

3D mounting kit (for use on M12 rod) for XUB or XUZC50 XUZB2003 0.170 (0.37)

M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050 (0.11)

Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150 (0.33)

Stainless steel mounting bracket XUZA118 0.045 (0.10)

Plastic mounting bracket with adjustable ball-joint XUZA218 0.035 (0.08)

Pre-cabled

For a pre-cabled sensor, replace M12 by L2 for a 2 m long cable, or by L5 for a 5 m long cable.

Example: XUB1BPANM12 becomes XUB1BPANL2 for a 2 m long cable and XUB1BPANL5 for

a 5 m long cable.

For availability, consult the Sensor Competency Center.

XUB B NM12

550009

520983

XUB B WM12

XUZC50

520983

XUB B NL2

520982

XUB B WL2

550003

XUZB2003 XUZ2001

520312

XUZA118

805817

XUZA218

805817 805799

520984

XUZ2003

Catalog Numbers OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Single mode function

Design ø18, metal

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/33

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUB1, XUB2, XUB4, XUB5, XUB9 XUB1, XUB2, XUB4, XUB5, XUB9

Product certiﬁ cations UL, CSA,

Connection Connector DIN 40050 M12 –

Pre-cabled IEC 60529 – Length: 2 m

Sensing distance:

nominal Sn (excess gain = 2)

maximum (excess gain = 1))

m (ft) 0.1 / 0.15 (0.33 / 0.49) diffuse

m (ft) 0.6 / 0.8 (1.97 / 2.62) diffuse with adjustable sensitivity

m (ft) 2 / 3 (6.56 / 9.84) polarized retroreß ective

m (ft) 4 / 5.5 (13.12 / 18.04) retroreß ective

m (ft) 15 / 20 (49.21 / 65.62) thru-beam

Type of transmission Infrared, except polarized retroreß ective (red)

Degree of protection IP 69K, double insulation IP 65, IP 67, double insulation

Storage temperature °C -40 to +70 (-40 to +158 °F)

Operating temperature °C -25 to +55 (-13 to +122 °F)

Materials Case Nickel plated brass

Lens PMMA

Cable – PvR

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (except for XUB2 T)

Supply on Green LED (only for XUB2 T)

Rated supply voltage V 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) V 10–36

Current consumption, no-load mA 35

Switching capacity mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state V 1.5

Maximum switching frequency Hz 500

Delays First-up ms < 15

Response ms < 1

Recovery ms < 1

Wiring diagrams

M12 connector Pre-cabled PNP NPN Transmitter

3 (-)

1 (+)

4 OUT/Output

2 Beam break

input (1)

(-) BU (Blue)

(+) BN (Brown)

(OUT/Output) BK (Black)

Beam break input (1)

VI (Violet) Input 2/VI:

- not connected: beam made

- connected to –: beam broken

Operating curves

Thru-beam system Diffuse system Diffuse system with

adjustable sensitivity

Retroreﬂ ective system Polarized retroreﬂ ective

system

Object 10 x 10 cm; 1White 90%; 2 Gray 18% With reß ector XUZC50 With reß ector XUZC50

Dimensions (mm)

XUB

Pre-cabled (mm) Connector (mm)

a b a b

Ø 18, line of sight along case axis 46 (2) 28 60 (1) 28

Ø 18, line of sight 90° to case axis 62 28 76 28

Ø 18, line of sight along case axis XUB5 62 44 76 44

Ø 18, line of sight 90° to case axis XUB5 78 44 92 44

(1) Beam break input on thru-beam transmitter only.

(2) For XUB9 (polarized retroreß ective) 46 becomes 48 mm and 60 becomes 62 mm.

1 2

4 3

–

BN/1

BU/3

PNP BK/4 (NO/NC)

BN/1

BU/3

–

BK/4 (NO/NC)

NPN

1/BN

3/BU

2/VI

-15

1510 m

Ø 12 mm

1 5

10 cm

60 cm

-4

-10

-2

-4

-6

0.2 m

E/R

Ø of beam

SpeciÞ cations, Wiring

Diagrams,

Operating Curves,

Dimensions

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Single mode function

Design ø18, metal

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/34

Design ø18

System Diffuse

Type of transmission Ultraviolet (370 nm)

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) 20 (0.79) for color mark reading,

0–80 (0–3.15) in diffuse mode

Sensitivity adjustment By potentiometer

Catalog Number

3-wire, PNP NO function (2) XU5M18U1D

Weight, kg (lb) 0.075 (0.17)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , CSA, UL

Ambient air temperature For operation -25 to +55 °C (-13 to +122 °F)

For storage -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 0.6 mm (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67

Connection M12 connector

(suitable female connectors, including pre-wired versions)

Materials Case Nickel plated brass

Lenses PMMA

Spot diameter At 20 mm: Ø 3 x 1 mm

Auxiliary functions External synchronization, locking

Indicator lights Output state Green LED

Teach mode –

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits 10–30 V (including ripple)

Switching capacity (sealed) 100 mA

with protection against reverse polarity, overload and

short-circuit

Voltage drop, closed state 1.5 V (PNP)

Current consumption, no-load 20 mA

Maximum switching frequency 1 kHz

Delays First-up ≤ 100 ms

Response ≤ 500 Ps

Recovery ≤ 500 Ps

Time delay Off delay: 20 ms, activated/deactivated by cabling method

(1) Applications: detection of invisible reference marks, markings, glues or varnishes containing bluing agents.

(2) Output activated when a blued mark on a non-blued background is present.

Catalog Numbers

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, packaging series

Luminescence sensor (1)

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/35

Curves

XU5M18U1D

Operating curves

Object 5 x 5 cm, white 90%

Spot size at 20 mm: oval, Ø 3 x 1 mm

Vertical inclination

An angle of 5 to 10°

from vertical is recommended

for reß ective or transparent

surfaces

Maximum vertical inclination: 20°

Dimensions (mm)

XU5M18U1D

(1) Potentiometer

(2) Green LED

Mounting nut tightening torque: 15 N•m. (132.76 lb-in)

Wiring diagrams

XU5M18U1D

Connector diagram Wiring diagram (3-wire )

(1) Off delay of output signal:

- no time delay: connect contact 2 to (+)

-20 ms time delay: connect contact 2 to (-)

(1)

M18x1 (2)

1 (+)

3 (

–

)

Time delay (1) Output

(

Sensor connector pin view)

–

PNP output

Without output signal time delay

–

With output signal time delay (20 ms)

Operating Curves,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, packaging series

Luminescence sensor (1)

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/36

Ø 18 plastic, coaxial polarized retroreﬂ ective with teach mode

Sensing distance

Sn, m (ft)

Function Line of

sight

Output Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Pre-cabled (2)

0–1.4 (0–4.59)

With reß ector

XUZC50/C50HP

NO or NC, by

programming

Along case

axis

PNP XUBTAPSNL2 (1) 0.110 (0.24)

NPN XUBTANSNL2 (1) 0.110 (0.24)

0–0.8 (0–2.62)

With reß ector

XUZC50/C50HP

NO or NC, by

programming

90° to case

axis

PNP XUBTAPSWL2 (1) 0.113 (0.25)

NPN XUBTANSWL2 (1) 0.113 (0.25)

0–0.8 (0–2.62)

With reß ector

XUZC50/C50HP

NO or NC, by

programming

Along case

axis

PNP XUBT1PSNL2 0.110 (0.24)

NPN XUBT1NSNL2 0.110 (0.24)

M12 connector

0–1.4 (0–4.59)

With reß ector

XUZ C50/C50HP

NO or NC, by

programming

Along case

axis

PNP XUBTAPSNM12 (1) 0.045 (0.10)

NPN XUBTANSNM12 (1) 0.045 (0.10)

0–0.8 (0–2.62)

With reß ector

XUZC50/C50HP

NO or NC, by

programming

90° to case

axis

PNP XUBTAPSWM12 (1) 0.048 (0.11)

NPN XUBTANSWM12 (1) 0.048 (0.11)

0–0.8 (0–2.62)

With reß ector

XUZC50/C50HP

NO or NC, by

programming

Along case

axis

PNP XUBT1PSNM12 0.110 (0.24)

NPN XUBT1NSNM12 0.110 (0.24)

Ø 18 stainless steel, coaxial polarized retroreﬂ ective with teach mode

Sensing distance

Sn, m (ft)

Function Line of

sight

Output Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Pre-cabled (2)

0–1.4 (0–4.59)

With reß ector

XUZC50/C50HP

NO or NC, by

programming

Along case

axis

PNP XUBTSPSNL2 (1) 0.135 (0.30)

NPN XUBTSNSNL2 (1) 0.135 (0.30)

0–0.8 (0–2.62)

With reß ector

XUZC50/C50HP

NO or NC, by

programming

90° to case

axis

PNP XUBTSPSWL2 (1) 0.138 (0.30)

NPN XUBTSNSWL2 (1) 0.138 (0.30)

M12 connector

0–1.4 (0–4.59)

With reß ector

XUZ C50/C50HP

NO or NC, by

programming

Along case

axis

PNP XUBTSPSNM12 (1) 0.070 (0.15)

NPN XUBTSNSNM12 (1) 0.070 (0.15)

0–0.8 (0–2.62)

With reß ector

XUZC50/C50HP

NO or NC, by

programming

90° to case

axis

PNP XUBTSPSWM12 (1) 0.073 (0.16)

NPN XUBTSNSWM12 (1) 0.073 0.16)

Accessories for XUBT

Description Dimensions Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Universal reﬂ ector

(without blind zone)

50 x 50 mm XUZC50 0.020 (0.04)

Application reﬂ ector

(accuracy, detection sensitivity)

50 x 50 mm XUZC50HP 0.020 (0.04)

Mounting accessories

Description Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

3D mounting kit for use on M12 rod for XUBT or XUZC50/C50HP XUZB2003 0.170 (0.17)

M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050 (0.11)

Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150 (0.33)

Stainless steel mounting bracket XUZA118 0.045 (0.10)

Plastic mounting bracket with adjustable ball-joint XUZA218 0.035 (0.08)

(1) Application reﬂ ector XUZC50HP included with the sensor.

(2) For a 5 m cable, replace L2 by L5.

Example: XUBTAPSNL2 becomes XUBTAPSNL5.

Catalog Numbers

524074

XUBT WL2

XUBT WM12

524038

XUBT NL2

550003

XUZB2003

805799

XUZC50

XUZA118

805817

805818

XUZA218

520312

XUZ2001

520984

XUZ2003

XUBT NM12

524073

XUZC50HP

536353

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, packaging series

For detection of transparent materials

Design ø18, plastic or stainless steel

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/37

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUBT M12 XUBT L2

Product certiﬁ cations UL, CSA,

Connection Connector DIN 40050 M12 –

Pre-cabled IEC 60529 – Length: 2 m

Nominal sensing distance Sn Line of sight along case axis m (ft) 0–1.4 (0–4.59) with reß ector XUZC50/C50HP

Line of sight 90° to case axis m (ft) 0–0.8 (0–2.62) with reß ector XUZC50/C50HP

Beam divergence 1.5° (Ø 37 mm spot at 1.4 m)

Blind zone 0

Preferred approach direction Any

Type of transmission Coaxial polarized red

Degree of protection XUBTA (plastic) IP65, IP67, cable version (IEC 60529); IP 69K connector version

(DIN 40050) XUBTS (stainless) IP 65, IP 67, and IP 69K double insulation

Temperature Storage °C (°F) -40 to +70 (-40 to +158)

Operation °C (°F) 0 to +55 (+32 to +131)

Materials Case XUBTA : plastic, PBT

XUBTS : stainless steel (grade 304Cu)

Lens PMMA

Cable PvR

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED

Supply on Green LED

Stability Red LED

Rated supply voltage V 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) V 10–32

Current consumption, no-load mA 45

Switching capacity per output mA d 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state V d 1.5

Maximum switching frequency Hz 1000

Delays First-up ms < 200

Response and recovery µs < 500

Wiring diagrams

M12 connector Pre-cabled PNP NPN

3 (-)

1 (+)

4 OUT/Output

2 Not connected

(-) BU (Blue)

(+) BN (Brown)

OUT/Output BK (Black)

Operating curves Dimensions (mm)

With reﬂ ector XUZC50 XUBT

Line of sight along case axis Line of sight 90° to case axis

Pre-cabled

(mm)

Plug-in connector

(mm)

a b a b

Ø 18, line of sight

along case axis

64 44 78 44

Ø 18, line of sight

90° to case axis

78 44 92 44

Setup Application examples

Recommended distances and application restraints

(1) No blind zone. Detection of transparent bottles. Detection of plastic Þ lm.

1 2

4 3

–

BN/1

BU/3

PNP BK/4

BN/1

BU/3

–

BK/4

NPN

-2

-4 Sn y 1.4 m

-2

-4 Sn y 0.8 m

(1) (1)

SpeciÞ cations, Wiring

Diagrams,

Operating Curves,

Dimensions

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, packaging series

For detection of transparent materials

Design ø18, plastic or stainless steel

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/38

Ø 18 stainless steel

Pre-cabled (1)

Sensing distance

Sn, m (ft)

Function Output Line of

sight

Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

0–15 (0–49.21)

depending on

whether

accessories are used

NO or NC, by

programming

PNP Along case

axis

XUB0SPSNL2 0.105 (0.23)

90° to case

axis

XUB0SPSWL2 (3) 0.110 (0.24)

NPN Along case

axis

XUB0SNSNL2 0.105 (0.23)

90° to case

axis

XUB0SNSWL2 (3) 0.110 (0.24)

M12 connector

0–15 (0–49.21)

depending on

whether accessories

are used

NO or NC,

by programming

PNP Along case

axis

XUB0SPSNM12 0.055 (0.12)

90° to case

axis

XUB0SPSWM12 (3) 0.060 (0.13)

NPN Along case

axis

XUB0SNSNM12 0.055 (0.12)

90° to case

axis

XUB0SNSWM12 (3) 0.060 (0.13)

Accessories

Description Connection Line of

sight

Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Thru-beam accessories

(transmitter)

Pre-cabled

(1)

Along case

axis

XUB0SKSNL2T 0.105 (0.23)

90° to case

axis

XUB0SKSWL2T (3) 0.110 (0.24)

M12

connector

Along case

axis

XUB0SKSNM12T 0.055 (0.12)

90° to case

axis

XUB0SKSWM12T (3) 0.060 (0.13)

Reﬂ ector 50 x 50 mm – – XUZC50 0.020 (0.04)

Mounting accessories

Description Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Stainless steel mounting bracket XUZA118 0.045 (0.10)

Plastic mounting bracket with adjustable ball-joint XUZA218 0.035 (0.08)

Plastic mounting clamp, 24.1 mm centers

with locking screw

XUZB2005 0.007 (0.02)

(1) For a 5 m cable, replace L2 with L5.

Example: XUB0SPSNL2 becomes XUB0SPSNL5.

XUB0 WL2

XUB0 NM12

XUB0 WM12

XUB0 NL2

XUZC50

XUZA118 XUZA218

XUZB2005

805818

Catalog Numbers OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, multimode

food and beverage processing series

Design ø18, metal, stainless steel

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/39

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUB0 M12, XUB0 M12T XUB0 L2, XUB0 L2T

Product certiﬁ cations UL, CSA,

Connection Connector M12 –

Pre-cabled – Length: 2 m

Sensing distance:

nominal Sn (excess gain = 2)

maximum (excess gain = 1)

Line of sight along

case axis

Line of sight 90° to

case axis

Accessory

m (ft) 0.12 / 0.12

(0.39 / 0.39)

0.11 / 0.11

(0.36 / 0.36)

Without (diffuse with background

suppression)

m (ft) 0.3 / 0.4 (0.98 / 1.31) 0.2 / 0.3 (0.66 / 0.98) Without (diffuse)

m (ft) 2 / 3 (6.56 / 9.84) 1.5 / 2 (4.92 / 6.56) With reß ector (polarized retroreß ective)

m (ft) 15 / 20 (49.21 / 65.62) 10 / 14 (32.81 / 45.93) With thru-beam accessory (thru-beam)

Type of transmission Infrared, except polarized retroreß ective (red)

Degree of protection IP 65, IP 67 conforming to IEC 60529; IP 69K conforming to DIN 40050; double insulation

Storage temperature °C -40 to +70 (-40 to +158 °F)

Operating temperature °C -25 to +55 (-13 to +131 °F)

Materials Case: stainless steel, grade 304CU; Lens: PMMA; Cable: PvR

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (transmission present for XUB0 T)

Supply on Green LED

Stability Red LED (except for XUB0 T)

Rated supply voltage Vdc 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) Vdc 10–36

Current consumption, no-load mA 35 (20 for XUB0 T)

Switching capacity mA ≤ 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state V 1.5

Maximum switching frequency Hz 250

Delays First-up ms < 200

Response ms < 2

Recovery ms < 2

Wiring diagrams

M12 connector Pre-cabled PNP NPN Thru-beam accessory

3 (-)

1 (+)

4 OUT/Output

2 Beam break

input (1)

(-) BU (Blue)

(+) BN (Brown)

OUT/Output BK (Black)

Beam break input (1)

VI (Violet)

Input 2/VI:

- not connected: beam made

- connected to –: beam broken

Operating curves (line of sight along case axis)

With thru-beam accessory (thru-beam) Without accessory

(diffuse)

Without accessory (diffuse

with bckgrnd. suppression

With reﬂ ector

(polarized retroreﬂ ective)

Object: 10 x 10 cm, 1: white 90%, 2: gray 18% With reß ector XUZC50

Variation of usable sensing distance Su (without accessory, with adjustable background suppression)

Teach mode at minimum Teach mode at maximum

A-B: object reß ection

coefÞ cient

Black 6%

Gray 18%

White 90%

Sensing range

Non-sensing zone

(matte surfaces)

Dimensions (mm)

XUB

Pre-cabled (mm) Connector (mm)

a b a b

Ø 18, line of sight along case axis 64 (2) 44 78 (2) 44

Ø 18, line of sight 90° to case axis 78 44 92 44

(1) Beam break input on thru-beam transmitter only.

(2) For XUB0 T, 64 becomes 62 mm and 78 becomes 76 mm.

1 2

4 3

–

BN/1

BU/3

PNP BK/4

BN/1

BU/3

–

BK/4

NPN

1/BN

3/BU

2/VI

-15

1510 20m

Ø 12 mm

30 cm

12 cm

-2

-4

-6 2

1S (cm)

SpeciÞ cations, Wiring

Diagrams,

Operating Curves,

Dimensions

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, multimode

food and beverage processing series

Design ø18, metal, stainless steel

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/40

Design ø18

1 2 3

System Thru-beam 1Retroreﬂ ective 2Polarized

retroreﬂ ective 2

Diffuse 3

Type of transmission Infrared Infrared Red Infrared

Sensing

distance,

m (ft)

Nominal Sn (excess gain = 2) 15 (49.21) 4 (13.12) 2 (6.56) 0.10 (0.33)

Maximum (excess gain = 1) 20 (65.62) 5.5 (18.04)

(with 50 x 50 mm

reß ector)

3 (9.84)

(with 50 x 50 mm

reß ector)

0.15 (0.49)

Catalog numbers of pre-cabled versions (1)

3-wire, PNP

NO or NC programmable function

Line of sight along case

axis

XU2N18PP341 (2) XU1N18PP341 (3) XU9N18PP341 (3) XU5N18PP341

Line of sight 90° to

case axis

XU2N18PP341W (2) XU1N18PP341W (3) XU9N18PP341W (3) XU5N18PP341W

3-wire, NPN

NO or NC programmable function

Line of sight along case

axis

XU2N18NP341 (2) XU1N18NP341 (3) XU9N18NP341 (3) XU5N18NP341

Line of sight 90° to

case axis

XU2N18NP341W (2) XU1N18NP341W (3) XU9N18NP341W (3) XU5N18NP341W

Weight, kg (lb) 0.270 (0.60) 0.155 (0.34) 0.155 (0.34) 0.135 (0.30)

Catalog numbers of connector versions

3-wire, PNP

NO or NC programmable function

Line of sight along case

axis

XU2N18PP341D (2) XU1N18PP341D (3) XU9N18PP341D (3) XU5N18PP341D

Line of sight 90° to

case axis

XU2N18PP341WD (2) XU1N18PP341WD (3) XU9N18PP341WD (3) XU5N18PP341WD

3-wire, NPN

NO or NC programmable function

Line of sight along case

axis

XU2N18NP341D (2) XU1N18NP341D (3) XU9N18NP341D (3) XU5N18NP341D

Line of sight 90° to

case axis

XU2N18NP341WD (2) XU1N18NP341WD (3) XU9N18NP341WD (3) XU5N18NP341WD

Weight, kg (lb) 0.130 (0.29) 0.085 (0.19) 0.085 (0.19) 0.065 (0.14)

(1) Sensors available with 5 m long cable: To order, add L5 to the end of the catalog number selected from above.

Example: sensor XU1N18PP341 with 5 m cable becomes XU1N18PP341L5.

(2) Catalog numbers for both transmitter and receiver for thru-beam system sensors.

(3) 50 x 50 mm reß ector included with retroreß ective system sensors.

Catalog numbers of mounting accessories

Description Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Stainless steel mounting bracket XUZA118 0.045 (0.10)

Plastic mounting bracket XUZA218 0.035 (0.08)

Set of 2 stainless steel nuts XSZE318 0.020 (0.04)

Set of 2 plastic nuts XSZE218 0.004 (0.01)

Catalog Numbers OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 2

Application, single mode

food and beverage processing series

Stainless steel case M18 x 1

DC Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/41

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , UL, CSA

Ambient air temperature For operation: -25 to +55 °C (-13 to +131 °F). For storage: -40 to+70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 25 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67

Connection Pre-cabled Pre-cabled, diameter 4.2 mm, length 2 m (3), wire c.s.a.: 4 x 0.34 mm

(22 AWG)

Connector M12 male connector, 4-pin (suitable female connectors, including pre-wired versions. )

Materials Case Food and beverage processing stainless steel, grade 304 Cu

Lenses PMMA

Cable PvR

Rated supply voltage 12–24 Vdc with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits 10–0 Vdc (including ripple)

Switching capacity (sealed) ≤100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state d 1.5 V

Current consumption, no-load d 30 mA (retroreß ective and diffuse), d 50 mA (thru-beam)

Maximum switching frequency 500 Hz

Delays First-up d 15 ms

Response d 1 ms

Recovery d 1 ms

Indicator lights Supply on Green LED, on transmitter only

Output state Yellow LED, on receiver only

(1) Sensors available with 5 m long cable: To order, add L5 to the end of the catalog number selected from above.

Example: sensor XU1N18PP341 with 5 m cable becomes XU1N18PP341L5.

Operating Curves

Thru-beam system Retroreﬂ ective system

with reﬂ ector XUZC50

Polarized retroreﬂ ective

system with reﬂ ector

XUZC50

Diffuse system

Object 10 x 10 cm

1 White 90% 2 Gray 18%

Excess gain curves (ambient temperature: +25 °C [+77 ° F] )

Thru-beam system Retroreﬂ ective system with reﬂ ector XUZC50

Polarized retroreﬂ ctive system with reﬂ ector XUZC50 Diffuse system

Object 10 x 10 cm

White 90%

-15

1510 m

Ø 12 mm

Ø of beam

-4

-10

E/R

Ø of beam

-2

-4

-6

0.2 m

E/R

Ø of beam

cm E/R

Ø of beam

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 20 30 50

100

D (m)

10 15

Gain

100

0.1

D (m)

0.1 10.5 5 10

0.2

Gain

0.1 0.5 23 5

0.1

D (m)

Gain

0.1 0.2 1 5

D (cm)

0.5

602010

Gain

SpeciÞ cations

1.4

-1.4

-1

15 cm

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 2

Application, single mode

food and beverage processing series

Stainless steel case M18 x 1

DC Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/42

Dimensions (mm)

XU N18 341 XU N18 341W

XU N18 341D XU N18 341WD

(1) LED

(2) 64 for XU9N18 341

mounting nut tightening torque: < 15 N•m (132.76 lb-in)

Connector tightening torque: 2 N•m (17.70 lb-in)

62 (2)

50 24

(1)

M18x1

50 24

(1)

M18x1

4M18x1

(1)

4M18x1

(1)

Dimensions OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 2

Application, single mode

food and beverage processing series

Stainless steel case M18 x 1

DC Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/43

Wiring diagrams

M12 connector Pre-cabled

3 (–) (–) BU (Blue)

1 (+) (+) BN (Brown)

4 OUT/Output (Out/Output) BK (Black)

2 Prog (or beam break input

for thru-beam transmitter only)

(Prog) OG (Orange)

(Beam break input) VI (Violet) on thru-beam transmitter only

Wiring diagrams - diffuse

PNP NO PNP NC NPN NO NPN NC Transmitter

Wiring diagrams - retroreﬂ ective and thru-beam

PNP NO PNP NC NPN NO NPN NC

Beam break input on thru-beam transmitter only

Beam made Beam broken

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

OG/2

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

OG/2

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

OG/2

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

OG/2

1/BN

3/BU

2/VI

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

OG/2

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

OG/2

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

OG/2

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

OG/2

–

BN/1

VI/2

BU/3

–

BN/1

VI/2

BU/3

Wiring Diagrams OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 2

XU Application, single mode

food and beverage processing series

Stainless steel case M18 x 1

DC Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/44

Catalog Numbers,

Dimensions

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application, material handling series

Laser transmission. Design ø18, plastic or metal

Three-wire DC Solid-state output

Ø 18, plastic, thru-beam system with teach mode,

laser transmission (Transmitter +receiver)

Sensing

distance (Sn)

m, (ft)

Function Connection Output Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

0–100

(328.08)

NO or NC, by

programming

Pre-cabled PNP XUBLAPCNL2 0.180 (0.40)

NPN XUBLANCNL2 0.180 (0.40)

M12 connector PNP XUBLAPCNM12 0.078 (0.17)

NPN XUBLANCNM12 0.078 (0.17)

Ø 18, metal, thru-beam system with teach mode,

laser transmission (Transmitter +receiver)

Sensing

distance (Sn)

m, (ft)

Function Connection Output Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

0–100

(328.08)

NO or NC, by

programming

Pre-cabled PNP XUBLBPCNL2 0.230 (0.51)

NPN XUBLBNCNL2 0.230 (0.51)

M12 connector PNP XUBLBPCNM12 0.130 (0.29)

NPN XUBLBNCNM12 0.130 (0.29)

Separate components

Ø 18 transmitter

Description Connection Output For use with Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Plastic Pre-cabled – XUBLA CNL2 XUBLAKCNL2T 0.090 (0.20)

M12 connector – XUBLA CNM12 XUBLAKCNM12T 0.040 (0.09)

Metal Pre-cabled – XUBLB CNL2 XUBLBKCNL2T 0.110 (0.24)

M12 connector – XUBLB CNM12 XUBLBKCNM12T 0.060 (0.13)

Ø 18 receiver

Description Connection Output For use with Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Plastic Pre-cabled PNP XUBLAPCNL2 XUBLAPCNL2R 0.090 (0.20)

NPN XUBLANCNL2 XUBLANCNL2R 0.090 (0.20)

M12 connector PNP XUBLAPCNM12 XUBLAPCNM12R 0.040 (0.09)

NPN XUBLANCNM12 XUBLANCNM12R 0.040 (0.09)

Metal Pre-cabled PNP XUBLBPCNL2 XUBLBPCNL2R 0.120 (0.26)

NPN XUBLBNCNM12 XUBLBNCNL2R 0.120 (0.26)

M12 connector PNP XUBLBPCNM12 XUBLBPCNM12R 0.070 (0.15)

NPN XUBLBNCNM12 XUBLBNCNM12R 0.070 (0.15)

Mounting accessories for XUBL

Description Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Precision mounting bracket with micrometric adjustment XUZA318 0.170 (0.37)

Plastic mounting bracket with adjustable ball-joint XUZA218 0.035 (0.08)

Dimensions (mm)

Pre-cabled

(mm)

Connector

(mm)

a b a b

Receiver (1) 62 44 76 44

Transmitter (2) 52 28 66 28

(1) Yellow, green and red LED on receiver

(2) Green LED on transmitter

Note: mounting nut tightening torque: < 4 Nm (35.40 lb-in)

536362

XUBL CNL2

536379

XUBL CNM12T

536506

XUBL CNL2R

536355

XUZA318

536356

XUZA218

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/45

SpeciÞ cations,

Wiring Diagrams,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application, material handling series

Laser transmission. Design ø18, plastic or metal

Three-wire DC Solid-state output

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUBL M12 XUBL L2

Product certiﬁ cations UL, CSA,

Connection Connector M12 (suitable female connectors, including

pre-wired versions

–

Pre-cabled – Length: 2 m

Nominal sensing distance Sn m 0–100, excess gain 70–3

Blind zone 0

Preferred object approach direction Any

Type of transmission Red laser, wavelength 670 nm

Transmission power Power < 1 mW, class 1 conforming to IEC 825-1

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67, double insulation

Temperature Storage °C -40 to +70 (-40 to +158 °F)

Operation °C -10 to +45 (+14 to +113 °F)

Materials Case XUBLA : PBT; XUBLB : nickel plated brass

Lens PMMA

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Indicator lights Output state and alignment aid Yellow LED

Supply on and teaching Green LED

Stability Red LED

Rated supply voltage V 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) V 10–30

Current consumption, no-load mA 25 for transmitter or receiver

Switching capacity per output mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state V 1.5

Maximum switching frequency Hz 1500

Delays First-up ms < 80

Response and recovery ms < 0.4

Wiring diagrams

M12 connector Pre-cabled PNP NPN Transmitter

3 (-)

1 (+)

4 OUT/Output

2 Beam break

input

(-) BU (Blue)

(+) BN (Brown)

OUT/Output BK (Black)

Beam break input

VI (Violet) –

BN/1

BU/3

PNP BK/4

BN/1

BU/3

–

BK/4

NPN

1/BN

3/BU

2/VI

Input 2/VI:

- not connected: beam made

- connected to -: beam broken

Operating curves Operating considerations

Detection curve (set to inﬁ nity) Excess gain curve

-10

0.1 0.2

0.3

0.4 1

0.6 234 10

62030

40 100

D (m)

Laser class 1, conforming to

IEC 825-1.

Adjustment

Standard curve Detection limit curve

0.01

0.02

0.04

0.1

0.2

0.4

0.1 0.2

0.3

0.4 1

0.6 234 10

62030

40 100

D (m)

0.01

0.02

0.04

0.1

0.2

0.4

0.1 0.2

0.3

0.4 1

0.6 234 10

62030

40 100

D (m)

The adjustment of the focus point enables the detection of objects down to a size of < 0.2 mm (0.01 in.).

After loosening the mounting screws (1). adjust the focusing point of the laser beam by rotating the serrated sleeve (2) located on the face of the

sensor. Re-tighten mounting screws.

Note: mounting clamp XUZA218 with ball-joint and, in particular, bracket XUZA318 with precise micrometric adjustment and locking by 6 screws, are specially

suited for mounting the sensor and adjusting beam alignment when the sensing range is several tens of meters.

1 2

4 3

Gain

Laser

class 1

Minimum size of the object to be

detected (mm)

Minimum size of the object to be

detected (mm)

Focusing point Focusing point

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/46

Design ø18

System Diffuse

Type of transmission Infrared

Nominal sensing distance

Sn, mm (in.)

50–400 (1.97–15.75)

Catalog Numbers

3-wire, PNP XU5M18AB20D

Weight, kg (lb) 0.075 (0.17)

Speciﬁ cation

Product certiﬁ cations , CSA, UL

Ambient air temperature For operation: -25 to +55 °C (-13 to +131 °F).

For storage: -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67

Connection M12 male connector, 4-pin

(suitable female connectors, including pre-wired versions)

Materials Case: nickel plated brass, lens: PMAA

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits 10–30 V (including ripple)

Output current Maximum 20 mA

Minimum 4 mA

Output current drift in relation to temperature < 10% between -25 and +55 °C (-13 and +122 °F), < 5% between 0 and +40 °C

(+32 and +104 °F)

Output current drift in relation to supply < 3%

Current consumption, no-load 30 mA

Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (for an output current variation of 10 mA)

Delays First-up: 50 ms

Indicator light The brightness of the green LED is proportional to the output current

Ie = 20 mA: indicator light at maximum intensity

Ie = 4 mA: indicator light at minimum intensity

(1) Applications: position control, monitoring concentricity or eccentricity, closed loop regulation, monitoring displacement, etc.

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application, material handling series

With analog output signal 4–20 mA (1)

DC supply

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/47

Output signal (related to distance of object)

Potentiometer set at maximum Potentiometer set at minimum

1 White 90% object

2 Gray 15% object

1 White 90% object

2 Gray 15% object

Dimensions (mm)

(1) Potentiometer.

(2) Green LED.

Mounting nut tightening torque: 15 N•m. (132.76 lb-in)

Connector tightening torque: 2 N•m. (17.70 lb-in)

Wiring diagrams Connector diagram

Diffuse system Sensor connector pin view

Output current

Load speciﬁ cations (R)

The output current varies between 4 and 20 mA, depending on the distance of the object, and therefore, the load must be less than 800 : for a 24 V supply and less

than 300 Ω for a 12 V supply.

0 50

D (cm)

20 3010 40

Is (mA)

0 50

D (cm)

20 3010 40

Is (mA)

(1)

M18x1

( )

–

Ie = 4–20 mA

–

1 (

)

3 (

–

)

Analog

output

Operating Curves,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application, material handling series

With analog output signal 4–20 mA

DC supply

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/48

Design ø18

System Thru-beam

Type of transmission Infrared

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) / maximum, m (ft) 50 (164.04 / 70 (229.66) (transmitter +receiver)

Catalog Number

3-wire, PNP NO (object detection) +

analog output

XU2M18AP20D (2)

Weight, kg (lb) 0.155 (0.34)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , CSA, UL

Ambient air temperature For operation -25 to +55 °C (-13 to +131 °F)

For storage -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67

Connection M12 male connector, 4-pin (suitable female connectors, including pre-wired versions)

Materials Case Nickel plated brass

Lenses PMMA

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits 10–30 V (including ripple)

Solid-state digital output Switching capacity (sealed) d100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state d 1.5 V

Maximum switching frequency 30 Hz

First-up delay d 50 ms

Response delay d 15 ms

Recovery delay d 15 ms

Analog output Output current 4–20 mA

Drift < 5% for temperature between 0 and +40 °C (+32 and 104 °F)

Delay d 15 ms

Current consumption, no-load d 55 mA (transmitter +receiver)

Indicator lights Transmitter Green LED, supply on

Yellow LED illuminated = beam transmission

Receiver Yellow LED illuminated = solid-state output On = object detected within beam

Green LED: the brightness of the LED is proportional to the output current:

- for l = 20 mA, object slightly opaque, intensity at maximum,

- for I = 4 mA, object completely opaque, intensity at minimum.

(1) Applications: detection of objects in spite of a difÞ cult environment (smoke, dust, mist, etc.),

detection of objects inside packaging, etc.

Example of values

Object: white sheets of 80 gsm paper. Transmitter-receiver distance = 10 cm

Number of sheets 1 11 27 31

Analog output current (mA) 17.3 12 6 5

(2) Catalog number for both transmitter and receiver for thru-beam system.

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, material handling series

Thru-beam system with high excess gain (1)

Solid-state output and analog output 4–20 mA

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/49

Dimensions,

Operating Curves,

Wiring Diagrams,

Operation

Dimensions (mm) Operating Curves

(1) LEDs

(2) Potentiometer (only on receiver)

Mounting nut tightening torque: 15 N•m (132.76 lb-in)

Connector tightening torque: 2 N•m (17.70 lb-in)

Detection curve

Thru-beam system

Excess gain curve (ambient temperature: +25 °C [+77 °F])

Thru-beam system

Wiring diagrams

Receiver

R max. < 800 Ω (Ue = 24 V), < 300 Ω (Ue = 12 V)

Beam break test (only on transmitter)

Beam made Beam broken

Connector diagram

Sensor connector pin view

Transmitter Receiver

Operation, settings

Type, opacity of object Analog output curve Switching level of digital solid-state

PNP output

(1)

M18x1 (2)

Ø of beam

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 2 3 5

D (m)

150

800

500

300

200

100

10 20 30 100

–

2Ie = 4–20 mA

4Ie = 0–100 mA

mA –

–

1 (+)

3 (–)

Test

1 (+)

3 (–)

Analog

output

99.95

99.8

99.4

0.1 100

0 1 0 1

99.5 99.6 99.7 99.9

–

Degree of opacity of object Output current

Potentiometer

set at minimum

Potentiometer

set at maximum

Degree of opacity of object

Solid-state

output

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, material handling series

Thru-beam system with high excess gain (1)

Solid-state output and analog output 4–20 mA

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/50

Diffuse system with adjustable background suppression

Sensing

distance (Sn)

m (ft)

Function Line of

sight

Connection Catalog Numbers Weight

kg (lb)

0.12 (0.39) NO Along

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU8M18MA230 0.150 (0.33)

1/2-20UNF XU8M18MA230K 0.075 (0.17)

90° to

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU8M18MA230W 0.150 (0.33)

1/2-20UNF XU8M18MA230WK 0.075 (0.17)

NC Along

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU8M18MB230 0.150 (0.33)

1/2-20UNF XU8M18MB230K 0.075 (0.17)

90° to

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU8M18MB230W 0.150 (0.33)

1/2-20UNF XU8M18MB230WK 0.075 (0.17)

Diffuse system

Sensing

distance (Sn)

m (ft)

Function Line of

sight

Connection Catalog Numbers Weight

kg (lb)

0.40 (1.31) NO Along

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU5M18MA230 0.150 (0.33)

1/2-20UNF XU5M18MA230K 0.075 (0.17)

90° to

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU5M18MA230W 0.150 (0.33)

1/2-20UNF XU5M18MA230WK 0.075 (0.17)

NC Along

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU5M18MB230 0.150 (0.33)

1/2-20UNF XU5M18MB230K 0.075 (0.17)

90° to

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU5M18MB230W 0.150 (0.33)

1/2-20UNF XU5M18MB230WK 0.075 (0.17)

Polarized retroreﬂ ective system (3)

Sensing

distance (Sn)

m (ft)

Function Line of

sight

Connection Catalog Numbers Weight

kg (lb)

2 (6.56) NO Along

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU9M18MA230 0.170 (0.37)

1/2-20UNF XU9M18MA230K 0.090 (0.20)

90° to

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU9M18MA230W 0.170 (0.37)

1/2-20UNF XU9M18MA230WK 0.090 (0.20)

NC Along

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU9M18MB230 0.170 (0.37)

1/2-20UNF XU9M18MB230K 0.095 (0.21)

90° to

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU9M18MB230W 0.170 (0.37)

1/2-20UNF XU9M18MB230WK 0.090 (0.20)

Thru-beam system (4)

Sensing

distance (Sn)

m (ft)

Function Line of

sight

Connection Catalog Numbers Weight

kg (lb)

15 (49.21) NO Along

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU2M18MA230 0.285 (0.63)

1/2-20UNF XU2M18MA230K 0.155 (0.34)

90° to

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU2M18MA230W 0.285 (0.63)

1/2-20UNF XU2M18MA230WK 0.155 (0.34)

NC Along

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU2M18MB230 0.285 (0.63)

1/2-20UNF XU2M18MB230K 0.155 (0.34)

90° to

case axis

Pre-cabled (2) XU2M18MB230W 0.285 (0.63)

1/2-20UNF XU2M18MB230WK 0.155 (0.34)

Mounting accessories

Description Catalog Numbers Weight

kg (lb)

3D mounting kit

for use on M12 rod, for XU M18 or XUZC50

XUZB2003 0.170 (0.37)

M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050 (0.11)

Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150 (0.33)

Stainless steel mounting bracket XUZA118 0.045 (0.10)

Plastic mounting bracket with adjustable ball-joint XUZA218 0.035 (0.08)

(1) These sensors do not incorporate overload or short-circuit protection and therefore,

a 0.4 A fast-acting fuse must be connected in series with the load.

(2) For a 5 m long cable add L5.

Example: XU2M18MA230 becomes XU2M18MA230L5.

(3) 50 x 50 mm reß ector XUZC50 included with polarized retroreß ective system.

(4) Comprising both thru-beam transmitter and receiver.

Catalog Numbers

XU2M18M 230

XU5M18M 230W

XU8M18M 230W

XU9M18M 230

XUZB2003

XUZ2003

XUZA118 XUZ2001

XUZA218

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application

Design ø18

Two-wire AC (1) or DC, solid-state output with

adjustable sensitivity

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/51

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XU2M, XU5M, XU8M, XU9M XU2M, XU5M, XU8M, XU9M K

Product certiﬁ cations UL, CSA,

Connection Connector – 1/2-20UNF

Pre-cabled Length: 2 m –

Sensing distance:

nominal Sn (excess gain = 2)

maximum (excess gain = 1)

m (ft) 0.12 / 0.12 (0.39 / 0.39) diffuse with background suppression

m (ft) 0.4 / 0.6 (1.31 / 1.97) diffuse

m (ft) 2 / 3 (6.56 / 9.84) polarized retroreß ective

m (ft) 15 / 20 (49.21 / 65.62) thru-beam

Type of transmission Infrared, except XU9 (red)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67, double insulation IP 67

Storage temperature °C -40 to +70 (-40 to +158 °F)

Operating temperature °C -25 to +55 (-40 to +122 °F)

Materials Case: nickel plated brass; Lens: PMMA; Cable: PvR

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED

Stability Red LED (for retroreß ective and thru-beam only)

Rated supply voltage V / 24–240

Voltage limits (including ripple) V / 200–264

Residual current, open state mA < 1.5

Switching capacity mA 10–200 (1)

Voltage drop, closed state V 6

Maximum switching frequency Hz 25

Delays First-up ms < 300

Response ms < 20

Recovery ms < 20

(1) These sensors do not incorporate overload or short-circuit protection and therefore, a 0.4 A

fast-acting fuse must be connected in series with the load.

Wiring diagrams

Connector Pre-cabled 2-wire or Transmitter

1/2-20UNF 1

( ) BU (Blue)

() BN (Brown)

on connector models on connector models

Operating curves

Thru-beam system Polarized retroreﬂ ctive

system

Diffuse system Diffuse system with adjustable background

suppression

With reß ector XUZC50 Object 10 x 10 cm; 1White 90%; 2 Gray 18%

Variation of usable sensing distance Su

Potentiometer set at minimum Potentiometer set at maximum A-B: object reß ection coefÞ cient

Black 6%

Gray 18%

White 90%

Sensing range

Non-sensing zone (matte surfaces)

Dimensions (mm)

Pre-cabled (mm) Connector (mm)

a b a b

Ø 18, line of sight along case axis 82 55 95 55

Ø 18, line of sight 90° to case axis 97 55 110 55

-15

1510 20 m

-2

-4

-6

0.2 m

2 3

-1

60 cm

0.3

12 cm

-1

0.1

0.08

0.01 S (m)

0.07

0.12

0.15

0.11

0.01 S (m)

SpeciÞ cations, Wiring

Diagrams,

Operating Curves,

Dimensions

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application

Design ø18

Two-wire AC (1) or DC, solid-state output with

adjustable sensitivity

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/52

Design

Connection Pre-cabled – –

Connector – –

System Thru-beam Thru-beam Diffuse Diffuse

Type of transmission Infrared Infrared Infrared Infrared

Nominal sensing distance Sn, m (ft) 2 (6.56) 2 (6.56) 0.05 (0.16) 0.05 (0.16)

Catalog Number

3-wire, PNP NO function XUAH0214 XUAH0214S XUAH0515 XUAH0515S

NC function XUAH0224 XUAH0224S XUAH0525 XUAH0525S

3-wire, NPN NO function XUAJ0214 XUAJ0214S XUAJ0515 XUAJ0515S

NC function XUAJ0224 XUAJ0224S XUAJ0525 XUAJ0525S

Transmitter XUAH0203 XUAH0203S – –

Weight, kg (lb) 0.050 (0.11) 0.015 (0.03) 0.50 (1.10) 0.015 (0.03)

Speciﬁ cation

Product certiﬁ cations , CULUS

Ambient air temperature For operation -25 to +55 °C (-13 to +131 °F)

For storage -30 to +70 °C (-22 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1 mm (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67 - IP 65 IP 65 IP 67 - IP 65 IP 65

Connection Pre-cabled Ø 3.5 mm, length 2 m, wire c.s.a.: 3 x 0.14 mm² (26 AWG)

Connector M8 female connectors, 3-pin

Materials Case Nickel plated brass

Cable PvR – PvR –

Lenses PMMA

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) 10–30 V

Switching capacity (sealed) 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state 1 V

Current consumption, no-load Transmitter 15 mA

Receiver 10 mA

Diffuse 25 mA

Maximum switching frequency 2000 Hz 1000 Hz

Delays First-up 20 ms

Response and recovery 0.25 ms 0.5 ms

Function table Function Diffuse or through beam system

No object present in the beam Object present in the beam

Output state (PNP or NPN)

indicator: yellow LED

(illuminated when sensor output

is ON)

501335_1

501336_1

501335_1

501337_1

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, assembly series

Metal case, cylindrical, threaded M8 x 1

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/53

Operating curves

Detection curves

Thru-beam system Diffuse system

Object 5 x 5 cm; 1White 90%; 2 Gray 18%

Excess gain curves (ambient temperature: ± 25 °C)

Thru-beam system Diffuse system

Variation of sensing distance Sn

Detection differential (H) when object approaches from the

front: H 25% of Sn

Object 5 x 5 cm, White 90%

Dimensions (mm)

XUA XUA S M8 connector

1 +

3 -

4 OUT or test

(1) LED, 4 viewing ports at 90°. (1) LED, 4 viewing ports at

90°.

Note: mounting nut tightening torque: < 2 N•m (17.70 lb-in)

Wiring diagrams (3-wire )

XUA

Transmitter PNP NPN

Beam break test

For thru-beam transmitter XUAH0203 only For thru-beam transmitter XUAH0203S only

Beam made

LED on (steady light)

Beam broken

LED ß ashing

Beam made

LED on (steady light)

Beam broken

LED ß ashing

-5

-10

-15

23m

0.5

-0.5

-1

5 cm

300

100

500

0.2

0.1 0.30.5

0.8

156D (m)

Gain

0.8

D (cm)

0.10.2 1259

0.4

0.6 4

Gain

100

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14

C (cm)

418

M8x1

(1)

421

M8x1

(1)

1 3

BN/1

BU/3

VI/4

BN/1

BK/4

BU/3

–

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

–

+BN

BU –

+BN

BU –

–

Operating Cur ves,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

C Side of square object

White

Gray

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, assembly series

Metal case, cylindrical, threaded M8 x 1

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/54

Connector

Sensing

distance Sn,

m (ft)

Function Output Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Multimode

0–15 (0–49.2)

depending on

whether

accessories are

used

NO/NC PNP XUN0APSNM12 0.045 (0.10)

NPN XUN0ANSNM12 0.045 (0.10)

Diffuse system, short range

0.1 (0.33) NO PNP XUN4APANM12 0.040 (0.09)

NPN XUN4ANANM12 0.040 (0.09)

Diffuse system, long range

0.6 (2.0) NO PNP XUN5APANM12 0.045 (0.10)

NPN XUN5ANANM12 0.045 (0.10)

Polarized Retroreﬂ ective system

2 (6.6) NO PNP XUN9APANM12 0.040 (0.09)

NPN XUN9ANANM12 0.040 (0.09)

Thru-beam system

Transmitter

15 (49.21)

–XUN0AKSNM12T 0.045 (0.10)

Receiver

15 (49.21)

NO PNP XUN0APSNM12 0.045 (0.10)

NPN XUN0ANSNM12 0.045 (0.10)

Accessories

Description Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Teach pushbutton XXZPB100 0.40 (0.10)

Reß ector, 50 x 50 mm XUZC50 0.20 (0.44)

3D mounting kit for use on M12 rod, for XUN

or XUZC50

XUZB2003 0.170 (0.37)

M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050 (0.11)

Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150 (0.33)

Stainless steel mounting bracket XUZA118 0.045 (0.10)

Plastic mounting bracket with adjustable

ball-joint

XUZA218 0.035 (0.08)

Catalog Numbers OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Single and multimode function

Dual Mount Design with ø18 snout, plastic

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

XUN A NM12

XUZC50

XXZPB100

XUZB2003 XUZ2001

XUZA118 XUZ2003

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/55

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUN0•••M12, XUN0•••M12T XUN4, XUN5, XUN9

Product certiﬁ cations UL, CSA,

Connection Connector M12

Sensing distance:

nominal Sn (excess gain = 2)

maximum (excess gain = 1)

m (ft) 0.12 / 0.12 (0.39 / 0.39) diffuse with adjustable sensitivity

m (ft) 0.1 / 0.15 (0.33 / 0.49) diffuse, short range

m (ft) 0.6 / 0.8 (1.97 / 2.62) diffuse, long range

m (ft) 2 / 3 (6.56 / 9.84) polarized retroreß ective

m (ft) 15 / 20 (49.21 / 65.62) thru-beam

Type of transmission Infrared, except polarized retroreß ective (red)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67, double insulation

Storage temperature °C -40 to +70 (-40 to +158 °F)

Operating temperature °C -25 to +55 (-13 to +122 °F)

Materials Case Valox®

Lens PMMA

Cable – PvR

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (transmission present for XUN0•••T)

Supply on Green LED

Instability Red LED (except for XUN0•••T)

Rated supply voltage V 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) V 10–36

Current consumption, no-load mA 35 (20 for XUN0•••T)

Switching capacity mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state V 1.5

Maximum switching frequency Hz 250 500

Delays First-up ms < 200 < 15

Response ms < 2 < 1

Recovery ms < 2 < 1

Wiring diagrams

M12 connector PNP NPN Transmitter

3 (-)

1 (+)

4 OUT/Output

2 Beam break

input (1)

Input 2/VI:

- not connected: beam made

- connected to –: beam broken

Operating curves

Thru-beam system Diffuse system,

short range

Diffuse system,

long range

Diffuse system with

adjustable sensitivity

Polarized retroreﬂ ective

system

Object 10 x 10 cm; 1White 90%; 2 Gray 18% With reß ector XUZC50

Variation of usable sensing distance Dimensions (mm)

(without accessory, with adjustable background suppression XUN

1 2

4 3

–

BN/1

BU/3

PNP

BK/4

WH/2

BN/1

BU/3

–

BK/4

NPN

WH/2

1/BN

3/BU

2/VI (1)

SpeciÞ cations, Wiring

Diagrams,

Operating Curves,

Dimensions

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Single and multimode function

Dual Mount Design with ø18 snout, plastic

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

65 60

25 25

33.02

43.85

33.02

43.85

M18x1

Teach mode at minimum A-B: object reflection

coefficient

Black 6%

Gray 18%

White 90%

Sensing range

Non-sensing zone

(matte surfaces)

Teach mode at maximum

1S (cm) 12

1S (cm)

-15

1510 20m

Ø 12 mm

12 cm

1 5

10 cm

-2

-4

-6

0.2 m

E/R

Ø of beam

60 cm

(1) beam break input on thru-beam transmitter only

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/56

Miniature design, DC supply

Sensing

distance Sn,

m (ft)

Function Output Connection Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

0–10 (0–32.81)

depending on

whether

accessories are

used

N/O or N/C

by programming

PNP Pre-cabled

(L = 2 m) (1)

XUM0APSAL2 0.050 (0.11)

M8 connector XUM0APSAM8 0.035 (0.08)

NPN Pre-cabled

(L = 2 m) (1)

XUM0ANSAL2 0.050 (0.11)

M8 connector XUM0ANSAM8 0.035 (0.08)

Accessories

Description Connection Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

Thru-beam transmitter Pre-cabled

(L = 2 m) (1)

XUM0AKSAL2T 0.050 (0.11)

M8 connector XUM0AKSAM8T 0.035 (0.08)

Reﬂ ector

50 x 50 mm

–XUZC50 0.020 (0.04)

Mounting accessories

Description Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

3D mounting kit

for use on M12 rod for XUM or XUZC50

XUZM2003 0.140 (0.31)

3D mounting kit

for use on M12 rod and with protective cover for XUM

XUZM2004 0.155 (0.34)

M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050 (0.11)

Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150 (0.33)

Mounting bracket XUZA50 0.015 (0.03)

(1) For a 5 m cable, replace L2 with L5.

Example: XUM0APSAL2 becomes XUM0APSAL5.

Dimensions (mm)

XUM0A L2 XUM0A M8

Elbowed connector

501543_1

501542_1

XUM0A M8XUM0A L2

805799

XUZC50

550014

XUZM2003

562213

XUZM2004

520312

XUZ2001

520984

XUZ2003

520960

XUZA50

25.5

Ø3

2.8

25.5 6

Ø3

2.8

Catalog Numbers,

Dimensions

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Multimode

Miniature design

Three-wire DC supply, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/57

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUM M8 XUM L2

Product certiﬁ cations UL, CSA,

Connection Connector M8 –

Pre-cabled – Length: 2 m

Sensing distance:

nominal Sn (excess gain = 2)

maximum (excess gain = 1)

m (ft) 0.11 (0.36) without accessory (diffuse system with background suppression)

m (ft) 0.4 (1.31) / 0.55 (1.80) without accessory (diffuse system)

m (ft) 3 (9.84) / 4 (13.12) with reß ector (polarized retroreß ective)

m (ft) 10 (32.81) / 14 (45.93) with thru-beam transmitter (thru-beam)

Type of transmission Infrared, except for polarized retroreß ective (red)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65, IP67 IP65, IP67

Storage temperature range °C -40 to +70 (-40 to +158 °F)

Operating temperature range °C -25 to +55 (-13 to +131 °F)

Materials Case PBT PBT double insulation

Lens PMMA

Cable – PvR

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (transmission present for XUM0 T)

Supply on Green LED

Optical alignment aid/Dirt indication Red LED (except for XUM0 T)

Rated supply voltage Vdc 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) Vdc 10–30

Current consumption, no-load mA 35 (20 for XUM0 T)

Switching capacity mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state V 1.5

Maximum switching frequency Hz 250 (200 for diffuse system with adjustable background suppression)

Delays First-up ms < 200

Response ms < 2 (< 2.5 for diffuse system with adjustable background suppression)

Recovery ms < 2 (< 2.5 for diffuse system with adjustable background suppression)

Wiring diagrams

M8 Connector Pre-cabled Receiver with PNP ouput Receiver with NPN output Thru-beam transmitter

3 (-)

1 (+)

4 OUT/Output

2 beam break

input (1)

(-) BU (Blue)

(+) BN (Brown)

OUT/Output BK (Black)

Beam break input

VI (Violet) (1)

Transmitter

2/VI input:

- not connected: beam made

- connected to –: beam broken

Operating curves

With thru-beam accessory

(thru-beam)

Without accessory

(diffuse system)

Without accessory

(diffuse system with

adjustable background

suppression)

With reﬂ ector

(polarized retroreﬂ ective)

Object: 10 x 10 cm, 1: white 90 %, 2: gray 18 %

Variation of usable sensing distance Sn (without accessory, with adjustable background suppression)

Teach mode at minimum. Teach mode at maximum.

A-B: object reß ection coefÞ cient

Black 6 %

Gray 18 %

White 90 %

Sensing range

Non-sensing zone (matte surfaces)

–

BN/1

BU/3

PNP BK/4

BN/1

BU/3

–

NPN BK/4

1/BN

3/BU

2/VI

-10

Sn 10 m

Ø 10 mm

14 m

Sn 40 cm

-2

-1

101

55 cm

10 cm

-2

-4

-6

34m

Sn 3 m

1S (cm) 11

1S (cm)

SpeciÞ cations,

Wiring Diagrams,

Operating Curves

(1) Beam break input on thru-beam transmitter only.

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Multimode

Miniature design

Three-wire DC solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/58

Sensing

distance Sn,

m (ft)

Function Output Connection Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

Diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity

1 (3.28) NO/NC

conÞ guration

switch

PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM5APCNL2 0.063 (0.14)

M8 connector XUM5APCNM8 0.010 (0.02)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM5ANCNL2 0.063 (0.14)

M8 connector XUM5ANCNM8 0.010 (0.02)

Polarized retroreﬂ ective system with adjustable sensitivity

5 (16.40) with

reß ector XUZC50

2 (6.56) with

reß ector XUZC08

NO/NC

conÞ guration

switch

PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM9APCNL2 0.063 (0.14)

M8 connector XUM9APCNM8 0.010 (0.02)

NO/NC

conÞ guration

switch

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM9ANCNL2 0.063 (0.14)

M8 connector XUM9ANCNM8 0.010 (0.02)

Reﬂ ectors

Universal reß ector 50 x 50 mm – – XUZC50 0.020 (0.04)

Lateral reß ector 8.6 x 29.5 mm – – XUZC08 0.006 (0.01)

Thru-beam system (transmitter +receiver) with adjustable

sensitivity

15 (49.21) NO/NC

conÞ guration

switch

PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2APCNL2 0.119 (0.26)

M8 connector XUM2APCNM8 0.019 (0.04)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2ANCNL2 0.119 (0.26)

M8 connector XUM2ANCNM8 0.019 (0.04)

Transmitter only

15 (49.21) Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2AKCNL2T 0.063 (0.14)

M8 connector XUM2AKCNM8T 0.010 (0.02)

Receiver only

15 (49.21) NO/NC

conÞ guration

switch

PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2APCNL2R 0.063 (0.14)

M8 connector XUM2APCNM8R 0.010 (0.02)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2ANCNL2R 0.063 (0.14)

M8 connector XUM2ANCNM8R 0.010 (0.02)

Accessories for thru-beam system

Description Dimensions Sensing distance Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

mm m, (ft)

Vertical

diaphragm

Sold in lots of 2

0.5 x 6.4 1.2 (3.94) XUZMSV05 0.002 (0.004)

1 x 6.4 3 (9.84) XUZMSV10 0.002 (0.004)

1.5 x 6.4 4 (13.12) XUZMSV15 0.002 (0.004)

2 x 6.4 5 (16.40) XUZMSV20 0.002 (0.004)

Horizontal

diaphragm

Sold in lots of 2

0.5 x 6.4 1.2 (3.94) XUZMSH05 0.002 (0.004)

1 x 6.4 3 (9.84) XUZMSH10 0.002 (0.004)

1.5 x 6.4 4 (13.12) XUZMSH15 0.002 (0.004)

2 x 6.4 5 (16.40) XUZMSH20 0.002 (0.004)

Anti-interference

Þ lter

Sold in lots of 4

– 7 (22.97) XUZMU01 0.006 (0.013)

Mounting accessories

Description Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

Base mounting bracket XUZAM01 0.017 (0.04)

Side mounting bracket XUZAM04 0.026 (0.06)

Vertical mounting bracket with protective cover XUZAM02 0.062 (0.14)

Horizontal mounting bracket with protective cover XUZAM03 0.026 (0.06)

567547

XUM5A CNL2

567548

XUM5A CNM8

567542

XUZC50

567543

XUZC08

567551

XUM2AKCNL2T

567552

XUM2A CNL2R

567553

XUZMSV

567554

XUZMSH

567555

XUZMU01

567556

XUZAM01

Catalog Numbers OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Single mode

Miniature design, plastic

Three-wire DC solid-state output

NO/NC conÞ guration switch

XUZAM04

524755

XUZAM02

524754

XUZAM03

524753

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/59

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUM A M8 XUM A L2

Product certiﬁ cations , cULus, CTick

Connection Connector M8 –

Pre-cabled – Length: 2 m

Sensing distance:

nominal Sn (excess gain = 2)

m (ft) 1 (3.28), diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity

m (ft) 5 (16.40), polarized retroreß ective with adjustable sensitivity

m (ft) 15 (49.21), thru-beam with adjustable sensitivity

Type of transmission Red, except diffuse system (Infrared)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65, IP 67

Storage temperature °C -40 to +70 (-40 to +158 ûF)

Operating temperature °C -30 to +60 (-22 to +140 ûF)

Materials Case PBT

Lens PMMA

Cable – PVC (black for transmitter, gray for other

versions)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 10 to 55 Hz, amplitude ± 1.5 mm, 2 hours in each direction X, Y, and Z

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 500 m/s2 10 x in each direction X, Y and Z

Indicator lights Output state Orange LED (excluding transmitter)

Stability Green LED

Transmitter Orange LED: supply on

Receiver Red LED: light received; green LED: supply on

Rated supply voltage Vdc 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) Vdc 10–30

Current consumption, no-load mA 16 for XUM5; 13 for XUM9; 11 for transmitter XUM2; 13 for receiver XUM2

Switching capacity mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state V

Maximum switching frequency Hz 1000

Delays First-up ms < 100

Response ms 0.5

Recovery ms 0.5

Wiring diagrams

M8 connector Pre-cabled PNP NPN Transmitter

3 (-)

1 (+)

4 OUT/Output

(-) BU (Blue)

(+) BN (Brown)

OUT/Output BK (Black)

Operating curves

Diffuse Polarized retroreﬂ ective Thru-beam

Distance (m)

Parallel movement (cm)

-2.5

-2

-1.5

-1

-0.5

0.5

1.5

2.5

0 10.5

Vertical movement

Horizontal movement

Parallel movement (cm)

Distance (m)

-12

-10

-8

-6

-4

-2

012345678

XUZC08

XUZC50

Parallel movement (cm)

Distance (m)

-40

-35

-30

-25

-20

-15

-10

-5

0 5 10 15 20

1 3

–

BN/1

BU/3

PNP BK/4 (NO,NC)

BN/1

BU/3

–

BK/4 (NO,NC)

NPN

1/BN

3/BU

SpeciÞ cations,

Wiring Diagrams

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Single mode

Miniature design, plastic

Three-wire DC solid-state output

NO/NC conÞ guration switch

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/60

Diffuse system, polarized retroreﬂ ective system (mm)

Pre-cabled version Connector version

Description - XUM5A CNL2,

XUM9A CNL2

Dimensions - XUM5A CNL2,

XUM9A CNL2

Description - XUM5A CNM8,

XUM9A CNM8

Dimensions - XUM5A CNM8,

XUM9A CNM8

(1)

3.8

(1)

2.431

25.4

3.8

15.5

2.8

10.8

Ø4.2

2xM3

(1)

M8M8

10.8

15.5

2.431

25.42.8

2xM3

42.5

3,83.8

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Ø 4.2 L = 2 m

(4)

(3)

(2)

(1) ConÞ guration switch

(2) Output state LED

(3) Stability and power-on LED

(4) Adjustment potentiometer

R: Reception, T: Transmission

(1) Potentiometer

(1) ConÞ guration switch

(2) Output state LED

(3) Stability and power-on LED

(4) Adjustment potentiometer

R: Reception, T: Transmission

(1) Potentiometer

Thru-beam system (mm)

Pre-cabled version

Description - XUM2AKCNL2T

Dimensions - XUM2AKCNL2T

Description - XUM2A CNL2R

Dimensions - XUM2A CNL2R

10.8

2.431

25.42.8

2xM3

15.5

(1)

Ø4.2

(1)

10.8

15.5

2.431

25.42.8

2xM3 Ø4.2

(1)

(4)

(5)

Ø 4.2 L = 2 m

(3) (2)

(4) Adjustment potentiometer

(5) Power-on LED

T: Transmission

(1) Potentiometer

(1) ConÞ guration switch

(2) Output state LED

(3) Stability and power-on LED

R: Reception

(1) Output state LED on front face

Connector version

Description - XUM2AKCNM8T

Dimensions - XUM2AKCNM8T

Description - XUM2A CNM8R

Dimensions - XUM2A CNM8R

10.8

15.5

2.431

25.42.8

2xM3 M8

42.5

(1)

10.8

2.431

25.42.8

2xM3

42.5

15.5

(1)

(5) (4)

(3) (2)

(4) Adjustment potentiometer

(5) Power-on LED

T: Transmission

(1) Potentiometer

(1) ConÞ guration switch

(2) Output state LED

(3) Stability and power-on LED

R: Reception

(1) Output state LED on front face

Dimensions OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Single mode

Miniature design, plastic

Three-wire DC solid-state output

NO/NC conÞ guration switch

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/61

Accessories (mm)

Reﬂ ectors

XUZC50 XUZC08

2xØ4.5

3.5

4xR5

51.5

2xØ5.5

4.5 x 8

elongated

holes

(1)

29.5

33.3

8.63.2

11 12.8

2xM3

1) 2 x M3

Mounting brackets

XUZAM01 XUZAM04

Ø40 Ø3.3

20.5

12˚

7˚ Ø3.3

25.4

7.8

36.5

25.4

8.5

14.5

3.5

Optical

axis

Optical axis

7.8

36.5

25.4

20.5

Ø40 Ø3.3

12˚

8.5

5.4

14.5

3.5

7˚

Ø3.3

25.4

Optical

axis

Optical axis

Mounting bracket with protective cover

XUZAM03 XUZAM02

Optical axis

Ø24

14˚

25.4 7

15.3

4.5

Ø4.5

Ø3.4

8.4

15.8

Optical axis

12.3

25.4

40˚

5.4

7˚

Ø7

Ø39

Ø3.4

Diaphragms Filter

XUZMSV XUZMSH XUZMU01

5.8

31.8

10.2

6.4

3.5

Ø2.8

6.4

5.8

10.2

Ø2.8

31.8

3.5

XUZ a

6.4

5.8

10.2

Ø2.8

31.8

3.5

MSV05 0.5

MSV10 1

MSV15 1.5

MSV20 2

MSH05 0.5

MSH10 1

MSH15 1.5

MSH20 2

Dimensions (continued) OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Single mode

Miniature design, plastic

Three-wire DC solid-state output

NO/NC conÞ guration switch

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/62

Sensing

distance Sn,

m (ft)

Function Output Connection Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

Diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity

0.77 (2.53) NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM5BPANL2 0.128 (0.28)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM5BNANL2 0.128 (0.28)

NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM5BPBNL2 0.128 (0.28)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM5BNBNL2 0.128 (0.28)

Polarized retroreﬂ ective system

5 (16.40) with

reß ector XUZC50

2 (6.56) with

reß ector XUZC08

NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM9BPANL2 0.128 (0.28)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM9BNANL2 0.128 (0.28)

NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM9BPBNL2 0.128 (0.28)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM9BNBNL2 0.128 (0.28)

Reﬂ ectors

Universal reß ector 50 x 50 mm – – XUZC50 0.020 (0.04)

Lateral reß ector 8.6 x 29.5 mm – – XUZC08 0.006 (0.01)

Thru-beam system (transmitter +receiver)

15 (49.21) NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BPANL2 0.237 (0.52)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BNANL2 0.237 (0.52)

NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BPBNL2 0.237 (0.52)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BNBNL2 0.237 (0.52)

Transmitter only

15 (49.21) Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BKCNL2T 0.128 (0.28)

Receiver only

15 (49.21) NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BPANL2R 0.128 (0.28)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BNANL2R 0.128 (0.28)

NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BPBNL2R 0.128 (0.28)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BNBNL2R 0.128 (0.28)

Mounting accessory

Description Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

Base mounting bracket XUZAM81 0.020 (0.04)

567541

XUM5B NL2

567542

XUZC50

567543

XUZC08

524751

XUM2B2KCL2T

524752

XUM2B NL2R

567546

XUZAM81

Catalog Numbers OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Miniature design, metal

Three-wire DC solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/63

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUM B NL2

Product certiﬁ cations , cULus, CTick

Connection Pre-cabled Length: 2 m

Sensing distance:

nominal Sn (excess gain = 2)

m (ft) 0.77 (2.53), diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity

m (ft) 5 (16.40), polarized retroreß ective

m (ft) 15 (49.21), thru-beam

Type of transmission Red, except diffuse system (Infrared)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP67

DIN 40050 IP69 K, IP67 G

Storage temperature °C -40 to +70 (-40 to +158 ûF)

Operating temperature °C -30 to +60 (-22 to +140 ûF)

Materials Case Zamak and stainless steel

Lens Glass

Cable – PVC (black for transmitter, gray for other

versions)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 10 to 55 Hz, amplitude ± 1.5 mm, 2 hours in each direction X, Y, and Z

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 500 m/s2 10 x in each direction X, Y and Z

Indicator lights Output state Orange LED (excluding transmitter)

Stability Green LED

Transmitter Orange LED: supply on

Receiver Red LED: light received; green LED: supply on

Rated supply voltage Vdc 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) Vdc 10–30

Current consumption, no-load mA 16 for XUM5; 13 for XUM9; 11 for transmitter XUM2; 13 for receiver XUM2

Switching capacity mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state V

Maximum switching frequency Hz 1000

Delays First-up ms < 100

Response ms 0.5

Recovery ms 0.5

Wiring diagrams

Pre-cabled PNP NPN Transmitter

(-) BU (Blue)

(+) BN (Brown)

OUT/Output BK (Black)

–

BN/1

BU/3

PNP BK/4 (NO,NC)

Operating Curves

Diffuse Polarized retroreﬂ ective Thru-beam

Distance (m)

Parallel movement (cm)

-2

-1.5

-1

-0.5

0.5

1.5

0.5

Vertical movement

Horizontal movement

Parallel movement (cm)

Distance (m)

-12

-10

-8

-6

-4

-2

012345678

XUZC08

XUZC50

Parallel movement (cm)

Distance (m)

-40

-35

-30

-25

-20

-15

-10

-5

0 5 10 15 20

BN/1

BU/3

–

BK/4 (NO,NC)

NPN

1/BN

3/BU

SpeciÞ cations

Wiring Diagrams,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Miniature design, metal

Three-wire DC solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/64

Dimensions OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Miniature design, metal

Three-wire DC solid-state output

Diffuse system (mm)

Description - XUM5B NL2 Dimensions - XUM5B NL2

MAX

MIN

(1)

(2)

(3)

Ø 4.2 L = 2 m

19.8

29.5

2xM3

Ø4.2

20 7.1

0.35

40.8

36.8

16.2

(1)

3.8 3.8

(1) Output state LED.

(2) Stability and power-on LED.

(3) Adjustment potentiometer. (1) Potentiometer.

R: Reception, T: Transmission.

Polarized retroreﬂ ective system (mm)

Description - XUM9B NL2 Dimensions - XUM9B NL2

Ø 4.2 L = 2 m

(1)

(2)

19.8

16.2

29.5

2xM3

Ø4.2

20 7.1

0.35

40.8

36.8

(1) Output state LED.

(2) Stability and power-on LED. R: Reception, T: Transmission.

Thru-beam system (mm)

Description - XUM2BKCNL2T Dimensions - XUM2BKCNL2T Dimensions - XUM2B NL2R

Ø 4.2 L = 2 m

(1)

19.8

29.5

2xM3

Ø4.2

20 7.1

0.35

40.8

36.8

16.2

19.8

29.5

2xM3

Ø4.2

20 7.1

0.35

40.8

36.8

16.2

(1) Output state LED.

Description - XUM2B NL2R

Ø 4.2 L = 2 m

(1)

(2)

(1) Output state LED.

(2) Stability and power-on LED.

T: Transmission. R: Reception

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/65

Accessories (mm)

Reﬂ ectors Mounting bracket

XUZC08 XUZC50 XUZAM81

3.2

(1)

29.5

33.3

8.6

11 12.8

2xØM3

2xØ4.5

3.5

(1)

4xR5

51.5

2xØ5.5

23.3

5.521

8.111

12˚

7˚

Ø4.2

Ø32 Ø4.25.5

Ø3.3

Optical

axis

Optical axis

(1) 2 x M3 (1) Elongated holes 4.5 x 8

Dimensions OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Miniature design, metal

Three-wire DC solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/66

1Catalog Numbers

Sensing distance (Sn)

m (ft)

Function Output Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

0–30 (0–98.42)

depending on whether

accessories are used

NO or NC,

programming

PNP/NPN Pre-cabled

(L = 2 m) (1)

XUK0AKSAL2 0.175 (0.39)

M12

connector

XUK0AKSAM12 0.090 (0.20)

Accessories

Description Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Transmitter for thru-beam function Pre-cabled

(L = 2 m) (1)

XUK0AKSAL2T 0.140 (0.31)

M12

connector

XUK0AKSAM12T 0.090 (0.20)

Reﬂ ector 50 x 50 mm – XUZC50 0.020 (0.44)

AC or DC

Sensing distance (Sn)

m (ft)

Function Output Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

0–30 (0–98.42)

depending on whether

accessories are used

NO or NC,

programming

Time

delay

relay

Pre-cabled

(L = 2 m) (1)

XUK0ARCTL2 0.175 (0.39)

Accessories

Description Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Transmitter for thru-beam function Pre-cabled

(L = 2 m) (1)

XUK0ARCTL2T 0.140 (0.31)

Reﬂ ector 50 x 50 mm – XUZC50 0.020 (0.44)

Mounting accessories

Description Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

3D mounting kit

for use on M12 rod, for XUK or XUZ C50

XUZK2003 0.170 (0.37)

3D mounting kit

for use on M12 rod, with protective cover for XUK

XUZK2004 0.270 (0.60)

M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050 (0.11)

Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150 (0.33)

Mounting bracket XUZA51 0.050 (0.11)

(1) For a 5 m long cable replace L2 by L5; for a 10 m long cable replace L2 by L10.

Example: XUK0AKSAL2 becomes XUK0AKSAL5 or XUK0AKSAL10.

Dimensions (mm)

XUK0A L2 XUK0A M12

Possible orientation of elbowed connector

7 4 6.5

4.4

4.5

Catalog Numbers,

Dimensions

XUK0AKSAL2

523273

XUK0AKSAM12

523272

550028

XUZK2003

XUZK2004

550029

520312

XUZ2001

550030

XUZA51

XUZC50

805799

XUZ2003

520984

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Multimode

Compact design 50 x 50

5-wire AC or DC, 1 CO relay output

3-wire DC, solid state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/67

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUK M12 XUK L2

Product certiﬁ cations UL, CSA,

Connection M12 connector Pre-cabled, length: 2 m

Sensing distance:

nominal Sn (excess gain = 2)

maximum (excess gain = 1)

m (ft) 0.28 / 0.28 (0.92 / 0.92) without accessory (diffuse with background suppression)

m (ft) 0.8 / 1.2 (2.62 / 3.94) without accessory (diffuse)

m (ft) 4 / 5.7 (13.12 / 18.70) with reß ector (polarized retroreß ective)

m (ft) 30 / 35 (98.42 / 114.83) with transmitter for thru-beam function (thru-beam)

Type of transmission Infrared, except polarized retroreß ective (red)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65, double insulation

Storage temperature °C -40 to +70 (-40 to +158 °F)

Operating temperature °C -25 to +55 (-13 to +131 °F)

Materials Case PBT

Lens PMMA

Cable – PvR

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (transmission present for XUK0 T)

Supply on Green LED

Optical alignment aid/dirty Red LED (except for XUK0 T)

Alarm output mA 50 with overload and short-circuit protection (except XUK0ARCT )

Rated supply voltage PNP/NPN V12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Relay output V– 24–240

Voltage limits (including

ripple)

PNP/NPN V10–36

Relay output V– 20–264

Current consumption, no-load PNP/NPN mA 35; 20 for XUK0AK T

Power consumption Relay output W– 3 or

Switching capacity PNP/NPN mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Relay output A– 3 or

Voltage drop, closed state V 1.5

Time delay Relay output s 0–10 on-delay, off-delay, monostable

Maximum switching

frequency

PNP/NPN Hz 250 (200 for diffuse with background suppression)

Relay output Hz – 20

Delays First-up ms < 200 (PNP/NPN); < 300 (relay output)

Response ms < 2 (PNP/NPN); < 25 (relay output) (< 2.5 for diffuse with background suppression)

Recovery ms < 2 (PNP/NPN); < 25 (relay output) (< 2.5 for diffuse with background suppression)

Wiring diagrams

M12 connector Pre-cabled Receiver, PNP output Thru-beam transmitter

3 (-)

1 (+)

4 OUT/Output

2 Alarm or beam

break input (1)

(-) BU (Blue)

(+) BN (Brown)

OUT/Output BK (Black)

Alarm/WH (White)

Beam break input (1)VI

(Violet)

Transmitter

Input 2/VI:

- not connected: beam made

- connected to –: beam broken

Pre-cabled, relay output Receiver, NPN output Thru-beam transmitter Relay output

(1) Beam break input on thru-beam

transmitter only.

() BU (Blue)

() BN (Brown)

Relay common/GY (Gray)

NO BK (Black)

NC WH (White)

Transmitter

Operating curves

With thru-beam accessory (thru-beam) Without accessory (diffuse) Without accessory (diffuse

with background suppression)

With reﬂ ector (polarized

retroreﬂ ective)

Object 10 x 10 cm; 1White 90%; 2 Gray 18% With reß ector XUZC50

1 2

4 3

–

BN/1

BU/3

PNP BK/4 WH/2

1/BN

3/BU

2/VI

BN/1

BU/3

–

NPN BK/4 WH/2

120 c

80 cm

403

28 cm

5.7

SpeciÞ cations,

Wiring Diagrams,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Multimode

Compact design 50 x 50

5-wire AC or DC, 1 CO relay output

3-wire DC, solid state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/68

Sensing distance

(Sn)

m (ft)

Function Output Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity

1 (3.28) NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK5APANL2 0.190 (0.42)

M12 connector XUK5APANM12 0.070 (0.15)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK5ANANL2 0.190 (0.42)

M12 connector XUK5ANANM12 0.070 (0.15)

NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK5APBNL2 0.190 (0.42)

M12 connector XUK5APBNM12 0.070 (0.15)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK5ANBNL2 0.190 (0.42)

M12 connector XUK5ANBNM12 0.070 (0.15)

AC or DC

1 (3.28) NO +NC Relay Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK5ARCNL2 0.190 (0.42)

Polarized retroreﬂ ective system

5 (16.40) NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK9APANL2 0.190 (0.42)

M12 connector XUK9APANM12 0.070 (0.15)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK9ANANL2 0.190 (0.42)

M12 connector XUK9ANANM12 0.070 (0.15)

NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK9APBNL2 0.190 (0.42)

M12 connector XUK9APBNM12 0.070 (0.15)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK9ANBNL2 0.190 (0.42)

M12 connector XUK9ANBNM12 0.070 (0.15)

DC or AC

5 (16.40) NO +NC Relay Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK9ARCNL2 0.190 (0.42)

Reﬂ ector 50 x 50 mm (2) – – XUZC50 0.020 (0.04)

Retroreﬂ ective system

7 (22.97) NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK1APANL2 0.070 (0.15)

M12 connector XUK1APANM12 0.070 (0.15)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK1ANANL2 0.070 (0.15)

M12 connector XUK1ANANM12 0.070 (0.15)

NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK1APBNL2 0.070 (0.15)

M12 connector XUK1APBNM12 0.070 (0.15)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK1ANBNL2 0.070 (0.15)

M12 connector XUK1ANBNM12 0.070 (0.15)

AC or DC

7 (22.97) NO +NC Relay Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK1ARCNL2 0.175 (0.39)

Reﬂ ector 50 x 50 mm (2) – – XUZC50 0.020 (0.04)

Thru-beam system

Transmitter

30 (98.42)

– – Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK2AKSNL2T 0.190 (0.42)

– – M12 connector XUK2AKSNM12T 0.070 (0.15)

Receiver

30 (98.42)

NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK2APANL2R 0.140 (0.31)

M12 connector XUK2APANM12R 0.075 (0.17)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK2ANANL2R 0.140 (0.31)

M12 connector XUK2ANANM12R 0.075 (0.17)

NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK2APBNL2R 0.140 (0.31)

M12 connector XUK2APBNM12R 0.075 (0.17)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK2ANBNL2R 0.140 (0.31)

M12 connector XUK2ANBNM12R 0.075 (0.17)

AC or DC

Transmitter (98.42) – – Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK2ARCNL2T 0.140 (0.31)

Receiver (98.42) NO +NC Relay Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK2ARCNL2R 0.070 (0.15)

Mounting accessories

Description Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

3D mounting kit for use on M12 rod, for XUKor XUZC50 XUZK2003 0.170 (0.37)

3D mounting kit for use on M12 rod, with protective cover for XUK XUZK2004 0.270 (0.60)

M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050 (0.11)

Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150 (0.33)

Mounting bracket XUZA51 0.050 (0.11)

(1) For a 5 m long cable replace L2 by L5; for a 10 m long cable replace L2 by L10. Example:

XUK5APANL2 becomes XUK5APANL5 or XUK5APANL10.

For availability, consult the Sensor Competency Center.

XUK A L2

523273

XUK A M12

523272

XUZC50

805799

XUZK2004 XUZ2001

XUZA51

XUZ2003

XUZK2003

Catalog Numbers OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Single mode function

Compact design, 50 x 50

Five-wire AC or DC, 1 CO relay output

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/69

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUK M12 XUK L2

Product certiﬁ cations UL, CSA,

Connection M12 connector Pre-cabled, length: 2 m

Sensing distance:

nominal Sn (excess gain = 2)

maximum (excess gain = 1)

m (ft) PNP/NPN or relay output 1 / 1.5 (3.28 / 4.92) diffuse

m (ft) PNP/NPN or relay output 5 / 8 (16.40 / 26.25) polarized retroreß ective

m (ft) PNP/NPN or relay output 7 / 10 (22.97 / 32.81) retroreß ective

m (ft) PNP/NPN or relay output 30 / 45 (98.42 / 147.64) thru-beam

Type of transmission Infrared, except polarized retroreß ective (red)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65, double insulation

Storage temperature °C -40 to +70 (-40 to +158 °F)

Operating temperature °C -25 to +55 (-13 to 131 °F)

Materials Case PBT

Lens PMMA

Cable – PVC

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (except for XUK2 T)

Supply on Green LED (only for XUK2 T)

Rated supply voltage PNP/NPN V12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Relay output V– 24–240

Voltage limits (including ripple) PNP/NPN V 10–36

Relay output V– 20–264

Current consumption, no-load PNP/NPN mA 35

Power consumption Relay output W–2

Switching capacity PNP/NPN mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Relay output A–3

Voltage drop, closed state V 1.5

Maximum switching frequency PNP/NPN Hz 250

Relay output Hz – 20

Delays First-up ms < 15 (PNP/NPN); < 60 (relay output)

Response ms < 2 (PNP/NPN); < 25 (relay output)

Recovery ms < 2 (PNP/NPN); < 25 (relay output)

Wiring diagrams

M12 connector Pre-cabled, PNP/NPN Receiver, PNP output Thru-beam transmitter

3 (-)

1 (+)

4 OUT/Output

2 Beam break input

(1)

(1) Beam break input on

thru-beam transmitter only.

(-) BU (Blue)

(+) BN (Brown)

OUT/Output BK (Black)

Beam break input (1) VI

(Violet)

Input 2/VI:

- not connected: beam made

- connected to –: beam broken

Pre-cabled, relay output Receiver, NPN output Thru-beam transmitter Relay output

() BU (Blue), ( ) BN

(Brown)

Relay common/GY (Gray)

NO BK (Black)

NC WH (White)

Operating curves

Thru-beam system Polarized retroreﬂ ective system Retroreﬂ ective system

Diffuse system Dimensions (mm)

XUK L2 XUK M12

Object: 10 x 10 cm,

1: white 90%, 2: gray 18%

Possible orientation of elbowed connector

1 2

4 3

–

BN/1

BU/3

PNP BK/4 (NO,NC)

BN/1

BU/3

–

BK/4 (NO,NC

)

NPN

GY WH

With reß ector XUZC50 With reß ector XUZC50

1.5

0,8

0.5

7 4 6.5

SpeciÞ cations, Wiring

Diagrams,

Operating Curves,

Dimensions

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Single mode function

Compact design, 50 x 50

Five-wire AC or DC, 1 CO relay output

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/70

1Compact design

System Diffuse with adjustable background suppression, long sensing distance with high

accuracy

Type of transmission Infrared

Nominal sensing distance Sn, m (ft) 1 (6.56)

Catalog Numbers

3-wire, PNP or NPN

programmable

NO or NC programmable

function

XUK8AKSNL2 XUK8AKSNM12

Weight, kg (lb) 0.190 (0.42) 0.070 (0.15)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , UL, CSA

Ambient air temperature For operation: -25 to +55 °C (-13 to +122 °F)

For storage: -30 to +70 °C (-22 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 10 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65 (IP 30 with cover open).

NEMA 4X indoor use, 12 and 13 double insulation

Materials Case: PC, lenses: PMMA, cable: PVC

Connection

(1)

Pre-cabled, diameter 6 mm, length 2 m,

wire c.s.a.: 5 x 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG)

M12 male connector, 4-pin, can be set at 2

positions (suitable female connectors,

including pre-wired versions)

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits 10–36 V (including ripple)

Switching capacity (sealed) 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state 1.5 V

Current consumption, no-load 35 mA

Maximum switching frequency 250 Hz

Delays First-up: 80 ms; response: 2 ms; recovery: 2 ms

Function table Function Diffuse system

No object present in the beam Object present in the beam

Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator:

yellow LED (illuminated when sensor

output is ON)

(1) For a 5 m long cable replace L2 by L10.

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application, material handling series

Diffuse with adjustable background suppression

Mechanical display of setting

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/71

Detection curves

Variation of usable sensing distance Su

Adjustment at 10 cm Adjustment at 1 m A-B: Object reß ection coefÞ cient

Black 6% Sensing range

Gray 18% Non-sensing zone

(Matte surfaces)

White 90%

Sensing distance adjustment Relative difference in sensing distances

according to object color

White 90%

Gray 18%

Black 6%

White 90%

Gray 18%

Black 6%

Dimensions (mm)

XUK8AKSNL2 Bracket mounting XUK8AKSNM12 with cover raised

(1) Cover locking tongue.

(2) 1 elongated hole Ø 6 x 12.

(3) 1 elongated hole Ø 6 x 13.

Functions Wiring diagram (3-wire ) Cable connections

NO/NC programming XUK8AKSNL2

PNP output (-)

(+)

(OUT)

BU (Blue)

BN (Brown)

BK (Black)

Connector diagram

Switches NPN output

NO: detection of object presence

NC: detection of object absence

XUK8AKSNM12

1NO/NC programming

2PNP or NPN output

LED

3Yellow LED, output

Potentiometer

4Sensing distance adjustment

Setting indicator

5Potentiometer setting indication

10.5

5S (cm)

104

5S (cm)

100

1000

100

0.5

1.5

2.5

NEAR

FAR

Max.

Min.

Number of turns on potentiometer

Setting indicator position (mm)

Sensing distance (cm)

010020 40 60 80

Sensing distance (cm)

40 (1)

18 22

40.5

18 715135

(2)

(3)

Ø 6

29.5

FAR NEAR

Operating Curves,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application, material handling series

Diffuse with adjustable background suppression

Mechanical display of setting

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/72

Compact design

System Retroreﬂ ective

Type of transmission Red

Nominal sensing distance Sn, m (ft) 1.5 (4.92) (with 50 x 50 mm reß ector)

Catalog Numbers

3-wire, PNP or NPN Light or dark programmable

switching

XUKT1KSML2 (2) XUKT1KSMM12 (2)

Weight, kg (lb) 0.280 (0.62) 0.120 (0.26)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , UL, CSA

Ambient air temperature For operation -25 to +55 °C (-13 to +131 °F)

For storage -30 to +70 °C (-22 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 10 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Materials Case PC

Lenses PMMA

Cable PVC

Connection Pre-cabled, diameter 6 mm, length 2 m,

wire c.s.a.: 4 x 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG)

M12 male connector, adjustable to 2 positions

(suitable female connectors, including

pre-wired versions)

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits 10–30 V (including ripple)

Switching capacity (sealed) d 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state d 2 V

Current consumption, no-load d 35 mA

Maximum switching frequency 1500 Hz

Delays First-up d 80 ms

Response d 0.3 ms

Recovery d 0.3 ms

Time delay Monostable, on-delay or off-delay (programmable) adjustable from 0.1 to 5 seconds

Function table Function Retroreﬂ ective system

No object present

in the beam

Object present

in the beam

Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator: yellow LED

(illuminated when sensor output is ON)

Light switching

Dark switching

(1) Sensor memorizes, in teach mode, the environmental conditions in which the object is to be detected and adapts to any variations.

(2) 50 x 50 mm reß ector catalog number XUZC50 included with the sensor.

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application, packaging series

For detection of transparent materials, with teach mode and

automatic compensation for accumulation of dirt (1)

DC supply, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/73

Dimensions

XUKT1KSML2 Bracket mounting XUKT1KSMM12 with cover raised

mounting bracket mounting according to position of connector

29.5

2 x Ø4.5

29.5

(1) Cover locking tongue

(2) 1 elongated hole Ø 6 x 12

(3) 1 elongated hole Ø 6 x 13

Wiring diagrams (3-wire )

Light switching programmed (no object present) Dark switching programmed (no object present) Alarm output

PNP output programmed NPN output programmed PNP output programmed NPN output programmed PNP programmed

NPN programmed

Connection

Cable connections Connector diagram

XUKT1KSML2 XUKT1KSMM12

(–) BU (Blue)

(+) BN (Brown)

(OUT) BK (Black)

Alarm WH (White)

Functions

Switches LEDs

1Light/dark switching programming 6Yellow LED: output and teach mode aid

2Time delay activated or deactivated 7Red LED: alignment aid and alarm indicator

3Normal time delay or monostable

4Normal time delay On-delay or Off-delay Potentiometer and button

5PNP or NPN output TTime delay adjustment

8Teach mode button

Time delays

Switch positions No time delay

Normal time delay (T)

Time delay on trip On-delay

Normal time delay (T)

Time delay on reset

Off-delay

Monostable time delay (T)

= light or dark

switching function

(see below)

or or or or

Receiver state

Light switching Beam intact

Beam broken

Dark switching Output On

Output Off

Output On

Output Off

Ø6

(2)

(1)

(3)

18 715135

40.5

BN/1

BK/4

BU/3

–

BN/1

BK/4

BU/3

–

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

–

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

–

BN/1

WH/2

BU/3

–

BN/1

BU/3

WH/2

–

(–)

(+)

Output

signal

Alarm output

7T8

TT T

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagram,

Operation

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application, packaging series

For detection of transparent materials, with teach mode and

automatic compensation for accumulation of dirt (1)

DC supply, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/74

Compact design, 50 x 50

System Diffuse

Type of transmission White LED (400-700 nm)

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) 19 (0.75)

Catalog Numbers

Description Catalog Number

3-wire, PNP or NPN PNP output XUKR1PSMM12

NPN output XUKR1NSMM12

Weight, kg (lb) 0.045 (0.10)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , cULus

Ambient air temperature For operation -10 to +55 °C (+14 to +122 °F)

For storage -20 to +70 °C (-4 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Amplitude ± 0.5 mm, f = 10–55 Hz for each axis

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms, 6 shocks on each axis

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Connection M12, 4-pin connector; can be set at 90°

Materials Case ABS

Lenses Glass (window tilted, anti-reß ective glass)

Spot diameter At 19 mm: Ø 3.5 mm

Resolution 0.5 mm

Depth of ﬁ eld ± 2 mm

Adjustment Teach mode using button or remotely using remote wire

Indicator lights Output Yellow LED

Stability Green LED: Ready

Flashing green/red: error

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V

Voltage limits 10–30 V (including ripple)

Switching capacity (sealed) d100 mA with protection against reverse polarity, overload and short-circuit

Voltage drop, closed state (saturation voltage) d 2 V

Current consumption, no-load d 30 mA

Maximum linear speed of mark 2.5 m/s for 1 mm wide mark

Maximum switching frequency 5 kHz

Delay 100 Ps for response and recovery

Time delay Time delay function Minimum time output active: 20 ms

Auxiliary functions Remote teaching via remote wire; teach mode button locking

Operating mode Standard teaching: output activated on dark mark

(1) Applications: detection of contrasting colors on reß ective, matte or embossed surfaces; color mark and index mark reading function on automated packaging and

Þ lling systems and on labelling, heat sealing, thermo-forming and printing machines, etc.

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, packaging series

Compact design, 50 x 50

Color mark readers (1)

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/75

Presentation

Description Detection zone and spot size Detection curve

1Output LED

2 Dual color stability LED

3 SET button a (mm) Ø (mm)

XUKR1 SMM12 19 3.5

Mounting accessory

Description Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Mounting bracket

(2 screws, 2 nuts and 2 washers included)

XUZK2000 0.040 (0.09)

Dimensions (mm)

XUKR1 SMM12 Mounting bracket XUZK2000

Wiring Diagrams

Connector diagram Wiring diagram

Sensor connector pin view Automatic NC or NO selection depending on chronological order of teaching for the

mark and the background.

PNP output NPN output

Pin N° Type Color

110–30 V Brown

2 Adjustment input (1) White

3 0 V Blue

4 Output Black

(1) Connecting the remote adjustment input to +Vdc is

equivalent to pressing the Set button.

SET

21 3

100%

10 30 40

signal

Detection distance (mm)

Ø15

29.5

M12

11 6

18x45

42 15

2xØx4.1

16.5

26.5 20

30°

2xØx4.4 Øx5.3

Øx4.3

Øx5.1

10°

1 (+)

3 (

–

)

Setting

adjust-

ment

Output

–

Presentation,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, packaging series

Compact design, 50 x 50

Color mark readers (1)

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/76

Compact design, 50 x 50

System Diffuse

Type of transmission White LED (400-700 nm)

Type of color processing RGB

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) 20 (0.79) (Operational distance, see operating curve on page 77 )

Catalog Number

3-wire, PNP +1 synchro input NO function XUKC1PSMM12

3-wire, NPN +1 synchro input NO function XUKC1NSMM12

Weight, kg (lb) 0.085 (0.19)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , cULus

Ambient air temperature For operation -10 to +55 °C (+14 to +122 °F)

For storage -20 to +70 °C (-4 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Amplitude ± 0.5 mm, f = 10–55 Hz for each axis

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms, 6 shocks on each axis

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Connection M12, 8-pin connector; can be set at 90°

Materials Case ABS

Lenses Glass (window tilted, anti-reß ective glass)

Spot diameter At 20 mm: Ø 4 mm

Adjustment Teach mode Teaching using SET (adjustment) and SEL (Selection) buttons

Operating mode C (color) or C+I (color +intensity), independent for each channel

Tolerance level Selectable tolerance for varying shades of color from TOL 0 to TOL 9

Auxiliary functions External synchronization, locking

Indicator lights and display Display 4-digit

Output active 3 green LEDs: output 1, 2 or 3

Output state OUT Yellow LED if one output (1, 2 or 3) activated

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V

Voltage limits 10–30 V (including ripple)

Switching capacity (sealed) d100 mA with protection against reverse polarity, overload and short-circuit

Voltage drop, closed state d 2 V

Current consumption, no-load d 60 mA

Maximum switching frequency 1.5 kHz

Delay 335 Ps for response and recovery

Time delay Selectable (5, 10, 20, 30 or 40 ms)

Function table for each channel (3 channels)

NO function

Color recognized by sensor Color not recognized by sensor

Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator

(illuminated when sensor output is ON)

(1) Applications: OsiSense® XU Full color is a color sensor that can recognize up to 3 colors. It can be used to sort objects by color or to monitor colors, and is

insensitive to surface Þ nishes (matte or reß ective), as well as ambient lighting. The sensor is suitable for use in many industrial sectors, such as packaging

machines, printing machines, etc.

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, packaging series

Compact design, 50 x 50

For color detection (1)

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/77

Presentation

Description Detection zone and spot size Operating curve

1Output LED

2OUT1, OUT2 and OUT3 LEDs

3 Display (green, 4-digit)

4 SEL button (adjustment)

5 SET button

a (mm) Ø (mm)

XUKC1 SMM12 20 4

Detection distance related to object’s degree of

reß ection

Diagram Accessories

SYNC passive = Vdc, SYNC active = 0 V Description Diameter

Length

Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Pre-wired M12, 8-pin

connectors, shielded

cable (1)

6.5 3 XSZMCR03 0.230 (0.51)

10 XSZMCR10 0.715 (1.58)

Mounting bracket

(2 screws, 2 nuts and 2

washers included)

– – XUZK2000 0.040 (0.09)

Dimensions (mm)

XUKC1 SMM12 Mounting bracket XUZK2000

Wiring diagrams

Pre-wired connector XSZMCR Wiring diagram

Sensor connector pin view PNP output +synchro input NPN output +synchro input

Pin N° Type Color (2)

1 – WH (white)

210...30 V BN (brown)

3 Output 1 TAN (tan)

4 Output 2 YE (yellow)

5 Output 3 GY (gray)

6 – PK (pink)

7 0 V VT (violet)

8 Synchro RD (red)

– Screening TR (transparent)

(1) The use of shielded cable is recommended for correct operation of the sensor, especially in environments subject to electromagnetic interference.

(2) With pre-wired connector XSZMCR .

OUT

2 3

SET SEL

21 3

5 15 250 35

Object reß ection

White

Yellow

light

Dark blue

Black

Detection distance (mm)

335 Ps

max. 170 Ps

max.

5.5

11.5

18x45

Ø15

M12

31.65

42 25

2xØx4.1

16.5

26.5 20

30°

2xØx4.4 Øx5.3

Øx4.3

Øx5.1

10°

–

Presentation,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, packaging series

Compact design, 50 x 50

For color detection

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/78

Compact design

System Diffuse

Type of transmission (line of sight along case axis or at 90°

depending on position of lens)

Red or green, automatically selected when using teach mode

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) 9 (0.35), 7 (0.28) with XURZ02 or 18 (0.71) with XURZ01 (2)

Sensitivity adjustment Automatic when using teach mode

Catalog number

3-wire, PNP or NPN

programmable

NO or NC programmable

function (3)

XURK1KSMM12

Weight, kg, (lb) 0.550 (0.26)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations

Ambient air temperature For operation: -10 to +55 °C (+14 to 131 °F). For storage: -20 to +70 °C (-4 to 158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 0.6 mm (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67

Connection M12 connector, can be set at 3 positions

(suitable female connectors, including pre-wired versions)

Materials Case: zinc alloy; lenses: glass

Spot dimensions At 9 mm: 1.5 x 5 mm (with lens XURZ0 )

Minimum detectable width of mark 0.5 mm

Maximum vertical inclination of reader 20°

Maximum linear speed of mark 10 m/s (for 1 mm wide mark)

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits 10–30 V (including ripple)

Switching capacity (sealed) 200 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state 1 V (NPN); 2 V (PNP)

Current consumption, no-load 80 mA

Maximum switching frequency 10 kHz

Delays First-up: 100 ms; response: 50 Ps; recovery: 50 Ps

Time delay Off delay: 20 ms, activated/deactivated by internal switch

Analogue output 0–5.5 V (voltage proportional to light reß ected by the object)

Function table Function Detection of dark mark on light

background

Function Detection of light mark on dark

background

No mark present

in the beam

Mark present

in the beam

No mark present

in the beam

Mark present in

the beam

Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator:

red LED

(illuminated when sensor output is ON)

NC NO

NO NC

(1) Applications: detection of contrasting colors on reß ective, matte or embossed surfaces; color mark and index mark reading function on automated packaging and

Þ lling systems and on labelling, heat sealing, thermo-forming and printing machines, etc.

(2) Lenses for reduction or magniÞ cation of spot.

(3) Automatic programming depending on chronological order of teaching for the mark and the background.

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application, packaging series

Color mark readers (1)

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/79

XURK1KSMM12

Detection zone and spot size

(mm)

Detection curve Vertical inclination

XUR a b c

K9 5 1.5 1XURK An angle of 5 to 10° from vertical is

recommended for reß ective or

transparent surfaces.

Maximum vertical inclination: 20°.

K +XURZ01 18 7 2 2XURK +XURZ02

K +XURZ02 741 3XURK +XURZ01

Lenses XURZ0

Dimensions (mm)

XURK1KSMM12

42.2

8.5

39.8

5.9

58 31

8xM5x6

M12x1

36.6 28

27.514.1 28

81.2 15

4.3

Wiring diagrams (3-wire )

XURK1KSMM12

Automatic NC or NO selection depending on chronological order of teaching for the mark and the background

PNP output NPN output

R = 2.2 k

Connector diagram Functions

(sensor connector

pin view)

Green LED, sensor in teach

mode

Red LED, output state

Teach mode button for mark

Teach mode button for

background

PNP/NPN programming

and time delay by internal switches

100

110

510 15 20 25

Distance (mm)

–

0–5.5 V

–

R0–5.5 V

1 (+)

3 (

–

)

Operating Curves,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application, packaging series

Color mark readers (1)

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/80

Compact design and ﬁ ber design

System Diffuse Thru-beam or diffuse depending on ﬁ bers optics

selected

Type of transmission Red, blue and green

Nominal sensing distance, Sn, mm (in.) 40–60 (1.57–2.36) 4–250 (0.16–9.84) depending on ﬁ ber optics used

(see page 118 )

Catalog Number

3-wire, PNP NO function XURC3PPML2 XURC4PPML2

3-wire, NPN NO function XURC3NPML2 XURC4NPML2

Weight, kg (lb) 0.260 (0.57) 0.190 (0.42)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations

Ambient air temperature For operation -10 to +50 °C (+14 to 122 °F)

For storage -30 to +70 °C (-22 to +158 °F)

Ambient humidity 35–85% RH (without condensation)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Amplitude ± 0.75 mm, f = 10–55 Hz, 2 hours on the 3 axes

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 50 gn, 5 shocks on the 3 axes

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67 IP 65

Connection Pre-cabled: diameter 5.4 mm, length 2 m, wire c.s.a.: 7 x 0.2 mm² (24 AWG)

Materials Case Aluminium

Lenses Glass –

Cable Vinyl rubber sleeve

Cover Polyacrylate

Spot diameter, mm (in.) At 40 (1.57): 4 (0.16) Depending on Þ ber optics used: 2.5–8 (0.10–0.31)

(see page 118 )

At 50 (1.97): 6 (0.24)

At 60 (2.36): 8 (0.31)

Immunity to ambient light Sunlight 10 000 Lux max.

Halogen light 3000 Lux max.

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V

Voltage limits 10–30 V (including ripple)

Switching capacity (sealed) d100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state d 1.5 V

Current consumption, no-load d 150 mA

Switching time Programmable by switch: 0.8 ms, 1.5 ms or 6 ms

Maximum switching frequency 1.2 kHz

Time delay Programmable by switch: 40 ms on falling edge

Function table for each channel (3 channels)

NO function

Color recognized

by sensor

Color not recognized

by sensor

Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator

(illuminated when sensor output is ON)

(1) Applications: OsiSense® XU Full color is a color sensor that can recognize up to three colors. It can be used to sort objects by color or to monitor colors, and is

insensitive to surface Þ nishes (matte or reß ective), as well as ambient lighting. The sensor is suitable for use in many industrial sectors, such as packaging

machines, printing machines, etc.

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, packaging series

For color detection (1)

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/81

Presentation

1 Operational status LED

2 Teach mode button, for

memorizing reference colors

3 Reference colors and operating

mode selector

Selection of reference colors

(SET)

Selection of operating mode:

- TOLERANCE mode (positions

1–5): 5 positions allow selection of

the tolerance level to be applied to

the shading of the color to be

detected.

- RUN mode (position S): this mode

enables sorting by color.

4 C or C +I selector

Mode C: this mode is used for the

detection of different colored objects.

Mode C +I: in this mode the sensor is

insensitive to varying surface Þ nishes of the

object.

5 Synchronization mode selector

Internal synchronization mode (INT): in

this mode, color detection is performed

continually.

External synchronization mode (EXT): in

this mode, color detection is synchronized

with an external signal.

6 Response time mode selector

Fast mode (F), normal mode (N) or slow

mode (S).

7 Output time delay selector

(T-ON/T-OFF)

Output time delay, internal synchronization

mode

Output time delay, external synchronization

mode

R = response time

Dimensions (mm)

XURC3 PML2 XURC4 PML2

(1) 2 holes for M5 screws, depth 10 mm

(1) Mounting on rail

(2) Fiber optic clamp

(3) 1 elongated hole Ø 4.4 x 5.4

(4) 2 elongated holes Ø 4.4 x 6.4

Mounting rail

Mounting

Installation considerations Suitable ﬁ ber optics. For further information, see pages 118 – 131 .

To obtain optimal

detection of the colors, it

is recommended that

the sensor be positioned

such that the

transmitted light beams

strikes the object at an

angle of 15° from its

vertical axis (Þ gure 1).

The direction of travel of

the object must be as

shown in Þ gure 2. This

provides detection that

is less sensitive to

variations in the angle of

detection.

Type of

ﬁ ber

System Catalog Number Sensing

distance

mm (in.)

Diameter of spot

Focused Diffuse XUFN5L01L2 10 (0.39) Ø 2.5

XUFN5L02L2 20 (0.79) Ø 5

XUFN5L03L2 30 (1.18) Ø 8

Standard Diffuse XUFN05321 5 (0.20) –

XUFS0520 4 (0.16) –

XUFN02323 +XUFZ06 7 (0.28) Ø 0.5

Thru-beam

(1)

XUFN12301 +XUFZ01 250 (9.84) –

XUFS2020 +XUFZ01 150 (5.91) –

(1) Detection of color by transparency

Cable connections

BN (brown) +Supply (12–24 V)

BU (blue) -

PK (pink) SET signal (remote activation of teach mode to memorize

reference colors)

VI (violet) EXT signal (external synchronization)

BK (black) Output A

WH (white) Output B

GR (gray) Output C

Wiring diagram

PNP NPN

OUT

SET

EXT

INT

T-ON

(40ms)

T-OFF

FAST

SLOW

RUN SET

2 4

C + I

RRR

Object

detected

Output On

OFF

Ext. synchro

signal

40 ms 40 ms

Object

detected

Output On

OFF

40 ms

Object

detected

Output On

OFF

Ext. synchro

signal

Same color

Different color

(1)

42 30

582.4 25

(1)

(2)

(4)

(3)

15°

BN +

–

Presentation,

Dimensions,

Mounting,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, packaging series

For color detection

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/82

Compact design

Laser

class 2

Laser class 2, conforming to IEC 825-1

Visible laser radiation: do not stare

into beam.

System Diffuse with background suppression

Type of transmission Red laser, pulsed, Class 2, wavelength: 675 nm

Detection distance Adjustable from 50 to 300 mm (1.97 to 11.81 in.)

Minimum size of object 0.5 mm (0.02 in.)

Catalog Number

4-wire, PNP and NPN output NO/NC

depending on wiring

XUYPS1LCO965S

Weight, kg (lb) 0.081 (0.18)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , cULus (1)

Ambient air temperature For operation 0 to +50 °C (+32 to 122 °F)

For storage -20 to +80 °C (-4 to +176 °F)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Connection M8, 4-pin male connector (for pre-cabled version consult the Sensor Competency Center)

Materials Case Glass impregnated nylon

Lens PMMA

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) 10–30 V

Immunity to ambient light Incandescent bulb 500 lux

Natural light 10,000 lux

Laser transmission Pulsed laser LED T pulse: 6 µs, T period < 50 µs

Spot size Manual adjustment of focusing

Switching capacity 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state < 2 V

Current consumption, no-load 35 mA

Maximum switching frequency 5 kHz

Delays Response and recovery < 150 µs

Indicator lights Time delay active Red indicator

Output state Green indicator

NO function Red indicator

NC function Indicator off

Output signal time delay 40 ms, depending on wiring

(1) This product is UL Listed if supplied by a class II or isolated supply delivering 30 V max. (isolated transformer for example) and protected by a UL fuse rated

at 3 A max.

Applications: monitoring of small parts on production machine, detection of components on a printed circuit, monitoring for a crack on a component, control of

level, suppression of a background.

Accessories

Description Details Length

of cable

Catalog Number Weight

m kg (lb)

Pre-wired M8

connector

Straight 2 XZC P0941L2 0.080 (0.18)

Elbowed (90°) 2 XZC P1041L2 0.080 (0.18)

Straight 5 XZC P0941L5 0.180 (0.40)

Elbowed (90°) 5 XZC P1041L5 0.180 (0.40)

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations,

Accessories

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application, material handling series

Diffuse, with laser transmission

With background suppression

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/83

Presentation,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application, material handling series

Diffuse, with laser transmission

With background suppression

DC supply. Solid-state output

Presentation

XUYPS1LCO965S

LO/DO

Timer

Output

Rear view

Adjustment of spot size

Detection distance adjustment screw

M8 connector

On: NO function

Off: NC function

Object detected

Time delay active

Dimensions (mm) Wiring diagrams

(1)

23 2xØ4.1

NO function

Without time delay With 40 ms time delay

NC function

Without time delay With 40 ms time delay

(1) Optical axis of laser M8 connector

1 3

Pin n° - color

1 BN: Brown

2 WH: White

3 BU: Blue

4 BK: Black

Application examples

Monitoring for a crack in a component Monitoring for a broken punch on press tool

–

Output

–

Output

–

Output

–

Output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/84

Compact design

System Diffuse with background suppression

Type of transmission Infrared LED, modulated, Ø 15 mm beam

Detection distance, mm (in.) Adjustable from 50 to 600 (1.97 to 23.62)

Catalog Number

4-wire, PNP and NPN output NO/NC programmable

function

XUYPS2945S XUYPS2CO945S

Weight, kg (lb) 0.135 (0.30) 0.055 (0.12)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , cULus (1)

Ambient air temperature For operation 0 to +50 °C (+32 to 122 °F)

For storage -20 to +80 °C (-4 to +176 °F)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Connection Pre-cabled, length 2 m M8, 4-pin male connector

Materials Case Glass impregnated nylon

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits

(including ripple)

10–30 V

Immunity to ambient light Incandescent bulb 1,300 lux

Natural light 10,000 lux

Switching capacity 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state < 2 V

Current consumption, no-load < 1.5 W

Maximum switching frequency 370 Hz

Delay Response and recovery < 1.8 ms

Output signal time delay For A and B/A or B (2) Determined by wiring

Indicator light Output signal Green LED

(1) This product is UL Listed if supplied by a class II or isolated supply delivering 30 V max. (isolated transformer for example) and protected by a UL fuse rated

at 3 A max.

(2) See page 85

Applications:

Control of Þ lling, detection of object on conveyor against reß ective background.

Accessories

Description Details Length

of cable

Catalog Number Weight

m kg (lb)

Pre-wired M8

connector

Straight 2 XZCP0941L2 0.080 (0.18)

Elbowed (90°) 2 XZCP1041L2 0.080 (0.18)

Straight 5 XZCP0941L5 0.180 (0.40)

Elbowed (90°) 5 XZCP1041L5 0.180 (0.40)

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations,

Accessories

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application, material handling series

Diffuse, with 2 channels using triangulation

with background suppression

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/85

Presentation, Description,

Dimensions,

Operating Curves,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application, material handling series

Diffuse, with 2 channels using triangulation

with background suppression

DC supply. Solid-state output

Presentation Description (four operating modes)

XUYPS2945S, XUYPS2CO945S Two independent sensors with

triangulation: A, B

Immunity to reﬂ ection: A and B

Rear view

A xor B

LO/DO

Timer

A and B

5& 8

Adjustment of zone A detection

distance

Adjustment of zone B detection

distance

Pre-cabled connection

(XUYPS2945S)

or M8 connector

(XUYPS2CO945S)

On in direct mode

Illuminates when the exclusive

OR function between the two

zones A and B is obtained

On when the object is present

in zone B

On when the object is present

in zone A

Illuminates when the AND

object logic function between

the two zones A and B is

obtained

Indicates time delay mode

Simultaneously on when the

OR logic function between the

two zones A or B is obtained

Detection of contrasting objects:

A or B

Monitoring of distance: A xor B

Dimensions (mm) Operating curves (typical)

XUYPS2945S, XUYPS2CO945S XUYPS2945S, XUYPS2CO945S

60 8

23 2xØ4.1

(1)

100

100 200 300 400 500 600

1 2

1 Black 6%

2 Gray 18% - Distance (mm) set on 92% (Kodak 1527795)

(1) Optical axis.

Wiring diagrams and outputs

Two independent sensors with triangulation: A, B Immunity to reﬂ ection: A and B

Without time delay With 40 ms time delay

NO output NC output NO output NC output NO output NC output

Detection of contrasting objects: A or B Monitoring of distance: A xor B

Without time delay With 40 ms time delay

NO output NC output NO output NC output NO output NC output

BR: Brown

BU: Blue

BK: Black

WH: White

Detected zones Detected zone

Detected zone Detected zone

Mirror

+10/30 V

0 V

Zone A output

Zone B

output

0 V

+10/30 V

Zone A output

Zone B

output

+10/30 V

0 V

Output

0 V

+10/30 V

Output

+10/30 V

0 V

Output

0 V

+10/30 V

Output

+10/30 V

0 V

Output

0 V

+10/30 V

Output

+10/30 V

0 V

Output

0 V

+10/30 V

Output

+10/30 V

0 V

Output

0 V

+10/30 V

Output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/86

Catalog Numbers

Sensing distance

Sn, m (ft)

Function Output Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

0–40 (131.23)

depending on

whether accessories

are used

NO or NC, by

programming

PNP/NPN Screw terminals, ISO

16 cable gland (2)

XUX0AKSAT16 0.200 (0.44)

M12

connector

XUX0AKSAM12 0.200 (0.44)

Accessories

Description Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Transmitter for thru-beam function Screw terminals, ISO

16 cable gland (2)

XUX0AKSAT16T 0.200 (0.44)

M12

connector

XUX0AKSAM12T 0.200 (0.44)

Reﬂ ector 50 x 50 mm – – XUZC50 0.020 (0.44)

AC or DC

Sensing distance

(Sn) m

Function Output Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

0–40 (131.23)

depending on

whether accessories

are used

NO or NC, by

programming

Time delay

relay

Screw terminals, ISO

16 cable gland (2)

XUX0ARCTT16 0.200 (0.44)

Accessories

Description Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Transmitter for thru-beam function Screw terminals, ISO

16 cable gland (2)

XUX0ARCTT16T 0.200 (0.44)

Reﬂ ector 50 x 50 mm XUZC50 0.020 (0.44)

Mounting accessories

Description Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

3D mounting kit

for use on M12 rod, for XUX or XUZC50

XUZX2003 0.220 (0.49)

3D mounting kit

for use on M12 rod, with protective cover for XUX

XUZX2004 0.420 (0.93)

M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050 (0.11)

Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150 (0.33)

Mounting bracket XUZX2000 0.120 (0.26)

Adapter, ISO 16 - 1/2 NPT XUZX2001 0.050 (0.11)

Adapter, ISO 16 - ISO 20 XUZX2002 0.050 (0.11)

(1) For further information on the multimode function, see page 14 .

(2) For Ø 7 to 10 mm cable.

Dimensions (mm)

XUX T16 XUX M12

Possible orientation of elbowed

connector (rear view)

Speciﬁ cations

XUZ2003

562266

XUX0ARCTT16

562267

XUX0AKSAM12

562068

XUZX2003

562069

XUZX2004

562070 562073

XUZC50

562072

562074

XUZX2001

XUZX2000

XUZ2001

M12

104

114

30.5

(3)

(2)

(1)

562071

Catalog Numbers,

Dimensions OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric Sensors 1

Multimode function (1)

Compact design

Five-wire AC or DC, 1 CO relay output

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/87

Sensor type XUX M12 XUX T16

Product certiﬁ cations UL, CSA,

Connection M12 connector Screw terminals, ISO 16 cable gland

Sensing distance:

nominal Sn (excess gain = 2)

maximum (excess gain = 1)

m (ft) 1.3 / 1.3 (4.27 / 4.27) without accessory (diffuse with background suppression)

m (ft) 2 / 3 (6.56 / 9.84) without accessory (diffuse)

m (ft) 11 / 15 (36.09 / 49.21) with reß ector (polarized retroreß ective)

m (ft) 40 / 60 (131.23 / 196.85) with transmitter for thru-beam function (thru-beam)

Type of transmission Infrared, except for polarized retroreß ective (red)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65, IP 67, double insulation

Storage temperature °C -40 to +70 (-40 to +158 °F)

Operating temperature °C -25 to +55 (-13 to +131 °F)

Materials Case PBT

Lens PMMA

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60067-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (transmission present for XUX0 T)

Supply on Green LED

Stability Red LED (except for XUX0 T)

Rated supply voltage PNP/NPN V12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Relay output V– 24–240 or

Voltage limits

(including ripple)

PNP/NPN V10–36

Relay output V– 20–264 or

Current consumption, no-load PNP/NPN mA 35 (20 for XUX0 T)

Power consumption Relay output W– 2 or

Alarm output mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Switching capacity PNP/NPN mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Relay output A–500,000 operating cycles

3 A: cos M = 1/0.5 A: cosM = 0.4

Voltage drop, closed state V 1.5

Maximum switching frequency PNP/NPN Hz 240

Relay output Hz – 20

Time delay Relay output s– 0.02–15 on-delay, off-delay, monostable

Delays First-up ms < 200

Response ms < 2 (PNP/NPN); < 25 (relay output)

Recovery ms < 2 (PNP/NPN); < 25 (relay output)

Wiring diagrams

M12 connector Relay output PNP/NPN Transmitter Transmitter

Terminals M12 Terminals M12 Terminals Terminals

11 1 + 1 1 + 1

23 2 - 3 2 - 2

3 NO 4 3 Output 2 3 Beam break input (1)

4 Relay common 2 4 Alarm (1) Input not connected: beam made.

Input connected to –: beam broken.

5 NC

Maximum permissible conductor c.s.a.: 1 x 1.5 mm2 (15 AWG) or 1 x 0.75 mm2 (18 AWG) with

cable end.

Operating curves

With thru-beam accessory (thru-beam) Without accessory (diffuse) Without accessory (diffuse

with background

suppression)

With reﬂ ector (polarized

retroreﬂ ective)

Object: 10 x 10 cm, 1: white 90%, 2: gray 18% With reß ector XUZC50

Variation of usable sensing distance Su (without accessory, with adjustable background suppression)

Teach mode at minimum. Teach mode at maximum.

A-B: object reß ection coefÞ cient

Black 6%

Gray 18%

White 90%

Sensing range

Non-sensing zone (matte surfaces)

1 2

4 3

Ø 8 mm

-80

-40

-20 60

2.6

3 m

1.5

Sn < 2 m

.. .

-10

0.05

-15

11 15

Sn 11 m

0.45

0.41

0.07 S (m)

0.4

1.35

1.5

1.3

0.01 S (m)

SpeciÞ cations,

Wiring Diagrams,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric Sensors 1

Multimode function

Compact design

Five-wire AC or DC, 1 CO relay output

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/88

Sensing

distance Sn,

m (ft)

Function Output Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Diffuse system (1)

2.1 (6.89) NO PNP Screw terminals (2) XUX5APANT16 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX5APANM12 0.200 (0.44)

NPN Screw terminals (2) XUX5ANANT16 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX5ANANM12 0.200 (0.44)

NC PNP Screw terminals (2) XUX5APBNT16 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX5APBNM12 0.200 (0.44)

NPN Screw terminals (2) XUX5ANBNT16 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX5ANBNM12 0.200 (0.44)

AC or DC

2.1 (6.89) NO +NC Relay Screw terminals (2) XUX5ARCNT16 0.200 (0.44)

Polarized retroreﬂ ective system (1)

11 (36.09) NO PNP Screw terminals (2) XUX9APANT16 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX9APANM12 0.200 (0.44)

NPN Screw terminals (2) XUX9ANANT16 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX9ANANM12 0.200 (0.44)

NC PNP Screw terminals (2) XUX9APBNT16 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX9APBNM12 0.200 (0.44)

NPN Screw terminals (2) XUX9ANBNT16 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX9ANBNM12 0.200 (0.44)

AC or DC

11 (36.09) NO +NC Relay Screw terminals (2) XUX9ARCNT16 0.200 (0.44)

Reﬂ ector 50 x 50 mm (2) – – XUZC50 0.020 (0.44)

Retroreﬂ ective system (1)

14 (45.93) NO PNP Screw terminals (2) XUX1APANT16 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX1APANM12 0.200 (0.44)

NPN Screw terminals (2) XUX1ANANT16 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX1ANANM12 0.200 (0.44)

NC PNP Screw terminals (2) XUX1APBNT16 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX1APBNM12 0.200 (0.44)

NPN Screw terminals (2) XUX1ANBNT16 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX1ANBNM12 0.200 (0.44)

AC or DC

14 (45.93) NO +NC Relay Screw terminals (2) XUX1ARCNT16 0.200 (0.44)

Reﬂ ector 50 x 50 mm (2) – – XUZC50 0.020 (0.44)

Thru-beam system (1)

Transmitter

40 (131.23)

Screw terminals (2) XUX0AKSAT16T 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX0AKSAM12T 0.200 (0.44)

Receiver

40 (131.23)

NO PNP Screw terminals (2) XUX2APANT16R 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX2APANM12R 0.200 (0.44)

NPN Screw terminals (2) XUX2ANANT16R 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX2ANANM12R 0.200 (0.44)

NC PNP Screw terminals (2) XUX2APBNT16R 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX2APBNM12R 0.200 (0.44)

NPN Screw terminals (2) XUX2ANBNT16R 0.200 (0.44)

M12 connector XUX2ANBNM12R 0.200 (0.44)

AC or DC

Transmitter

40 (131.23)

Screw terminals (2) XUX0ARCTT16T 0.200 (0.44)

Receiver

40 (131.23)

NO +NC Relay Screw terminals (2) XUX2ARCNT16R 0.200 (0.44)

Mounting accessories

Description Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

3D mounting kit for use on M12 rod, for XUX or XUZC50 XUZX2003 0.220 (0.49)

3D mounting kit for use on M12 rod, with protective cover for XUX XUZX2004 0.420 (0.93)

M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050 (0.11)

Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150 (0.33)

Mounting bracket XUZ 2000 0.120 (0.26)

(1) With adjustable sensitivity.

(2) Screw terminals with ISO 16 cable gland for cable Ø 7 to 10 mm.

562268

XUX A T16

562269

XUX A M12

562073

562072

562071

562070

562069

XUZC50

XUZX2003

XUZX2004

XUZ2003

XUZX2000

XUZ2001

562068

Catalog Numbers

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Single mode function

Compact design

Five-wire AC or DC, 1 CO relay output

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/89

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUX M12 XUX AN NT16, AP NT16 XUX ARC T16

Product certiﬁ cations UL, CSA,

Connection M12 connector Screw terminals, ISO 16 cable gland

Sensing distance:

nominal Sn (excess gain = 2)

maximum (excess gain = 1)

m (ft) 2.1 / 3 (6.89 / 9.84) diffuse with adjustable sensitivity

m (ft) 11 / 15 (36.09 / 49.21) polarized retroreß ective with adjustable sensitivity

m (ft) 14 / 20 (45.93 / 65.62) retroreß ective with adjustable sensitivity

m (ft) 40 / 60 (131.23 / 196.85) thru-beam with adjustable sensitivity

Type of transmission Infrared, except polarized retroreß ective (red)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65, IP 67, double insulation

Storage temperature °C (°F) -40 to +70 (-40 to +158)

Operating temperature °C (°F) -25 to +55 (-13 to 131)

Materials Case PBT

Lens PMMA

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (transmission present for XUX0 T )

Supply on Green LED

Rated supply voltage PNP/NPN V12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Relay output V– 24–240 or

Voltage limits (including ripple) PNP/NPN V

Relay output V– 20–264 or

Current consumption, no-load PNP/NPN mA 35 (20 for XUX0 T)

Power consumption Relay output W– 2 or

Switching capacity PNP/NPN mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Relay output A–500 000 operating cycles

3 A: cos M = 1/0.5 A: cosM = 0.4

Voltage drop, closed state V 1.5

Maximum switching frequency PNP/NPN Hz 250

Relay output Hz – 20

Delays First-up ms < 15 (PNP/NPN); < 60 (relay output)

Response ms < 2 (PNP/NPN); < 25 (relay output)

Recovery ms < 2 (PNP/NPN); < 25 (relay output)

Wiring diagrams

M12 connector Relay output PNP/NPN Transmitter Transmitter

Terminals M12 Terminals M12 Terminals Terminals

1 1 1 + 1 1 + 1

2 3 2 - 3 2 - 2

3NO 4 3 Output 2 3 Beam break input (1)

4Relay common (1) Input not connected: beam made.

Input connected to –: beam broken.

5NC

Maximum permissible conductor c.s.a.: 1 x 1.5 mm2 (15 AWG) or 1 x 0.75 mm2 (18 AWG) with

cable end..

Operating curves

Thru-beam system Diffuse system Retroreﬂ ective system Polarized retroreﬂ ective system

Object 10 x 10 cm; 1White 90%; 2 Gray 18%

With reß ector XUZC50 With reß ector XUZC50

Dimensions (mm)

XUX T16 XUX M12

1 2

4 3

-20

Ø 8 mm

-80

-40

20 m

Sn 40 m

Sn 2.1 m

-4

-2

0.7 3

-6 0.05

2 .10

-5

-10

-15

813 20 m

Sn 14 m

0.05

-5

-10

-15

510 15

Sn 11 m

0.05

(1) Elongated hole Ø 5.5 x 7

(2) Elongated hole Ø 5.5 x 9

(3) Ø 5.5 hole

M12

104

114

30.5

(3)

(2)

(1)

Possible orientation of elbowed connector

(rear view)

SpeciÞ cations, Wiring

Diagrams,

Operating Curves,

Dimensions

104

127

(3)

(2)

(1)

100

30,5

30.5

OsiSense®XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Single mode function

Compact design

Five-wire AC or DC, 1 CO relay output

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/90

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

Compact design

System Diffuse with adjustable background suppression, long sensing distance with high

accuracy

Type of transmission Infrared

Nominal sensing distance

(Sn), m (ft)

2 (6.56)

Catalog Number

5-wire, AC/DC with terminal

connections and ISO 16 cable

gland

NO or NC programmable

function

XUX8ARCTT16

3-wire, PNP or NPN

programmable

NO or NC programmable

function

XUX8AKSAT16 XUX8AKSAM12

Weight, kg (lb) 0.200 (0.44) 0.200 (0.44) 0.200 (0.44)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , UL, CSA

Ambient air temperature For operation: -25 to +55 °C (-13 to +131 °F)

For storage: -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 10 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65, IP 67, double insulation (IP 30 with cover open)

Materials Case: PC, lenses: PMMA

Connection Terminal connections via ISO 16 cable gland

(7 to 10 mm cable)

M12 male connector,

4-pin, can be set at 2 positions

Rated supply voltage or 24–240 V 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits or 200–264 V (including

ripple)

10–0.36 V (including ripple)

Switching capacity

(sealed)

Relay output 500,000 operating cycles; 3 A Cos φ = 1; 0.5 A Cos φ = 0.4

PNP/NPN – 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED

Supply on Green LED

Instability Red LED

Voltage drop, closed state 1.5 V

Current consumption, no-load 35 mA

Maximum switching

frequency

Relay output 20 Hz –

PNP/NPN – 150 Hz

Time delay Relay output 0.02–15 s monostable, on delay or off-delay

Delays Relay output First-up: 200 ms; response: 25 ms; recovery: 25 ms

PNP/NPN First-up: 200 ms;

response: 3.5 ms;

recovery: 2.5 ms

Function table Function Diffuse system

No object present in the beam Object present in the beam

Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator:

yellow LED (illuminated when sensor

output is ON)

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Materials handling series

With adjustable background suppression

Five-wire AC or DC 1 NC/NO relay output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/91

Curves,

dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

Detection curves

Variation of usable sensing distance Su

Teach mode at minimum Teach mode at maximum A-B: Object reß ection coefÞ cient

0.15 0.4 0.45 S (m) A

0.01 1.5 2 2.3 S (m)

Black 6% Sensing range

Gray 18% Non-sensing zone

(Matte surfaces)

White 90%

Detection curves Relative difference in sensing distances according to object color

Object distance (m)

Detection lobe (cm)

0.00

-1.00

-2.00

-3.00

-4.00

1.00

2.00

3.00

4.00

0.5 22.51.5

Object distance (m)

Relative error (%)

0.5 1 1.5 2

2.5

Object: 10 x 10 cm Object: 10 x 10 cm

white 90%

gray 18%

white 90%

gray 18%

black 6%

Dimensions (mm)

XUX T16 XUX M12

(1) Elongated hole Ø 5.5 x 7

(2) Elongated hole Ø 5.5 x 9

(3) Hole Ø 5.5

104

127

(3)

(2)

(1)

100

30.5

M12

104

114

30.5

(3)

(2)

(1)

Possible orientation of elbowed

connector (rear view)

Wiring diagrams Typical applications

M12 connector Wrapping system/outer wrapping of pallets

Relay output PNP / NPN

Terminals M12 Terminals

11 1 +

2 3 2 -

3NO 43 output

4Relay common 24 Alarm

inactive

5NC

Maximum permissible conductor c.s.a.: 1 x 1.5 mm2 (15 AWG) or

1 x 0.75 mm2 (18 AWG) with cable end. with cable end.

1 2

4 3

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Materials handling series

With adjustable background suppression

Five-wire AC or DC 1 NC/NO relay output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/92

Compact design

System Thru-beam 1Polarized retroreß ective 2Diffuse with background

suppression 3

Type of transmission Infrared Red Infrared

Nominal sensing distance, Sn, m (ft) / maximum 50 (164.04) / 60 (196.85) 6 (19.68) / 9 (29.53)

(with 50 x 50 mm reß ector)

1.2 (3.94) / 1.2 (3.94)

Catalog number of sensors

Pre-cabled versions

3-wire,

PNP or NPN programmable

NO or NC programmable

function XUC2AKSAL2 (2) XUC9AKSAL2 (3) XUC8AKSNL2

Weight, kg (lb) 0.520 (1.15) 0.280 (0.62) 0.260 (0.57)

Connector versions

3-wire,

PNP or NPN programmable

NC or NO programmable

function XUC2AKSAM12 (2) XUC9AKSAM12 (3) XUC8AKSNM12

Weight, kg (lb) 0.400 (0.88) 0.220 (0.49) 0.200 (0.44)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , UL, CSA

Ambient air temperature For operation -25 to +55 °C (-13 to +131 °F)

For storage -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 20 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67 (IP 30 with cover open). NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13

Materials Case: PC, lenses: PMMA, cable: PvR

Connection Pre-cabled Diameter 6 mm cable, length 2 m (4), wire c.s.a.: 5 x 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG)

Connector M12 male connector, 4-pin (suitable female connectors, including pre-wired versions)

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits 10–38 V (including ripple)

Switching capacity (sealed) ≤ 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state ≤ 1.5 V

Current consumption, no-load Thru-beam (transmitter and receiver): ≤ 50 mA, retroreß ective and diffuse: 35 mA

Maximum switching frequency 500 Hz

Delays First-up: ≤ 15 ms; response: ≤ 1 ms; recovery: ≤ 1 ms

Function table Function Thru-beam and retroreﬂ ective

systems

Function Diffuse

No object present

in the beam

Object present in

the beam

No object present

in the beam

Object present

in the beam

Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator: yellow LED

(illuminated when sensor output is ON)

NC NO

NO NC

(1) Alarm output Only applicable to thru-beam and retroreß ective system sensors.

(2) Catalog number for both transmitter and receiver for thru-beam system sensors.

(3) 50 x 50 mm reß ector included with retroreß ective system sensors.

(4) Sensors available with 5 m cable. To order, change the catalog sufÞ x L2 to L5.

Example: Transmitter +receiver XUC2AKSAL2 with 2 m cable becomes XUC2AKSAL5 with 5 m cable.

Description

Yellow LED, output

Red LED, stability

Sensing distance adjustment potentiometer

NC/NO programming switch

PNP/NPN programming switch

123

PNP

NPN

4 5

Light on

Dark on

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Single mode function,

Compact, Limit switch body style

DC supply. Solid-state output

With stability LED and alarm output (1)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/93

Operating Curves

Detection curves

Thru-beam system Retroreﬂ ective system Diffuse

Object 20 x 20 cm 1 White 90% 2 Black 6%

Excess gain curves (ambient temperature: +25 °C [77 °F]) Variation of usable sensing distance

Thru-beam system Retroreﬂ ective system Diffuse with background suppression

A-B: Object reß ection coefÞ cient

Black 6%

Gray 18%

White 90%

Sensing range

Non-sensing zone

Dimensions (mm)

XUC AKS L XUC AKS M12 Side view, cover hinged open

(1) Two elongated holes Ø 5.5 x 11 for mounting by front face (M5 screws included)

(2) M30 x 1.5 threaded boss (and 1/2 NPSM inside for XUC AKS L ), for direct mounting.

Max. tightening torque: 25 N•m. (221.27 lb-in)

(3) M12 connector.

Tightening torque ≤ 2 N•m.

(17.70 lb-in)

Wiring diagrams (3-wire )

NO programmed (no object present) NC programmed (no object present)

Transmitter Thru-beam receiver and

retroreﬂ ective

PNP output

Diffuse

PNP output

Thru-beam receiver and

retroreﬂ ective

PNP output

Diffuse

PNP output

NPN output NPN output NPN output NPN output

Alarm output, alarm signal and veriﬁ cation of correct operation (for thru-beam and retroreß ective systems only)

PNP NPN

State 0: output off

State 1: output On

t = 160 ms

Beam break test (for thru-beam transmitter only) Cable connections and connector diagrams (see connections on page)

Beam made Beam broken XUC AKS L XUC AKS M12

(–)

(+)

(OUT)

Alarm

Test

BU (Blue)

BN (Brown)

BK (Black)

WH (White)

VI (Violet)

Thru-beam transmitter Thru-beam receiver,

retroreß ective and diffuse

Ø16 mm

60 Sn ≤ 50 m

Ø of beam (cm)

-5 0.2 6

Sn 6 m

Ø of beam (cm)

-4

-8

1.30

Sn 1.10 m

Sn 1.30 m

Ø of beam (cm)

000

100

D (m)1 105 50 1002

gain

D (m)0.1 0.2 0.4 1 2 4 10

gain

1.30

1.50

1.10

0.05 S (m)

(2)

(1)

5.5 43.5

3.795.1

1/2" NPSM

5.5 43.5

3.795.1

(2)

(3)

108

(1)

50˚

100

BN/1

BU/3

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

BN/1

BK/4

BU/3

BN/1

BK/4

BU/3

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

BN/1

BK/4

BU/3

BN/1

BK/4

BU/3

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

BN/1

WH/2

BU/3

BN/1

BU/3

WH/2

t t

larm

signal

Red

LED

0.85

1.15

Single mode

alignment

DEL off

DEL on

Red LED

BN/1

VI/2

BU/3

BN/1

VI/2

BU/3

( )

(

)

Test input

(

)

( )

Alarm output

(except diffuse)

Output

Operating Curves,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

Output

signal

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Single mode function,

Compact, Limit switch body style

DC supply. Solid-state output

With stability LED and alarm output (1)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/94

Compact design

System Thru-beam 1Polarized retroreß ective 2Diffuse with background

suppression 3

Type of transmission Infrared Red Infrared

Nominal sensing distance Sn, m (ft) / maximum 50 (164.04) / 60 (196.85) 6 (19.68) / 9 (29.53)

(with 50 x 50 mm reß ector)

1.2 (3.94) / 1.2 (3.94)

Catalog Numbers

Pre-cabled versions

5-wire NO or NC programmable

function XUC2ARCTL2 (1) XUC9ARCTL2 (2) XUC8ARCTL2

Weight, kg (lb) 0.520 (1.15) 0.280 (0.62) 0.260 (0.57)

Connector versions

5-wire NO or NC programmable

function XUC2ARCTU78 (1) XUC9ARCTU78 (2) XUC8ARCTU78

Weight , kg (lb) 0.400 (0.88) 0.220 (0.49) 0.200 (0.44)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , UL, CSA

Ambient air temperature For operation -25 to +55 °C (-13 to 131 °F)

For storage -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 20 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67 (IP 30 with cover open). NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13

Materials Case: PC, lenses: PMMA, cable: PvR

Connection Pre-cabled Diameter 6 mm cable, length 2 m (3), wire c.s.a.: 5 x 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG)

Connector 7/8-16UN male connector, 5-pin (suitable female pre-wired connectors XZ CP1764L ) (4)

Rated supply voltage 24–240 V

Voltage limits 20–264 V

Switching capacity 3 A (cos M = 1) for a contact life of 0.5 million operating cycles at an operating rate of 1

operating cycle per second, at 250 V

Maximum voltage on output relay contacts 250 V

Power consumption 2 W

Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz

Electrical durability > 5 x 105 operating cycles (cos M = 1)

Time delay Monostable, on-delay or off-delay (programmable). 2 adjustable ranges, covering 0 to 15 seconds

Delays First-up: ≤ 60 ms; response: ≤ 25 ms; recovery: ≤ 25 ms

Function table Function Thru-beam and retroreﬂ ective systems Func-

tion

Diffuse

No object present in

the beam

Object present in the

beam

No object present in

the beam

Object present in the

beam

Output state of relay contacts indicator: yellow LED

(illuminated when relay energized)

NC NO

NO NC

(1) Catalog number for both transmitter and receiver for thru-beam system sensors.

(2) 50 x 50 mm reß ector included with retroreß ective system sensors.

(3) Sensors available with 5 m cable. To order, change the catalog sufÞ x L2 to L5.

Example: Transmitter +receiver XUC2ARCTL2 with 2 m cable becomes XUC2ARCTL5 with 5 m cable.

(4) To compete the catalog number for a pre-wired female connector with a 2 m, 5 m or 10 m cable, replace the by 2, 5 or 10 respectively. Example, pre-wired

connector with 2 m cable: XZCP1764L2.

Description

LED

1 Yellow LED,

output

2 Red LED, stability

Potentiometers

3 Sensing distance

adjustment

4 T1 time delay

adjustment

5 T2 time delay

adjustment

Switches

6 NC/NO programming

7 T1 setting range

8 T2 setting range

9 Normal time delay (on-delay or

off-delay) or monostable

123

WH GY

Relay energized

WH GY

Relay de-energized

WH GY

Relay de-energized

WH GY

Relay energized

WH GY

Relay de-energized

WH GY

Relay energized

WH GY

Relay energized

WH GY

Relay energized

T1 T2

0–2 s

0–15 s

T1 T2

6 7 8 9

354

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Single mode function

Compact, Limit switch body style

AC or DC supply, 1 CO time delay relay output

With stability LED

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/95

BK/1

BN/4

BU/2

GY/3 WH/5

BK/1

BN/4

BU/2

GY/3 WH/5

Operating Curves

Detection curves

Thru-beam system Retroreﬂ ective system Diffuse

Object 20 x 20 cm 1 White 90% 2 Black 6%

Excess gain curves (ambient temperature: +25 °C [+77 °F]) Variation of usable sensing distance

Thru-beam system Retroreﬂ ective system Diffuse with background suppression

A-B: Object reß ection coefÞ cient

Black 6%

Gray 18%

White 90%

Sensing range

Non-sensing zone

Dimensions (mm)

XUC ARCTL XUC ARCTU78 Side view, cover hinged open

(1) 2 elongated holes Ø 5.5 x 11 for mounting by front face (M5 screws included)

(2) M30 x 1.5 threaded boss (and 1/2 NPSM inside for XUC ARCTL ), for direct mounting. Max. tightening torque: 25 N•m.

(221.27 lb-in)

(3) 7/8 connector.

Tightening torque ≤ 3 N•m.

(26.55 lb-in)

Wiring diagrams (5-wire )

NO programmed (no object present) NC programmed (no object present)

Transmitter Thru-beam receiver and

retroreﬂ ective

Diffuse Thru-beam receiver and

retroreﬂ ective

Diffuse

Veriﬁ cation of correct operation Cable connections Connector diagram

Thru-beam and retroreß ective

systems

XUC ARCTL XUC ARCTU78

Relay common

NO contact

NC contact

BU (Blue)

BN (Brown)

GY (Gray)

BK (Black)

WH (White)

Thru-beam transmitter Thru-beam receiver,

retroreß ective and diffuse

Time delays

Normal time delay Monostable time delay

T1 = time delay on trip On-delay

T2 = time delay on reset Off-delay

T1 = time delay on trip On-delay

T2 = monostable period

Time delay adjustment T1 = T2 = 0 T1 ≠ 0, T2 z 0 T1 = 0, T2 z 0 T1 z 0, T2 z 0

Receiver state

NC function

NO function

Ø16 mm

60 Sn ≤ 50 m

Ø of beam (cm)

-5 0.2 6

Sn 6 m

Ø of beam (cm)

-4

-8

1.30

Sn 1.10 m

Sn 1.30 m

Ø of beam (cm)

000

100

D (m)

1 105 50 1002

D (m)0.1 0.2 0.4 1 2 4 10

1.30

1.50

1.10

0.05 S (m)

3.795.1

5.5 43.5

(1)

(2)

1/2" NPSM

3.791.5

(2)

(3)

108

5.5 43.5

(1)

50˚

100

BN/4

BU/2

BK/1

BN/4

BU/2

GY/3 WH/5

BK/1

BN/4

BU/2

GY/3 WH/5

0.85

1.15

Single mode

alignment

DEL off

DEL on

Output

signal

Red LED

5NC NO

Relay common

T1 T1T2 T2

T2 T1 T2 T1

Beam intact

Beam broken

Relay ON

Relay OFF

Relay ON

Relay OFF

T2 T2

T2T T2

T1 T1

T2 T2

T1 T2 T1 T2

Operating Curves,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

AC or DC supply

1 CO time delay relay output

With stability LED

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/96

Compact design

Pre-cabled and connector versions

System Thru-beam

Retroreﬂ ective

Polarized

retroreﬂ ective

Diffuse 3

Type of transmission Infrared Red Infrared

Nominal sensing distance Sn, m (ft) 8 (26.25) 6 (19.68)

(with Ø 80 mm

reß ector)

4 (13.12)

(with Ø 80 mm

reß ector)

0.7 (2.30)

Catalog Number

3-wire,

PNP

NO or NC

programmable

function

Connection Pre-cabled XULH083534 XULH06353 XULH043539 XULH703535

Connector XULH083534D XULH06353D XULH043539D XULH703535D

3-wire,

NPN

NO or NC

programmable

function

Connection Pre-cabled XULJ083534 XULJ06353 XULJ043539 XULJ703535

Connector XULJ083534D XULJ06353D XULJ043539D XULJ703535D

Transmitter Connection Pre-cabled XULK0830 –

Connector XULK0830D –

Weight, kg (lb) Connection Pre-cabled 0.195 (0.43)

Connector 0.135 (0.30)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations . Special H7 version: UL, CSA

Ambient air temperature For operation -25 to +55 °C (-13 to +131 °F)

For storage -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 20 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67

Conforming to NF C 20-010 IP 671

Connection Pre-cabled Diameter 6 mm, length 2 m (1)

Wire c.s.a.: 4 x 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) (2 x 0.34 mm2 [22 AWG] for thru-beam transmitter)

Connector M12

Materials Case ABS

Lenses PMMA

Cable PVC

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against inversion of the 3 wires

Voltage limits 10–30 V (including ripple)

Switching capacity (sealed) 200 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state 1.5 V

Current consumption, no-load 35 mA

Maximum switching frequency 250 Hz

Delays First-up 15 ms

Response 2 ms

Recovery 2 ms

Function table Function Thru-beam and retroreﬂ ective

systems

Function Diffuse system

No object present

in the beam

Object present

in the beam

No object present

in the beam

Object present

in the beam

Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator

(illuminated when sensor output is ON)

NC NO

NO NC

(1) For a sensor with a 5 m long cable add L05 to the end of the catalog number; for a 10 m long cable add L10 to the end of the catalog number.

Example: sensor XULH083534 with 5 m cable becomes XULH083534L05

123

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, conveying series

Compact design

3-wire DC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/97

Compact design

Pre-cabled and connector versions

System Retroreﬂ ective

Polarized retroreﬂ ective

Diffuse

Type of transmission Infrared Red Infrared

Nominal sensing distance Sn, m (ft) 6 (19.68)

(with Ø 80 mm reß ector)

4 (13.12)

(with Ø 80 mm reß ector)

0.7 (2.30)

Catalog Number

2-wire NC

function

Connection Pre-cabled XULA06021 XULA040219 XULA700115

Connector XULA06021K XULA040219K XULA700115K

function

Connection Pre-cabled XULA06011 XULA040119 XULA700215

Connector XULA06011K XULA040119K XULA700215K

Weight, kg (lb) Connection Pre-cabled 0.195 (0.43)

Connector 0.135 (0.30)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations . Special H7 version: UL, CSA

Ambient air temperature For operation -25 to +60 °C (-13 to 140 °F)

For storage -40 to +80 °C (-40 to +176 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 20 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Conforming to NF C 20-010 IP 651

Connection Pre-cabled Diameter 6 mm, length 2 m (1), wire c.s.a.: 2 x 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG)

Connector 1/2-20UNF

Materials Case ABS/PC

Lenses PMMA

Cable PVC

Rated supply voltage or 24–240 V

Voltage limits or 20–264 V

Switching capacity (2)

Sealed Maximum

12 or 12 (resistive load): 0.5 A/240 V

140 (inductive load): 0.3 A/240 V

13 (inductive load): 0.1 A/240 V; 0.2 A/110 V; 0.5 A/48 V

Minimum 5 mA

Inrush 3000 mA

Voltage drop, closed state 3 V (I = 0.1–0.5 A); 5.5 V (I = 10 mA); 10 V (I = 5 mA)

Residual current, open state 1.7 mA (on ); 1.5 mA (on )

Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz

Delays First-up 300 ms

Response 20 ms

Recovery 20 ms

Function table Function Retroreﬂ ective system Function Diffuse system

No object present

in the beam

Object present

in the beam

No object present

in the beam

Object present

in the beam

Output state indicator

(illuminated when sensor output is ON)

NC NO

NO NC

(1) For a sensor with a 5 m long cable add L05 to the end of the catalog number; for a 10 m long cable add L10 to the end of the catalog number.

Example: sensor XULA06021 with 5 m cable becomes XULA06021L05

(2) These sensors do not incorporate overload or short-circuit protection and therefore, a 0.4 A fast-acting fuse must be connected in series with the load.

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, conveying series

Compact design

2-wire AC, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/98

Operating curves

Thru-beam system Retroreﬂ ective system Diffuse system

Excess gain curves (ambient temperature: +25 °C [+77°F])

Thru-beam system Retroreﬂ ective system

Diffuse system

Dimensions (mm)

(1) Optical axis

(2) Sensitivity potentiometer (diffuse model)

(3) Output LED indicator

(4) Front mounting (Ø 3 screws and inserts included)

(5) 1 elongated hole Ø 4.1 x 10 and 1 x Ø 4.1

(6) 1 elongated hole Ø 3.1 x 10 and 1 x Ø 3.1

Sn 8 m

-10

-5

Ø 16 mm

Ø of beam

-10

-5

0.2 6

(1)

(2)

Ø of beam

(1) Polarized

(2) Infrared

0.3

-6

-2

-10

0.7 m

Sn 0.7 m

-4

-8

0.1

Ø of beam

Object 20 x 20 cm

White 90%

0.1

0.2 0.40.6

0.8

123 13

500

100

D (m)9

gain

D (m)

4 6

1.5

0.7

50 1

gain

With reß ector XUZC80

1Infrared

2 Polarized

1D (cm)

20 30 40 50 60 70 80

gain

Object 20 x 20 cm

White 90 %

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 D (cm)

1/2

(OFF)

OFF

(ON)

Object 20 x 20 cm

1 White 90 %

2 gray 18 %

Min.

Max.

Potentiometer adjustment

(1)

35 (2)

20.6

(6)

(5)

4.5

12.5

(5)

28 (4)

(3)

54.5 11

Operating Cur ves,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Conveying series

AC and DC supply

Solid-state output

Pre-cabled and connector versions

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/99

Wiring diagrams

Wiring diagrams (3-wire )

Transmitter NO programmed (no object present) NC programmed (no object present)

Thru-beam receiver and

retroreﬂ ective

Diffuse Thru-beam receiver and

retroreﬂ ective

Diffuse

PNP output PNP output PNP output PNP output

NPN output NPN output NPN output NPN output

Connector diagram (sensor connector pin view)

Wiring diagrams (2-wire or )

NO function (no object present) NC function (no object present)

Retroreﬂ ective Diffuse Retroreﬂ ective Diffuse

Attention: it is essential to connect a load in series with the sensor

Connector diagram (sensor connector pin view)

Solid-state output (retroreß ective and diffuse system)

BN/1

BU/3

BN/1

BU/3

OG/2

BK/4

OG/2

BN/1

BK/4

BU/3

OG/2

BN/1

BK/4

BU/3

BN/1

BU/3

OG/2

BK/4

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

OG/2

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

OG/2

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

OG/2

BN/1

BU/3

BK/4

OG/2

1 (+)

3 (–)

Programming Output

BN/2

BU/3

BN/2

BU/3

BN/2

BU/3

BN/2

BU/3

Operating Cur ves,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, conveying series

AC and DC supply

Solid-state output

Pre-cabled and connector versions

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/100

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, conveying series

Compact design

5-wire AC or DC, 1 CO relay output

Compact design

System Thru-beam

Retroreﬂ ective

Polarized

retroreﬂ ective

Diffuse with

background

suppression

Type of transmission Infrared Red Infrared

Nominal sensing distance Sn, m (ft) 8 (26.25) 6 (19.68)

(with Ø 80 mm

reß ector)

4 (13.12)

(with Ø 80 mm

reß ector)

0.25 (0.82)

(Þ xed sensing

distance)

Catalog Number

5-wire NC function XULM080314 XULM06031 XULM040319 XULM300318

Transmitter XULM0600 –

Weight, kg (lb) 0.195 (0.43)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations . Special H7 version: UL, CSA

Ambient air temperature For operation -25 to +55 °C (-13 to +131 °F)

For storage -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 20 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67

Conforming to NF C 20-010 IP 671

Connection Pre-cabled: diameter 6 mm, length 2 m (1), wire c.s.a.: 5 x 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG)

(2 x 0.34 mm2 [22 AWG] for thru-beam transmitter)

Materials Case ABS

Lenses PMMA

Cable PVC

Rated supply voltage or 24–240 V

Voltage limits or 20–264 V

Switching capacity 2000 mA (cos

= 1), 500 mA (cos

= 0.4) for a contact life of 0.5 million operating cycles at an

operating rate of 1 operating cycle per second, at 250 V

Maximum voltage on output relay contacts 250 V

Current consumption, no-load Transmitter: 5 mA

Receiver: 40 mA (2)

40 mA (2)

Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz

Delays First-up 60 ms

Response 25 ms

Recovery 25 ms

Function table Function Thru-beam and retroreﬂ ective systems

No object present in the beam Object present in the beam

Output state of relay contact indicator

(illuminated when relay energised)

Function Diffuse system

No object present in the beam Object present in the beam

(1) For a sensor with a 5 m long cable add L05 to the end of the catalog number; for a 10 m long cable add L10 to the end of the catalog number.

Example: sensor XULM080314 with 5 m cable becomes XULM080314L05

(2) No-load current consumption at 220 V: 25 mA

OG RD

Relay de-energised

OG RD

Relay energised

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/101

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, conveying series

Compact design

5-wire AC or DC, 1 CO relay output

Detection curves

Thru-beam system Retroreﬂ ective system or Diffuse system with background

suppression

Excess gain curves (ambient temperature: +25 °C) Variation of usable sensing distance Su

Thru-beam system Retroreﬂ ective system or Diffuse system with background

suppression

Dimensions

(1) Optical axis

(2) Output LED indicator

(3) Front mounting (Ø 3 screws and inserts included)

(4) 1 elongated hole Ø 4.1 x 10 and 1 x Ø 4.1

(5) 1 elongated hole Ø 3.1 x 10 and 1 x Ø 3.1

Diagrams

Wiring diagrams (5-wire, or )

1 CO output

Transmitter

NC function (object present)

Thru-beam receiver and retroreﬂ ective

NO function (no object present)

Diffuse

-10

-5

Ø 16 mm

beam

-10

-5

0.2 6

(1)

(2)

Ø of beam

(1) Polarized

(2) Infrared

0.25

0.1

-6

-2

-10 Sn 0.25 m

-4

-8

0.2

Ø of beam

Object 20 x 20 cm

White 90%

2 black 6 %

0.1

0.2 0.40.6

0.8

123 13

500

100

D (m)9

gain

D (m)

4 6

1.5

0.7

50 1

gain

With reß ector XUZ C80

1 Polarized

2 Infrared

0.25

0.35

0.20

0.100.05 S (m)

gain

black 6 %

Gray 18 %

White 90 %

Sensing range

Non-sensing zone

(Matte surfaces)

A-B : Object reß ection coefÞ cient

28 (3)

(2)

54.5 11

20.6

(1)

(6)

(5)

4.5

12.5

(5)

RD OG

Operating C urves,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/102

Compact design

System Diffuse

Type of transmission Infrared

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) 200–80 (0.79–3.15)

Catalog Number

3-wire PNP XUJK803538

Weight, kg (lb) 0.200 (0.44)

Speciﬁ cation

Product certiﬁ cations , CSA, UL

Ambient air temperature For operation -25 to +60 °C (-13 to +140 °F)

For storage -40 to +80 °C (-40 to +176 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 20 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67

Conforming to NF C 20-010 IP 671

Connection Screw terminals, maximum capacity: 2 x 1.5 mm2 (15 AWG) or 1 x 2.5 mm2 (13 AWG)

Materials Case: PEI (2)

Rated supply voltage 24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) 20–30 V

Output current Maximum 20 mA

Minimum 4 mA

Output voltage (Vs) 0–10 V

Output voltage drift

in relation to temperature

< 10% between -25 and +60 °C (-13 to +140 °F)

Output voltage drift

in relation to object color

< 10%

Current consumption, no-load 35 mA

Maximum switching frequency 10 Hz (for an output voltage variation of 1 V)

Delays First-up 150 ms

Indicator light The brightness of the LED is proportional to the output voltage

(1) Applications: position control, monitoring concentricity or eccentricity, closed loop regulation,

monitoring displacement, etc.

(2) PEI: high quality synthetic resin providing excellent withstand to mechanical shocks, vibration

and the effects of external agents frequently encountered in industry: alcohol, salts,

petroleum, oils, greases, washing agents (diluted sodium carbonate 4%, nitric acid 2%),

formaldehyde vapor, splashing lactic acid, etc.

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectic Sensors 2

Application, material handling series

With analog output signal 4–20 mA and 0–10 V (1)

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/103

Operating curves

Output signal (related to distance of object). Test performed with 20 x 20 cm, white 90% object

Output current Output voltage

Dimensions (mm)

XUJK803538

(1) LED.

(2) 11P cable gland.

(3) 1 elongated hole Ø 4.2 x 14.

(4) Front mounting (Ø 4 screws and inserts included).

Wiring diagrams

Diffuse system

Current output Voltage output

Load speciﬁ cations

Output current: the output current varies between 4 and 20 mA depending on the distance of the object and therefore, the load must be less than 1 kΩ.

Voltage output: since the minimum rated output current of the sensor is 10 mA, the load must always have a resistive value of more than 1 kΩ

Terminal connections

Terminals 1 and 6 connected internally.

220 40 60 80 D (cm)

± 10 %

Blind zone

220 40 60 80 D (cm)

± 10 %

2.6

30.5

62.5 13

1.35

98.85

30 (4)

27.2

32.6

10 20

10° 1010

10°

83.6

(1)

(2)

(3)

–

(

–

)

(–)

(+)

Output voltage

Output current

Operating Curves,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagram,

Connections

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectic Sensors 2

Application, material handling series

With analog output signal 4–20 mA and 0–10 V (1)

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/104

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Conveying and access control series

Miniature design

Four-wire DC, solid-state output

Diffuse system with background suppression

Sensing dist.

Sn, m (ft)

Function Output Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

0.015–0.08

(0.05–0.26)

NO/NC

depending

on wiring

PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUYPS989SP 0.075 (0.17)

M8 connector XUYPSCO989SP 0.044 (0.10)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUYPS989SN 0.075 (0.17)

M8 connector XUYPSCO989SN 0.044 (0.10)

Diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity

Sensing dist.

(Sn) m

Function Output Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

0.03–0.25

(0.10–0.85)

NO/NC

depending

on wiring

PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUYP989SP 0.075 (0.17)

M8 connector XUYPCO989SP 0.044 (0.10)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUYP989SN 0.075 (0.17)

M8 connector XUYPCO989SN 0.044 (0.10)

Polarized retroreﬂ ective system

Sensing dist.

(Sn) m

Function Output Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

1 (3.28)

with

50 x 50 mm

reß ector

NO/NC

depending

on wiring

PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUYB989SP (1) 0.093 (0.21)

M8 connector XUYBCO989SP (1) 0.061 (0.13)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUYB989SN (1) 0.093 (0.21)

M8 connector XUYBCO989SN (1) 0.061 (0.13)

(1) 50 x 50 mm reß ector (XUY1111) and multi-adjustment mounting bracket included with sensor.

Accessory For use with

Reﬂ ector, 50 x 50 mm XUYB989S XUY1111 0.018

Thru-beam system

Sensing dist.

(Sn) m

Function Output Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

4 (13.12)

(Transmitter)

– Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUYE989 0.075 (0.17)

M8 connector XUYECO989 0.044 (0.10)

4 (13.12)

(Receiver)

NO/NC

depending

on wiring

PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUYR989SP 0.075 (0.17)

M8 connector XUYRCO989SP 0.044 (0.10)

NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUYR989SN 0.075 (0.17)

M8 connector XUYRCO989SN 0.044 (0.10)

Applications:

Monitoring position or presence of parts, with background suppression

Detection of height of objects on a conveyor

Detection of product, pellet, powder levels.

Dimensions (mm)

XUYPS989S XUYE989 and XUYR989 XUY1111

14.5

2xØ3.1

2.8

(1)

(2) 13.5 10

2.5

3 9.5

2xØ3.1

(1)

506

XUY 989S

Transmitter/Receiver

13.5 10

2.5

3 9.5

2xØ3.1

(2)

(1)

(1) Optical axis

(2) Accuracy adjustment

XUYPS989S

DF524712

XUYB989S

DF524713

Catalog Numbers,

Dimensions

XUY1111

DF538427

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/105

SpeciÞ cations,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Conveying and access control series

Miniature design

Four-wire DC, solid-state output

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUY XUY CO

Product certiﬁ cations , cULus (1)

Connection Connector – M8, 4-pin, on 0.2 m ß ying lead

Pre-cabled Length: 2 m –

Nominal sensing distance

(Sn)

m (ft) 0.08 (0.26) diffuse with background suppression

m (ft) 0.25 (0.82) diffuse with adjustable sensitivity

m (ft) 1 (3.28) polarized retroreß ective (with 50 x 50 mm reß ector)

m (ft) 4 (13.12) thru-beam

Type of transmission LED Red, pulsed

Modulation frequency 6 kHz (4 kHz for XUYPS 989S )

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65 and IP 67

Ambient air temperature For storage °C -20 to +80 (-4 to +176 °F)

For operation °C 0 to +50 (+32 to 122 °F)

Materials Case ABS

Lens PMMA

Cable PVC PUR

Immunity to ambient light Natural light Lux 10,000 (insensitive for XUYPS 989S )

Incandescent bulb Lux 5,000 (insensitive for XUYPS 989S )

Rated supply voltage V 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) V 10–30

Current consumption, no-load mA < 25

Switching capacity per output mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state V At 100 mA: < 2; at 10 mA: < 1

Maximum switching frequency Hz 500

Delays Response and recovery ms 1

(1) This product is UL Listed if supplied by a class II or isolated supply delivering 30 V max. (isolated transformer for example) and protected by a UL fuse rated

at 3 A max.

Wiring diagram - connector Wiring diagram - pre-cabled

M8 Pin n° - color Diffuse Polarized retroreﬂ ective and thru-beam

1 3

1 BN: Brown PNP output PNP output

2 WH: White

0 V

c 10-30 V

0 V

c 10-30 V

0 V

c 10-30 V

0 V

c 10-30 V

3 BU: Blue

4 BK: Black

Transmitter NPN output NPN output

0 V

c 10-30 V

BN Nc: Not connected

0 V

c 10-30 V

0 V

c 10-30 V

0 V

c 10-30 V

0 V

c 10-30 V

Application examples

Access control Monitoring metal rods Detection of tin cans on a conveyor

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/106

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Conveying and access control series

Compact design with teach mode adjustment

Five-wire AC or DC, 1 CO relay output

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

Diffuse system (1)

Sensing

distance

(Sn)

m (ft)

Function Output Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

1.5 (4.92) NO/NC programmable PNP/NPN XUYP954S 0.130 (0.29)

4 (13.12) NO/NC programmable PNP/NPN XUYP952S 0.130 (0.29)

AC or DC

1.5 (4.92) NO/NC programmable Relay XUYP954R 0.150 (0.33)

4 (13.12) NO/NC programmable Relay XUYP952R 0.150 (0.33)

Polarized retroreﬂ ective system (2)

Sensing

distance

(Sn)

Function Output Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

6 (19.68) NO/NC programmable PNP/NPN XUYB954S 0.130 (0.29)

10 (32.81) NO/NC programmable PNP/NPN XUYB952S 0.130 (0.29)

AC or DC

6 (19.68) NO/NC programmable Relay XUYB954R 0.150 (0.33)

10 (32.81) NO/NC programmable Relay XUYB952R 0.150 (0.33)

(1) On 300 x 300 mm white paper

(2) With Ø 84 mm reß ector

Speciﬁ cations

XUY

P954S

XUY

P954R

XUY

P952S

XUY

P952R

XUY

B954S

XUY

B954R

XUY

B952S

XUY

B952R

Product certiﬁ cations , cULus for XUYP954S/952S and XUYB954S/952S

Connection Screw terminals

Nominal sensing distance (Sn)

Adjustment using teach (Þ ne or standard mode)

m (ft) 1.5 (4.92) 4 (13.12) 6 (19.68) 10 (32.81)

Type of transmission LED Infrared Red

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65 and IP 67

Ambient air temperature For storage °C (°F) -20 to +80 (-4 to +176)

For operation °C (°F) 0 to +60 (+32 to 140)

Materials Polycarbonate

Immunity to ambient light Incandescent bulb Lux 10,000 at 5° to the optical axis

Natural light Lux 20,000 at 5° to the optical axis

Indicator lights Green LED Output signal

Red LED Dirty optics, limit of detection, alignment assistance, time delay active, time function

indicator

Voltage limits

(including ripple)

10–30 V – – – –

/ 20–250 V V– – – –

Current consumption, no-load mA 50 – 50 – 50 – 50 –

VA – 2 – 2 – 2 – 2

Type of output PNP/NPN Relay PNP/NPN Relay PNP/NPN Relay PNP/NPN Relay

Switching capacity PNP/NPN mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Relay A 3 (max. continuous)

Voltage drop, closed state PNP/NPN VAt 100 mA: < 2; at 10 mA: < 1

Maximum switching frequency Hz 1000 25 60 25 1000 25 60 25

Delays Response and recovery ms 0.5 20 8 20 0.5 20 8 20

Test input Active V< 1.4 – < 1.4 – < 1.4 – < 1.4 –

Inactive V> 3 – > 3 – > 3 – > 3 –

Output time delay Type Retriggerable: leading edge and/or trailing edge

Duration of each increment ms 0 to 11 s in 23 adjustment increments of 50 ms, then 0.5 s per press

Adjustment Using teach mode and/or Þ ne manual adjustment

Applications

Detection of belt breakage

Material handling

Access control

XUY 95

DF524707

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/107

Presentation,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Conveying and access control series

Compact design with teach mode adjustment

Five-wire AC or DC, 1 CO relay output

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

Presentation

Rear view

SET

LO-DO

Indicator lights

- Output signal: Green LED

- Dirty optics: Red LED

- Limit of detection: Red LED

- Alignment assistance: ß ashing red

LED

- Activation/adjustment of time delay:

Red LED

- Action keypad

- Keypad: Action/Locking

Controls

- Automatic adjustment of threshold

- Access to special functions

- Zero reset of time delay

- Sensitivity increase

- NO/NC programming

- Time delay increase

- Sensitivity decrease

- Inversion of time delay setting:

On-delay, Off-delay

- Time delay decrease

- Access to terminals

Note: Both the red and green LEDs ß ash in the event of a short-circuit on the output (for XUYP 95 S/XUYB 95 S versions).

Dimensions (mm)

XUY 95 S/XUY 95 R

(1) Optical axis.

2xØ4 2xM4

3010.8

4.5

(1)

60 29

8015

5.5

Wiring diagrams

XUY 95 S XUY 95 R

c 10/30 V

0 V

250 V, 1.5 mm2 (15 AWG) terminals.

C NONC

a/c 20/250 V

Application examples

Monitoring for blockages on a baggage conveyor Monitoring of gluing, fastening or labelling operations

Test input

Output

Supply

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/108

Miniature design

System Thru-beam

Type of transmission Infrared (transmission frequency = 1450 nm)

Nominal sensing distance Sn, m (ft) 50 (164.04) (use between 10 and 20 cm, see applications)

Catalog Number

3-wire, PNP and NPN

NO or NC programmable function

XUMW1KSNL2 (1)

Weight, kg (lb) 0.155 (0.34)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations

Ambient air temperature For operation: 0 to +40 °C (32 to +104 °F). For storage: -5 to +50 °C (+23 to +122 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Connection Pre-cabled, diameter 4 mm, length 2 m, wire c.s.a.: 2 x 0.2 mm2 (24 AWG) (transmitter)

or 4 x 0.2 mm2 (receiver)

Materials Case: PBT, lenses: polycarbonate, cable: PUR

Rated supply voltage 10.8–26.4 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits 10–30 V (including ripple)

Solid-state digital output Switching capacity (sealed) 100 mA

with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state 2 V

Maximum switching frequency 1 kHz

Delays First-up: 50 ms; response: 0.5 ms; recovery: 0.5 ms

Current consumption, no-load 45 mA (transmitter +receiver)

Indicator lights Transmitter Green LED, supply on

Receiver Yellow LED: solid-state output (LED on, output On)

Green LED: stability

(1) Catalog number is for both transmitter and receiver for thru-beam system.

(2) Application examples: detection of the level of aqueous liquids in any transparent or almost opaque container, and any product containing water molecules

(adhesives, ice creams, damp fabrics, etc.).

d = 10 cm

d = 20 cm

d = 10 cm

d = 5 cm

Transparent containers Almost opaque containers

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application, packaging series

Thru-beam system for detection of water

and aqueous liquids

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/109

Detection principle Transmission curves

The wave length of the transmitted beam corresponds to the

maximum absorption frequency of water molecules.

Transmission curve of a standard photoelectric sensor

Transmission curve of sensor XUMW1KSNL2

Curve of water absorption against incident beam wave length

Excess gain curve Stability curve Functions

LED

Yellow LED, output

Green LED, stability

Potentiometer

3Sensitivity adjustment

Switch

4NO/NC programming

NO: detection of object

NC: detection of object absence

Dimensions (mm)

Bracket mounting

(1) Output LED.

(2) Output LED and stability LED.

(3) 2 holes Ø 3.2.

(4) Locknut plate.

Wiring diagrams (3-wire )

Transmitter BK Receiver. PNP output

WH Receiver. NPN output

BN (+)

BU (-)

Beam

intensity

100

500

1100

1700

1450

1000 1500

Transmission wavelength (nm)

Absorption level (%)

1.25

0.75

Off

Signal

level

Output

Yellow LED

Stability

Green LED

123 4

(3)

(1)

(4)

(2)

3216

5.6 13

2.5 1.5

11.5

3.2

WH /

Operating Curves,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

500

200

100

ain

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application, packaging series

Thru-beam system for detection of water

and aqueous liquids

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/110

Ampliﬁ ers with ﬁ ne adjustment and 4-digit screen

Sensing

distance (Sn)

Function Output Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Depending on

ﬁ ber

NO/NC

Programmable

PNP Pre-cabled XUDA2PSML2 0.040 (0.09)

connector

XUDA2PSMM8 0.040 (0.09)

NPN Pre-cabled XUDA2NSML2 0.040 (0.09)

connector

XUDA2NSMM8 0.040 (0.09)

Ampliﬁ ers using teach mode

Sensing

distance (Sn)

Function Output Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Depending on

ﬁ ber

NO/NC

Programmable

PNP Pre-cabled XUDA1PSML2 0.040 (0.09)

connector

XUDA1PSMM8 0.040 (0.09)

NPN Pre-cabled XUDA1NSML2 0.040 (0.09)

connector

XUDA1NSMM8 0.040 (0.09)

XUDA1

561785

XUDA2

561584

Catalog Numbers OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application

Fiber design, ampliÞ ers

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

Teach mode

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/111

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUDA1 SMM8,

XUDA2 SMM8

XUDA1 SML2,

XUDA2 SML2

Product certiﬁ cations , cULus

Connection Connector M8 –

Pre-cabled – Length: 2 m

Sensing distance (Sn) Depending on ﬁ ber used,. Sensing distance halved for XUDA2 conÞ gured for fast

frequency

Sensitivity adjustment Teach mode on XUDA1,

Teach mode and Þ ne adjustment (± button) plus 4-digit screen on XUDA2

Type of transmission Red

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65 with Ø 2 mm Þ ber (IP 64 with Ø 1 mm Þ ber)

Storage temperature °C -30 to +70 (-22 to +158 °F)

Operating temperature °C -10 to +55 (14 to 131 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 0.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED

Stability Red LED for XUDA1

Stability Green LED for XUDA2

Signal level By 7 segment/4-digit display for XUDA2

Rated supply voltage V 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) V 10.8–26.4

Current consumption, no-load mA 50

Switching capacity mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Alarm output mA 50 for XUDA2 with overload and short-circuit protection

Protection against mutual interference Yes for XUDA2

Voltage drop, closed state V 2 for XUDA P , 1 for XUDA N

Maximum switching frequency kHz 1 kHz for XUDA1, 1 or 5 kHz conÞ gurable for XUDA2

Output time delay ms 0 or 40 on recovery for XUDA2

Delays First-up ms < 120

Response ms < 0.5 (0.1 for XUDA2 in fast frequency mode)

Recovery ms < 0.5 (0.1 for XUDA2 in fast frequency mode)

XUDA2 wiring diagrams

M8 connector Pre-cabled PNP NPN

1(+)

3 (-)

4 (OUT/output)

2 (alarm)

BN Brown (+)

BU Blue (-)

BK Black (output)

WH White (alarm)

(WH only on XUDA2)

XUDA1 wiring diagrams

M8 connector Pre-cabled PNP NPN

1(+)

3 (-)

4 (OUT/output)

BN Brown (+)

BU Blue (-)

BK Black (Output)

Dimensions (mm)

XUDA XUDA1

XUDA2

1 3

–

BN/1

BU/3

PNP BK/4 WH/2

BN/1

BU/3

–

NPN BK/4 WH/2

1 3

–

BN/1

BU/3

PNP BK/4

BN/1

BU/3

–

NPN BK/4

65 10

SET

OUTALM

SET

OUT

H T S

12 34

SpeciÞ cations,

Wiring Diagrams,

Dimensions

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application

Fiber design, ampliÞ ers

Three-wire DC, solid-state output

Teach mode

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/112

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

AmpliÞ ers for plastic or glass Þ ber optics

Ampliﬁ ers for plastic ﬁ ber optics (1)

Sensing distance (Sn)

m (ft)

Function Output Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Adjustment using ± button (2)

Depending on ﬁ ber NO/NC

dpg. on wiring

PNP/NPN Pre-cabled XUYAFP966S 0.124 (0.27)

M8 connector XUYAFPCO966S 0.056 (0.12)

Adjustment using teach mode (3)

Depending on ﬁ ber NO/NC

programmable

PNP/NPN Pre-cabled XUYAFP946S 0.124 (0.27)

M8 connector XUYAFPCO946S 0.056 (0.12)

Ampliﬁ ers for glass ﬁ ber optics

Sensing distance (Sn)

Function Output Connection Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Adjustment using ± button (2)

Depending on ﬁ ber NO/NC

dpg. on wiring

PNP/NPN Pre-cabled XUYAFV966S 0.116 (0.26)

M8 connector XUYAFVCO966S 0.047 (0.10)

Adjustment using teach mode (3)

Depending

on ﬁ ber

NO/NC

programmable

PNP/NPN Pre-cabled XUYAFV946S 0.124 (0.27)

M8 connector XUYAFVCO946S 0.047 (0.10)

Accessories

Description Details Length of cable Catalog Number Weight

m kg (lb)

Pre-wired M8

connector

Straight 2 XZCP0941L2 0.080 (0.18)

Elbowed (90°) 2 XZCP1041L2 0.080 (0.18)

Straight 5 XZCP0941L5 0.180 (0.40)

Elbowed (90°) 5 XZCP1041L5 0.180 (0.40)

(1) Fiber trimmer included

(2) Indication of level by bargraph, adjustment by pressing button

(3) Fine mode or standard mode, adjustment using teach

Speciﬁ cations

Sensor type XUYAF 9 6S XUYAFCO9 6S

Product certiﬁ cations , cULus (4)

Connection Connector – M8, 4-pin

Pre-cabled Length: 2 m –

Nominal sensing distance

(Sn)

Depending on Þ ber optic used

Type of transmission LED Red LED

Modulation frequency 8 kHz

Sensitivity adjustment Using teach (Þ ne mode or standard mode) and/or ± button, depending on model

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Ambient air temperature For storage °C (°F) -20 to +80 (-4 to +176)

For operation °C (°F) 0 to +60 (+32 to 140)

Materials Polycarbonate

Immunity to ambient light Incandescent bulb Lux 10,000

Natural light Lux 20,000

Rated supply voltage V 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) V 10–30

Current consumption, no-load mA < 40

Switching capacity mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state V < 2

Maximum switching frequency kHz < 1

External input (5) Active V< 1.4

Inactive V> 3

Delays Response and recovery ms < 0.5

Output time delay (5) Range s0–5 in 11 adjustment increments

Duration of each increment ms First increment 40 ms then 500 ms for each press

(4) This product is UL Listed if supplied by a class II or isolated supply delivering 30 V max. (isolated transformer for example) and protected by a UL fuse rated

at 3 A max.

(5) Only for models with teach mode.

Applications using plastic ﬁ ber optics

Monitoring position or presence of parts

on an assembly or packing machine

Detection of objects on small conveyor

Use of Þ ber optics in vibratory environments (robot arms)

Detection of reference and color marks in packaging

Applications with glass ﬁ ber optics

Monitoring position or presence of parts

on an assembly or packing machine

Detection of presence of parts in a plastic mould

Detection in aggressive environments

Detection of items exiting an oven (high temperature Þ bers)

SET

LO-DO

524696

XUYAFP946S

524698

XUYAFP966S

524697

XUYAFV966S

SET

LO-DO

524699

XUYAFV946S

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/113

Presentation,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

AmpliÞ ers for plastic or glass Þ ber optics

Presentation

XUYAF , adjustment using button XUYAF , adjustment using teach mode

Detection

Indication of the level of

adjustment

Keypad locking

Sensitivity increase

Sensitivity decrease

Detection

Dirty optics, limit of detection, alignment assistance

Time delay active

Action keypad, keypad locking

Automatic adjustment of the threshold, access to special

functions

Sensitivity increase, direct/inverse output, time delay

increase

Sensitivity decrease, On-delay, Off-delay inversion, time

delay decrease

Dimensions (mm)

XUYAFP966S/AFPCO966S XUYAFV966S/AFVCO966S

Mounting on 35 mm rail Mounting on 35 mm rail

(1) Plastic Þ ber optic: Ø 2.2 mm (1) Glass Þ ber optic: Ø 3 mm

Wiring diagrams

XUYAFP966/AFV966 XUYAFP946/AFV946 M8 connector

c 10/30 V

0 V

c 10/30 V

0 V

1 3

N°

Color

1 BN Brown

2 WH White

3 BU Blue

4 BK Black

Application examples

Thru-beam and diffuse system detection Thru-beam system detection

2xØ4.1

2025.4

30 13

(1)

60 106.7

SET

2xØ4.1

2025.4

30 13

5.5

6.7

SET

(1)

Microprocessor Microprocessor

Remote teaching

If not used: connect to +

Connected to +: direct function

Connected to –: inverse function

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/114

Color mark reading using plastic ﬁ ber optic

Remote reading by coaxial Þ ber optic

System Diffuse

Type of transmission White LED (450 - 650 nm)

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) 18 (0.71) with ﬁ ber optic XUYFPDC61/101

4 (0.16) with ﬁ ber optic XUYFPDCM861/M8101

Catalog Numbers

4-wire, PNP/NPN output NO/NC function XUYDCFCO966S (1)

Weight, kg (lb) 0.047 (0.10)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations

Ambient air temperature For operation 0 to +40 °C (+32 to 104 °F)

For storage -20 to +80 °C (-4 to +175 °F)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Connection M8 male connector

Materials Case Polyamide

Lens Polyamide

Rated supply voltage 24 V

Spot diameter 1.5 mm

Modulation frequency 40 kHz

Depth of ﬁ eld FPDC: +7/- 5 mm Black/White, +1/- 3 mm Gray/White

FPDCM8: ± 1 mm

Adjustment By teaching background and mark

Voltage limits

(including ripple)

10–30 V with protection against reverse polarity

Immunity to ambient light Incandescent bulb 10,000 lux

Natural light 20,000 lux

Switching capacity 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state < 2 V

Current consumption, no-load 50 mA

Maximum switching frequency 20 kHz

Delays Response and recovery 25 µs

Output state indication LED

Accessories

(1) Sensor XUYDCFCO966S only operates with Þ bers XUYFPDC and XUYFPDCM8 , to be ordered separately.

Description Details Length

of ﬁ ber

Length

of cable

Catalog Number Weight

mm m kg (lb)

Integrated ﬁ ber

optic

to be ordered at the

same time as the

ampliÞ er

M18 600 – XUYFPDC61 0.100 (0.22)

1000 – XUYFPDC101 0.115 (0.25)

M8 600 – XUYFPDCM861 0.060 (0.13)

1000 – XUYFPDCM8101 0.075 (0.17)

Pre-wired M8

connector

Straight – 2 XZCP0941L2 0.080 (0.18)

Elbowed (90°) – 2 XZCP1041L2 0.080 (0.18)

Straight – 5 XZCP0941L5 0.180 (0.40)

Elbowed (90°) – 5 XZCP1041L5 0.180 (0.40)

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations,

Accessories

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application, packaging series

Color mark readers

With teach mode

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/115

Presentation,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application, packaging series

Color mark readers

With teach mode

DC supply. Solid-state output

Presentation

SET

Detection of the lightest shade

Programming assistance

Alarm/press button

Programming button

Dimensions (mm)

XUYDCFCO966S XUYFPDC

Mounting on 35 mm rail

2xØ4.1

2025.4

30 13

60 57

SET

M18x100 (3)Ø8 (2)

(1) 40 18

Ø 9

Ø8 (2) M8x100 (3)

10 16 4

(1) The ring indicates that the Þ ber is transmitting.

(2) Bend radius: 15 mm (0.59 in.).

(3) 2 nuts included with Þ ber optic.

Wiring diagram

Cabling M8 connector

c 10/30 V

0 V

(1)

1 3

Pin n° - color

1 BN: Brown

2 WH: White

3 BU: Blue

4 BK: Black

(1) High level on Þ rst shade taught.

Nc: Not connected

Microprocessor

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/116

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application, packaging series

Detection of illumination using plastic Þ ber optic

and teach mode

4-wire DC Solid-state output

Fiber design

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) Depending on ﬁ ber optic used

Catalog Number

4-wire, PNP/NPN output NO/NC programmable

function

XUYAFLCO966S

Weight, kg (lb) 0.054 (0.12)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations

Ambient air temperature For operation 0 to +60 °C (+32 to 140 °F)

For storage 0 to +80 °C (+32 to 176 °F)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Connection M8, 4-pin male connector

Materials Case Polycarbonate

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) 10–30 V

Switching capacity 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state 2 V

Current consumption, no-load < 40 mA

Maximum switching frequency < 5 Hz

External input Active < 1.4 V

Inactive > 3 V

Delays Response and recovery < 100 ms

Output time delay Range 0–5 s in 11 adjustment increments

Duration of each increment First increment 40 ms then 500 ms for each press

Indicator lights Output signal Green LED

Limit of detection Red LED

Time delay active Red LED

Sensitivity adjustment Using teach (Þ ne mode or standard mode)

Adjustment possible using ± button

Remote teaching using external input (Þ ne mode)

Applications

Verifying operation of indicator lights on electrical appliances

Testing car headlights on production line

Accessories

Description Details Length

of cable

Catalog Number Weight

m kg (lb)

Plastic ﬁ ber optic (1) Ø 2.2 mm 1 XUYA005 0.007 (0.02)

Pre-wired M8 connector Straight 2 XZCP0941L2 0.080 (0.18)

Elbowed (90°) 2 XZCP1041L2 0.080 (0.18)

Straight 5 XZCP0941L5 0.180 (0.40)

Elbowed (90°) 5 XZCP1041L5 0.180 (0.40)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/117

Presentation,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application, packaging series

Detection of illumination using plastic Þ ber optic

and teach mode

4-wire DC Solid-state output

Presentation

LO-DO

SET

Output signal

Limit of detection

Positioning assistance

Time delay active

Action keypad

Keypad locking

Automatic adjustment of threshold

Access to special functions

Sensitivity increase

NO/NC output

Time delay increase

Sensitivity decrease

On-delay, Off-delay inversion

Time delay decrease

Dimensions (mm) Wiring diagrams

Mounting on 35 mm rail diagram M8 connector

2xØ4.1

2025.4

30 13

6.7 10

(1)

WH (1)

c 10/30 V

0 V

Pin n° - color

1 3

1 BN: Brown

2 WH: White

3 BU: Blue

4 BK: Black

(1) Remote teaching. If not used: connect to +.

(1) Ø 2.2 mm plastic Þ ber optic.

Application examples

Verifying operation of car headlights on an assembly line Verifying operation of indicator lights on electrical appliances

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/118

R = minimum bend radius

Fiber of ext. Ø 2.2 mm, R = 25 mm (0.98 in.)

Fiber of ext. Ø 1 mm, R = 10 mm (0.39 in.)

XUFN2S01L , R = 4 mm (0.16 in.)

x0.5

M2.6

x0.45

Ø1

Nominal sensing distance

Sn, mm (in.)

With Þ ber L = 2 m 200 (7.87) (1) 180 (7.09) 50 (1.97)(1)

With lens 1500 (59.05) (2) –1000 (39.37) (2)

Application, features General purpose Accurate positioning

Catalog Number (complete assembly - 2 ﬁ bers)

With standard

end ﬁ ttings

L = 2 m

XUFN12301

–

XUFN35301

L = 10 m

XUFN12301L10

– –

With 90 mm ﬂ exible end ﬁ ttings, L = 2 m –

XUFN12311

–

Weight, kg (lb) 0.058 (0.13) (L = 2 m) 0.030 (0.07) 0.045 (0.10)

Speciﬁ cations

Fiber (view on sensing face)

Core (Ø mm) 1 x Ø 1 1 x Ø 1 1 x Ø 0.5

Trimmable to required length

(trimmer XUF Z11 included)

Yes Yes Yes

Ambient air temperature For operation:- 25 to +60 °C (-13 to +140 °F). For storage: -40 to +80 °C (-40 to +176 °F)

Vibration resistance 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10–55 Hz), conforming to IEC 60068-2-6

Shock resistance 30 gn, duration 11 ms, conforming to IEC 60068-2-27

Degree of protection IP 64 conforming to IEC 60529 and IP 641 conforming to NF C 20-010

Materials Fibers: PMMA; sheath: PE

Operating curves

XUFN L10 XUFN12301, N12311 XUFN35301

Percentage reduction in sensing distance

related to length of Þ ber

6-3 6

Ø of

beam

(1) Can be used with 90° mirror XUFZ02

(2) With lens accessory XUFZ01

12 3

x0.7

M2.6

x0.45

Ø2.2

x0.7

Ø1.5

Ø2.2

100%

2 m 10 m

50%

5 m

Length of Þ ber

200

6-3 -6

Sn ≤ 200 mm

100

Ø of

beam

Dimen sions,

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ ers

Plastic Þ bers with end Þ ttings, thru-beam system

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/119

30 (1.18) 300 (11.81) (1) 2500 (98.42) 100 (3.94) (1)

–2000 (78.74) (2) –750 (29.53) (2)

Accurate positioning Long sensing distance Þ bers Fibers with integral lens

Resistant to accumulation of dirt

Flexible Þ bers for cyclic movements,

areas with restricted access

–

XUFN2P01L2 XUFN2L01L2 XUFN2S01L2

–

XUFN2P01L10 XUFN2L01L10 XUFN2S01L10

XUFN35311

–––

0.045 (0.10) 0.058 (0.13) (L = 2 m) 0.060 (0.13) (L = 2 m) 0.062 (0.14) (L = 2 m)

1 x Ø 0.5 1 x Ø 1.5 1 x Ø 1 1 x Ø 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

For operation: - 25 to +60 °C (-13 to +140 °F). For storage: -40 to +80 °C (-40 to +176 °F)

7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10–55 Hz), conforming to IEC 60068-2-6

30 gn, duration 11 ms, conforming to IEC 60068-2-27

IP 64 conforming to IEC 60529 and IP 641 conforming to NF C 20-010

Fibers: PMMA; sheath: PE

XUFN35311 XUFN2P01L2 XUFN2L01L2 XUFN2S01L2

x0.5

Ø1

Ø0.8

12 3

x0.7

M2.6

x0.45

Ø2.2

x1.25

12 3

x0.7

M2.6

x0.45

Ø2.2

cm 3

6-3 6

Ø of

beam

6-3 -6

200

300

Ø of

beam

69 -9

-3 -6

2500

700

2000

Ø of

beam

6-3 -6

100

Ø of

beam

Dimen sions,

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ ers

Plastic Þ bers with end Þ ttings, thru-beam system

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/120

R = minimum bend radius

Fiber of ext. Ø 2.2 mm, R = 25 mm (0.98 in.)

Fiber of ext. Ø 1 mm, R = 10 mm (0.39 in.)

XUFN5S01L , R = 4 mm (0.16 in.)

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) 70 (2.76) 60 (2.36) 60 (2.36)

Application, features General purpose Positioning

Catalog Numbers

With standard

end ﬁ ttings

L = 2 m XUFN05321 –XUFN05323

L = 10 m XUFN05321L10 – –

With 90 mm ﬂ exible end ﬁ ttings, L = 2 m –XUFN05331 –

Weight, kg (lb) 0.058 (0.13) (L = 2 m) 0.030 (0.07) 0.060 (0.13)

Speciﬁ cations

Fiber (view on sensing face)

Core (Ø mm) 2 x Ø 1 2 x Ø 1 1 x Ø 1 +16 x Ø 0.265

Trimmable to required length

(trimmer XUFZ11 included)

Yes Yes Yes

Ambient air temperature For operation: - 25 to +60 °C (-13 to +140 °F). For storage: -40 to +80 °C (-40 to +176 °F)

Vibration resistance 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10–55 Hz), conforming to IEC 60068-2-27

Shock resistance 30 gn, duration 11 ms, conforming to IEC 60068-2-27

Degree of protection IP 64 conforming to IEC 60529 and IP 641 conforming to NF C 20-010

Materials Fibers: PMMA; sheath: PE

Operating curves (object 10 x 10 cm, white 90%)

XUFN L10 XUFN05321 XUFN05331, XUFN05323

Percentage reduction in sensing distance

related to length of Þ ber

(1) Mounting clamps included with Þ ber optic.

x0.75

Ø2.2

155

x0.75

158

2 m 10 m

100%

5 m

50%

Length of Þ ber

mm 3

96-3 -6 -9

Ø of

beam

mm 3

96-3 -6 -9

Ø of

beam

D imensions,

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ ers

Plastic Þ bers with end Þ ttings, diffuse system

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/121

18 (0.71) 18 (0.71) 6 (0.24) 15 (0.59) 95 (3.74) 55 (2.17)

Positioning Positioning Areas with restricted

access

Positioning Long sensing distance

Þ bers

Flexible Þ bers for cyclic

movements, areas with

restricted access

XUFN01321 –

XUFN04331 XUFN02323 XUFN5P01L2 XUFN5S01L2

––––

XUFN5P01L10 XUFN5S01L10

–XUFN01331 ––––

0.045 (0.10) 0.045 (0.10) 0.045 (0.10) 0.040 (0.09) 0.058 (0.13) (L = 2 m) 0.062 (0.14) (L = 2 m)

2 x Ø 0.5 2 x Ø 0.5 2 x Ø 0.265 1 x Ø 0.5 +4 x Ø 0.25 2 x Ø 1.5 2 x Ø 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

For operation: -25 to +60 °C (-13 to +140 °F). For storage: -40 to +80 °C (-40 to +176 °F)

7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10–55 Hz), conforming

to IEC 60068-2-27

7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10–55 Hz), conforming to IEC 60068-2-6

30 gn, duration 11 ms, conforming to IEC 60068-2-27

IP 64 conforming to IEC 60529 and IP 641 conforming to NF C 20-010

Fibers: PMMA; sheath: PE

XUFN01321, N01331 XUFN04331 XUFN02323 XUFN5P01L2 XUFN5S01L2

x0.7

x0.5

15 12

x0.7

M2.6

x0.45

Ø1

2.2

0.75

2.2

mm 3

6-3 -6

Ø of

beam

mm 3

6-3 -6

Ø of

beam

mm 36 -3 -6

7.5

Ø of

beam

mm 3

96-3 -6 -9

Ø of

beam

mm 36 -3-6

Ø of

beam

D imensions,

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ ers

Plastic Þ bers with end Þ ttings, diffuse system

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/122

R = minimum bend radius

R = 40 mm (1.57 in.)

(1) Fiber reference ring for transmitter

(2) Transmitter

(3) 2 elongated holes Ø 3.2 x 6.7 for M3 screws

Maximum tightening torque: 0.3 N•m (2.66 lb-in)

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.)

with Þ ber L = 2 m

10 (0.39) 20 (0.79) 30 (1.18)

Application, features Focused Þ bers, specially suited to OsiSense® XU Full color sensors XURC4 PML2

Catalog Number

With speciﬁ c end ﬁ ttings for

detection of colors

L = 2 m

XUFN5L01L2

XUFN5L02L2

XUFN5L03L2

Weight, kg (lb) 0.030 (0.07) 0.030 (0.07) 0.030 (0.07)

Speciﬁ cations

Fiber (view on sensing face)

Core (Ø mm) Transmitter: 1 x Ø 1

Receiver: 1 x Ø 1.5

Transmitter: 1 x Ø 1.5

Receiver: 1 x Ø 1.5

Transmitter: 1 x Ø 1.5

Receiver: 1 x Ø 1.5

Trimmable to required length No No No

Spot diameter, mm (in.) 2.5 (0.10) 5 (0.20) 8 (0.31)

Ambient air temperature For operation: -10 to +55 °C (+14 to +131 °F). For storage: -20 to +70 °C (-4 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10–55 Hz), conforming to IEC 60068-2-6

Shock resistance 30 gn, duration 11 ms, conforming to IEC 60068-2-27

Degree of protection IP 65 conforming to IEC 60529 and IP 651 conforming to NF C 20-010

Materials Fibers: PMMA; sheath: PE. Head: PA 66, lens: PC

2000 9.229.710

(2)

(1)

(3)

9.8

14.5

200030.720 11.6

(2)

(1)

(3)

9.8

200030.730

(1)

(2)

(3)

11.6

9.8

Dim ensions,

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ ers Full color

Plastic Þ bers with end Þ ttings, diffuse system

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/123

R = minimum bend radius

Fiber of ext. Ø 2.2 mm, R = 25 mm

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) L = 2 m See detection curves below (1)

Application General purpose

Catalog Number

Fiber without end ﬁ tting XUFZ910 XUFZ920 XUFZ911 XUFZ921

Weight, kg (lb) 0.020 (0.04) 0.040 (0.09) 0.040 (0.09) 0.080 (0.18)

Speciﬁ cations

Fiber

Core (Ø mm) 1 x Ø 1 1 x Ø 1.4

Length 10 m 20 m 10 m 20 m

Trimmable to required length

(trimmer XUFZ11 included)

Yes Yes

Ambient air temperature For operation: -25 to +60 °C (-13 to +140 °F). For storage: -40 to +80 °C (-40 to +176 °F)

Vibration resistance 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10–55 Hz), conforming to IEC 60068-2-6

Shock resistance 30 gn, duration 11 ms, conforming to IEC 60068-2-27

Degree of protection IP 64 conforming to IEC 60529 and IP 641 conforming to NF C 20-010

Materials Fibers: PMMA; sheath: PE

Operating curves

XUFZ911, Z921

XUFZ910, Z920

XUFZ910, Z920 XUFZ911, Z921

1XUFZ911, Z921

2XUFZ910, Z920

Total length = sum of the 2 strands

used to constitute a thru-beam system

(1) It is possible to increase the sensing distance of Þ bers without end Þ ttings by using mounting clamps with lens (XUFZ03, Z04 or Z05).

. .

30 m

50 mm

300 mm

200 mm

4 m 40 m

0 mm

150 mm

250 mm

100 mm

20 m

10 m

120 mm

Length of Þ ber

Sensing distance (thru-beam system)

100

200

6-3 -6

Ø of

beam

150

300

8-4 -8

Ø of

beam

Dim ensions,

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ ers

Plastic Þ bers without end Þ ttings, thru-beam system

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/124

R = minimum bend radius

Metal sheath, R = 90 mm (3.54 in.)

System Thru-beam Diffuse

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.)

with ﬁ ber L = 1 m

200 (7.87) (1)

1500 (59.05) (2) 70 (2.76)

Application High temperatures

Catalog Number (complete assembly - 2 ﬁ bers for thru-beam system)

With standard end ﬁ ttings L = 1 m XUFS2020 XUFS0520

Weight, kg (lb) 0.070 (0.15) 0.075 (0.17)

Speciﬁ cations

Fiber (view on sensing face)

Core (Ø mm) 1 x Ø 1 2 x Ø 1

Ambient air temperature For operation and storage: -40 to +180 °C (-40 to +356 °F)

Vibration resistance 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (f = 10–55 Hz), conforming to IEC 60068-2-6

Shock resistance 30 gn, duration 11 ms, conforming to IEC 60068-2-27

Degree of protection IP 64 conforming to IEC 60529 and IP 641 conforming to NF C 20-010

Materials Fibers: glass; sheath: metal

Operating curves

XUFS2020 XUFS0520

(1) Can be used with 90° mirror XUFZ02.

(2) With lens accessory XUFZ01.

M2.6

970

M2.6

32.5

970

. .

100

200

6-3 -6

Ø of

beam

2-1 -2

Ø of

beam

Dim ensions,

CatalogNumbers,

SpeciÞ cations,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ ers

Glass Þ bers with end Þ ttings, thru-beam and diffuse

systems

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/125

SpeciÞ cations,

Catalog Numbers,

Dimensions,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ er

Glass Þ bers with end Þ ttings

For diffuse and thru-beam systems

Glass ﬁ ber optics for diffuse system

10 mm

Standard sheath

External Ø

XUYFVP: 5 mm

XUYFVER: 3 mm

20 mm

Metal reinforced sheath

XUYFVP: 5 mm

XUYFVER: 3.5 mm

30 mm

High temperature

sheath

XUYFVP: 5 mm

XUYFVER: 5 mm

R = minimum bend radius

Applications

Detection in high temperature environment (up to 200 °C [392 °F])

Detection in aggressive environment

Application requiring high level of performance

Catalog Number

Type of end ﬁ tting Straight Lateral

Sheath Standard Metal

reinforced

High

temperature

Standard Metal

reinforced

High

temperature

Catalog number with 0.60 m long Þ ber (1) XUYFVPSD61 XUYFVPMD61 XUYFVPTD61 XUYFVPSL61 XUYFVPML61 XUYFVPTL61

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15)

Weight, kg (lb) 0.040 (0.09) 0.045 (0.10) 0.052 (0.11) 0.042 (0.09) 0.056 (0.12) 0.056 (0.12)

Speciﬁ cations

Fiber 400 strands per mm2

Usable diameter of ﬁ ber 1.2 mm

Ambient air temperature For operation Standard: -25 to +60 °C (-13 to +140 °F)

Metal reinforced: -25 to +120 °C (-13 to +248 °F)

High temperature : -25 to +200 °C (-13 to +392 °F)

Detection end ﬁ tting Nickel plated brass

Materials Fiber 50 µ glass

Sheath Standard: PVC +thermo polyoleÞ ne,

Metal reinforced: spiralled metal +polyoleÞ ne

High temperature: ß exible stainless steel

(1) For 1 m long Þ ber, replace 61 in the catalog number by 101. Example: XUYFVPSD61 becomes XUYFVPSD101 for a 1 m long Þ ber.

For 1.5 m long Þ ber, replace 61 in the catalog number by 151. Example: XUYFVPMD61 becomes XUYFVPMD151 for a 1.5 m long Þ ber.

For 2 m long Þ ber, replace 61 in the catalog number by 201. Example: XUYFVPTD61 becomes XUYFVPTD201 for a 2 m long Þ ber.

Operating and attenuation curves

XUYFVP 61

Attenuation related to length Bending inﬂ uence Material inﬂ uence

8x8

Ø6.5

Ø3.5

20 6

M4x0.7

Ø6.5

M4x0.7

50 100 % D

0 1 2 3 4 5 m

-25

-50

-75

0 10 20 mm

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

0.9

0.8

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.2

0.1

0.7

0.3

1 2 34 5

Attenuation (%)

Length of Þ bers Bend radius

1 White paper

2 Wood, beige

cardboard

3 Black paper

4 Raw steel

5 Raw aluminium

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/126

Catalog Numbers

Dimensions,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ er

Glass Þ bers with end Þ ttings

For diffuse and thru-beam systems

Extended Pliable

Standard Metal reinforced High temperature Standard Metal reinforced High temperature

XUYFVPSA61 (1) XUYFVPMA61 (1) XUYFVPTA61 (1) XUYFVPSC61 (1) XUYFVPMC61 (1) XUYFVPTC61 (1)

80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15)

0.041 (0.09) 0.046 (0.10) 0.053 (0.12) 0.043 (0.09) 0.057 (0.13) 0.057 (0.13)

400 strands per mm2

1.2 mm

Standard: - 25 to +60 °C (-13 to +140 °F)

Metal reinforced: - 25 to +120 °C (-13 to +248 °F)

High temperature :-25 to +200 °C (-13 to +392 °F)

Nickel plated brass

50 µ glass

Standard: PVC +thermo polyoleÞ ne,

Metal reinforced: spiralled metal +polyoleÞ ne

High temperature: ß exible stainless steel

(1) For 1 m long Þ ber, replace 61 in the catalog number by 101. Example: XUYFVPSA61 becomes XUYFVPSA101 for a 1 m long Þ ber.

For 1.5 m long Þ ber, replace 61 in the catalog number by 151. Example: XUYFVPMA61 becomes XUYFVPMA151 for a 1.5 m long Þ ber.

For 2 m long Þ ber, replace 61 in the catalog number by 201. Example: XUYFVPTA61 becomes XUYFVPTA201 for a 2 m long Þ ber.

Ø6.5

M4x0.7

Ø2.5

209

Ø6.5

M4x0.7

Ø2.5

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/127

Accessories OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ er

Glass Þ bers with end Þ ttings

For diffuse and thru-beam systems

Accessories

Focusers for diffuse system ﬁ ber optics

Description For use with Nominal sensing

distance Sn

Catalog Number Weight

mm (in.) kg (lb)

Focusers

for pinpoint reading of reference marks,

contrasts, faults, etc.

XUYFVERSD61

XUYFVERMD61

XUYFVERTD61

10 (0.39) XUY1120 0.003 (0.01)

30 (1.18) XUY1125 0.004 (0.01)

Focusers for thru-beam system ﬁ ber optics

Description

hhhh

For use with Nominal sensing

distance Sn

Catalog Number Weight

mm (in.) kg (lb)

Focusers

for increasing sensing distances

(sold in lots of 2)

XUYFVERSD61

XUYFVERMD61

XUYFVERTD61

800 (31.50) XUY1121 (1) 0.004 (0.01)

3000 (118.11) XUY1124 (2) 0.012 (0.03)

800 (31.50) XUY1122 (1) 0.006 (0.01)

(1) 70° max.

(2) 250° max.

Focusers

XUY1120 XUY1125

25 10

Ø6,5

M4x0,7

35 30

M4x0.7

Ø8.5

XUY1121 XUY1124 XUY1122R

Ø5

M4x0.7

Ø8.5

1117

Ø6,5

M4x0,7

8x8

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/128

Catalog Numbers,

Dimensions,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ er

Glass Þ bers with end Þ ttings

For diffuse and thru-beam systems

Glass ﬁ ber optics for thru-beam system

10 mm

Standard sheath

External Ø

XUYFVP: 5 mm

XUYFVER: 3 mm

20 mm

Metal reinforced sheath

XUYFVP: 5 mm

XUYFVER: 3.5 mm

30 mm

High temperature sheath

XUYFVP: 5 mm

XUYFVER: 5 mm

R = minimum bend radius

Applications

Detection in high temperature environment (up to 200 °C)

Detection in aggressive environment

Application requiring high level of performance

Catalog Numbers

Type of end ﬁ tting Straight Lateral

Sheath Standard Metal

reinforced

High

temperature

Standard Metal

reinforced

High

temperature

Catalog Number with 0.6 m long Þ ber (1) XUYFVERSD61 XUYFVERMD61 XUYFVERTD61 XUYFVERSL61 XUYFVERML61 XUYFVERTL61

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87)

Weight, kg (lb) 0.042 (0.09) 0.046 (0.10) 0.060 (0.13) 0.052 (0.11) 0.061 (0.13) 0.075 (0.17)

Speciﬁ cations

Fiber 400 strands per mm2

Usable diameter of ﬁ ber 1.2 mm

Ambient air temperature For operation Standard: -25 to +60 °C (-13 to +140 °F)

Metal reinforced: -25 to +120 °C (-13 to +248 °F)

High temperature :-25 to +200 °C (-13 to +392 °F)

Detection end ﬁ tting Nickel plated brass

Materials Fiber 50 µ glass

Sheath Standard: PVC +thermo polyoleÞ ne

Metal reinforced: spiralled metal +polyoleÞ ne

High temperature: ß exible stainless steel

(1) For 1 m long Þ ber, replace 61 in the catalog number by 101. Example: XUYFVERSD61 becomes XUYFVERSD101 for a 1 m long Þ ber.

For 1.5 m long Þ ber, replace 61 in the catalog number by 151. Example: XUYFVERMD61 becomes XUYFVERMD151 for a 1.5 m long Þ ber.

For 2 m long Þ ber, replace 61 in the catalog number by 201. Example: XUYFVERTD61 becomes XUYFVERTD201 for a 2 m long Þ ber.

Operating and attenuation curves

XUYFVER 61

50 100 % D

Attenuation related to length Bending inﬂ uence Material inﬂ uence

Ø3.5

8x8

Ø6.5

20 6

M4x0.7

0 1 2 3 4 5 m

-10

-20

-30

0 10 20 mm

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

0.9

0.8

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.2

0.1

0.7

0.3

1 2 34 5

Attenuation (%)

Length of Þ bers

Attenuation (%)

Bend radius

1 White paper

2 Wood, beige

cardboard

3 Black paper

4 Raw steel

5 Raw aluminium

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/129

Catalog Numbers,

Dimensions,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ er

Glass Þ bers with end Þ ttings

For diffuse and thru-beam systems

Extended Pliable

Standard Metal reinforced High temperature Standard Metal reinforced High temperature

XUYFVERSA61 (1) XUYFVERMA61 (1) XUYFVERTA61 (1) XUYFVERSC61 (1) XUYFVERMC61 (1) XUYFVERTC61 (1)

80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15)

0.043 (0.09) 0.047 (0.10) 0.061 (0.13) 0.053 0.061 (0.13) 0.076 (0.17)

400 strands per mm2

1.2 mm

Standard: - 25 to +60 °C (-13 to +140 °F)

Metal reinforced: - 25 to +120 °C (-13 to +248 °F)

High temperature :-25 to +200 °C (-13 to +392 °F)

Nickel plated brass

50 µ glass

Standard: PVC +thermo polyoleÞ ne

Metal reinforced: spiralled metal +polyoleÞ ne

High temperature: ß exible stainless steel

(1) For 1 m long Þ ber, replace 61 in the catalog number by 101. Example: XUYFVERSA61 becomes XUYFVERSA101 for a 1 m long Þ ber.

For 1.5 m long Þ ber, replace 61 in the catalog number by 151. Example: XUYFVERMA61 becomes XUYFVERMA151 for a 1.5 m long Þ ber.

For 2 m long Þ ber, replace 61 in the catalog number by 201. Example: XUYFVERTA61 becomes XUYFVERTA201 for a 2 m long Þ ber.

Ø2.5

Ø5

M4x0.7

899

Ø5

M4x0.7

Ø2.5

209

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/130

Catalog Numbers,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ er

EcoÞ ber system in Plastic for customer assembly

Ecoﬁ ber concept Fibers without

end ﬁ tting

End ﬁ ttings

Assemble your own Þ ber

optics.

End ﬁ ttings

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) 70 (2.76) 200 (7.87) 800 (31.50)

Catalog number XUYA110 XUYA210 XUYA211

Weight, kg (lb) 0.009 (0.02) 0.004 (0.01) 0.004 (0.01)

Fibers without end ﬁ tting

Type of ﬁ ber Single ﬁ ber, plastic, single strand

Length (m) 1 10 50

Usable diameter (mm) 111

External diameter (mm) 2.2 2.2 2.2

Catalog number XUYA005 XUYA00510 XUYA00550

Weight, kg (lb) 0.006 (0.01) 0.042 (0.09) 0.220 (0.49)

Operating curves

End ﬁ ttings XUYA110 XUYA210 XUYA211

0.50.50.5

01 12 23 3

M8x1

410

Ø5.5

Ø3

Ø5

Ø3

Ø5

Optic

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/131

Catalog Numbers,

Operating Curves

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ er

EcoÞ ber system in Plastic for customer assembly

1200 (47.24) 4000 (157.48) 1200 (47.24) –

XUYA212 XUYA213 XUYA220 XUYA310

0.011 (0.02) 0.045 (0.10) 0.018 (0.04) 0.017 (0.04)

Single ﬁ ber, plastic, multistrand Dual ﬁ ber, plastic, single strand

1 1

2.2 2.2

XUYAU005 XUYFP2BRINA005B

0.006 (0.01) 0.080 (0.18)

XUYA212 XUYA213 XUYA220

01 12 23 3

400

200

01 12 23 3

M6x1

Ø6

M12x1

Ø8

M6x1

8x8

3–10

Ø6M6x1

0–8 (1)

13.5

Optic

End Þ tting for passing through

partition

(1) Ø 6.2 cut-out

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/132

Accessories for ﬁ bers with threaded end ﬁ ttings

Description For use with Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

90° mirror

(set of 2)

Fiber optics

XUFN1 30 ,

XUFN35301 and

XUFS2020 (thru-beam

system)

XUFN2 01L

XUFZ02 0.005 (0.01)

Lenses for increasing sensing

distance

(set of 2)

Fiber optics

XUFN1 30 ,

XUFN35301 and

XUFS2020 (thru-beam

system)

XUFZ01 0.005 (0.01)

Focusing lens for high

precision detection. Detection of

0.5 mm objects at a distance of 7 mm.

Also enables detection of objects against

a background (1)

Fiber optics

XUFN02323

(diffuse system)

XUFZ06 0.001 (0.002)

Accessories for plastic ﬁ bers without end ﬁ ttings

Description Mounting plane For use with Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Mounting clamps

(set of 2)

Axial Plastic Þ ber optics

XUFZ

XUFZ13 0.002 (0.004)

Frontal Plastic Þ ber optics

XUFZ

XUFZ14 0.002 (0.004)

Lateral Plastic Þ ber optics

XUFZ

XUFZ15 0.002 (0.004)

Mounting clamps

with lens (set of 2)

Axial Plastic Þ ber optics

XUFZ

XUFZ03 0.002 (0.004)

Frontal Plastic Þ ber optics

XUFZ

XUFZ04 0.002 (0.004)

Lateral Plastic Þ ber optics

XUFZ

XUFZ05 0.002 (0.004)

Protection accessories

Description For use with Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Protective tubing

Length 1 m

Plastic Þ ber optic light

guides with M4

threaded end Þ ttings

XUFZ210 0.040 (0.09)

Plastic Þ ber optic light

guides with M6

threaded end Þ ttings

XUFZ310 0.065 (0.14)

Other accessories

Description Sold in lots of Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Fiber trimmer 1XUFZ11 0.006 (0.01)

Plastic end adapter, for connecting

Ø 1 mm Þ bers to ampliÞ ers XUD A

2XUFZ08 0.002 (0.004)

(1) SpeciÞ cations obtained when the Þ ber is fully screwed into the lens (screwing depth = 4 mm).

XUFZ02

XUFZ01

XUFZ06

XUFZ13, XUFZ03

XUFZ14, XUFZ04

XUFZ15, XUFZ05

XUFZ 10

XUFZ11 XUFZ08

Catalog Numbers OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ ers

Accessories

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/133

Operating curves for plastic ﬁ ber optic light guides with mounting clamps

Sensing distance of ﬁ bers XUFZ9 ﬁ tted with mounting clamps XUFZ

Fiber type Clamp type

XUFZ13 XUFZ14, Z15 XUFZ03 XUFZ04, Z05 Without clamp

XUFZ910, Z920 (2 Þ bers L = 2 m) Sn, mm (in.) 150 (5.91) 100 (3.94) 800 (31.50) 600 (23.62) 200 (7.87)

XUFZ911, Z921 (2 Þ bers L = 2 m) Sn, mm (in.) 220 (8.66) 150 (5.91) 1200 (49.24) 900 (35.43) 300 (11.81)

Other Þ ber lengths:

5 m Þ bers: reduce the sensing distance by a factor of 0.7.

10 m Þ bers: reduce the sensing distance by a factor of 0.5.

20 m Þ bers: reduce the sensing distance by a factor of 0.3.

Operating curves with lens Operating curves without lens

Mounting clamp XUFZ03, Z04 or

Z05 +ﬁ ber XUFZ910 or Z920

Mounting clamp XUFZ03, Z04 or Z05

+ﬁ ber XUFZ911 or Z921

Mounting clamp XUFZ13, Z14 or Z15

+ﬁ ber XUFZ910 or Z920

Mounting clamp XUFZ13, Z14 or

Z15 +ﬁ ber XUFZ911 or Z921

Dimensions (mm)

XUFZ01 XUFZ210 XUFZ06

XUFZ02 XUFZ310

2 -2

Ø of

beam

4 -4

Ø of

beam

6 -6

Ø of

beam

6 -6

Ø of

beam

M2.6

1000

M8x1

6.5

9.2

M2.6

1000

M10x1 M6

across ß ats

Operating Cu rves OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ ers

Accessories

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/134

XUFZ03, XUFZ13 XUFZ04, XUFZ14 XUFZ05, XUFZ15

(1) Light beam window.

7.5

9.5 2.75

3.05

(1)

9.5 2.75

3.05 (1)

7.5

12.5

3.4

7.5

9.5 2.75

3.05

(1)

9.5 2.75

3.05

(1)

7.5

12.5

3.4

7.5

9.5 2.75

3.05

(1)

9.5 2.75

(1)

7.5

12.5

3.4

3.05

Dimensions OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application

Fiber optics for ampliÞ ers

Accessories

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/135

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

Optical fork without adjustment Connector Pre-cabled Angular fork

System Thru-beam

Type of transmission Red LED, modulated

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) 2–180 (0.08–7.09)

Minimum size of object

detected, mm (in.)

Passageway 2–120 mm 0.8 (0.03) 1.2 (0.05)

Passageway 150 mm 1 (0.04) 1.5 (0.06)

Fork type XUVR XUVA

Catalog numbers of forks type XUVR

3-wire

NO or NC function

PNP or NPN output

Passageway (A) Function Output Pre-cabled, length 2 m. Depth (B): 40 mm (1.18 in.)

30 mm (1.18 in.) NO PNP XUVR0303PANL2

BPassageway (A) Function Output M8 connector, 3-pin. Depth (B): 60 mm (2.36 in.)

50 mm (1.97 in.) NO PNP XUVR0605PANM8

NPN XUVR0605NANM8

NC PNP XUVR0605PBNM8

NPN XUVR0605NBNM8

80 mm (3.15 in.) NO PNP XUVR0608PANM8

NPN XUVR0608NANM8

A = Passageway NC PNP XUVR0608PBNM8

B = Depth NPN XUVR0608NBNM8

Passageway (A) Function Output M8 connector, 3-pin. Depth (B): 120 mm (4.72 in.)

120 mm

(4.72 in.)

NO PNP XUVR1212PANM8

NPN XUVR1212NANM8

NC PNP XUVR1212PBNM8

NPN XUVR1212NBNM8

180 mm

(7.09 in.)

NO PNP XUVR1218PANM8

NPN XUVR1218NANM8

NC PNP XUVR1218PBNM8

NPN XUVR1218NBNM8

Weight kg 0.080 to 0.190 (0.18 to 0.42 lb) depending on model

Catalog numbers of forks type XUVA

3-wire

NO function, PNP output

Type Function Output M8 connector, 3-pin

50 mm (1.97 in.) NO PNP XUVA0505PANM8

80 mm (3.15 in.) NO PNP XUVA0808PANM8

120 mm (4.72 in.) NO PNP XUVA1212PANM8

150 mm (5.91 in.) NO PNP XUVA1515PANM8

A = Passageway

Weight (kg) 0.100 to 0.195 (0.22 to 0.43 lb) depending on model

Other versions: consult the Sensor Competency Center.

Applications: detection on conveyor, detection on vibrating rail.

Accessories

Description Details Length of

cable (m)

Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Pre-wired M8 connector Straight 2 XZCP0566L2 0.060 (0.13)

Elbowed (90°) 2 XZCP0666L2 0.060 (0.13)

Straight 5 XZCP0566L5 0.120 (0.26)

Elbowed (90°) 5 XZCP0666L5 0.120 (0.26)

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Optical fork without adjustment

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/136

Speciﬁ cations XUVR XUVA

Product certiﬁ cations CE, UL, CSA CE

Ambient air temperature For operation -10 to +60 °C (+14 to 140 °F)

For storage -40 to +80 °C (-40 to +176 °F)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65 and IP 67

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude ± 0.75 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Materials Case Painted aluminium and polyamide

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) 10–30 V

Immunity to ambient light Natural light 10,000 lux

Incandescent bulb 5,000 lux

Switching capacity 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state < 1.5 V

Current consumption, no-load < 20 mA

Maximum switching frequency 4000 Hz

Delays First-up 140 ms max.

Stability ± 15 µs

Indicator lights Yellow LED Output signal

Dimensions (mm)

XUVR XUVA

A 1010

12.1

17.5 B

G1 G3G2

(1)

(2)

G4 G5 G6 G7

20.5

4.5

12.1

17.5

4.5

10.7

10.5

(2)

(1)

XUVR0303 (pre-cabled version detail) Orientation of elbowed connector

(1) Transmission LED - (2) Yellow LED: output signal (1) Transmission LED - (2) Yellow LED: output signal

Type XUVR

Passageway A

Depth B a b b1 G G1 G2 G3 Ø

XUVR0303 30 40 54 65.7 57.5 30 17 – – 4 x 4.3

XUVR0605 50 60 74 85.7 77.5 40 6.5 8 19.5 4 x 4.3

XUVR0608 80 60 104 85.7 77.5 70 6.5 8 19.5 4 x 4.3

XUVR01212 120 124.3 144 150.2 142 100 17 10 17 4 x 4.3

XUVR01218 180 124.3 204 150.2 142 152 22 8 22 4 x 4.3

Type XUVA Type Depth A a b b1 G G1 G2 G3 Ø G4 G5 G6 G7 c d e

XUVA0505 50 44.3 75 83 75 66 – – 4.5 4 x 4.3 ––––14.75 26.41 0

XUVA0808 80 74.3 105 113 105 96 – – 4.5 4 x 4.3 ––––14.75 26.41 0

XUVA1212 120 112.3 145 154 146 136 – – 4.5 4 x 4.3 ––––19.75 29.24 3

XUVA1515 150 142.3 175 184 176 166 – – 4.5 8 x 4.3 24 8 60 8 19.75 29.24 3

Wiring diagrams

M8 connector Pin n° - color Cabling +

–

BN/1

BK/4

BU/3

PNP

–

BN/1

BK/4

BU/3

NPN

1 BN

3 BU

4 BK

Application examples

Vibrating bowl Monitoring height of objects passing on a

conveyor

Detecting position of object on a

conveyor

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Optical fork without adjustment

DC supply. Solid-state output

SpeciÞ cations,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/137

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations,

Accessories

Optical fork with teach mode ± numeric potentiometer mode

Green keypad

Teach mode

Yellow keypad

System Thru-beam

Type of transmission Infrared LED, modulated

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 2–120 mm (0.08–4.72 in.)

Minimum size of object detected Passageway 2–120 mm 0.2 mm (0.008 in.)

Fork type XUYFNEP XUYFANEP

Catalog Number

4-wire, PNP/NPN

independent outputs

NO/NC

function,

selectable

Passageway (A) Depth (B) Depth (B)

mm (in.) 42 (1.65) 59 (2.32) 95 (3.74) 42 (1.65) 59 (2.32) 95 (3.74)

2 (0.08)

XUY

FNEP40002

XUY

FNEP60002

XUY

FNEP100002

XUY

FANEP40002

XUY

FANEP60002

XUY

FANEP100002

5 (0.12)

XUY

FNEP40005

XUY

FNEP60005

XUY

FNEP100005

XUY

FANEP40005

XUY

FANEP60005

XUY

FANEP100005

15 (0.59)

XUY

FNEP40015

XUY

FNEP60015

XUY

FNEP100015

XUY

FANEP40015

XUY

FANEP60015

XUY

FANEP100015

30 (1.18)

XUY

FNEP40030

XUY

FNEP60030

XUY

FNEP100030

XUY

FANEP40030

XUY

FANEP60030

XUY

FANEP100030

50 (1.97)

XUY

FNEP40050

XUY

FNEP60050

XUY

FNEP100050

XUY

FANEP40050

XUY

FANEP60050

XUY

FANEP100050

A = Passageway

B = Depth 80 (3.15)

XUY

FNEP40080

XUY

FNEP60080

XUY

FNEP100080

XUY

FANEP40080

XUY

FANEP60080

XUY

FANEP100080

120 (4.72

XUY

FNEP40120

XUY

FNEP60120

XUY

FNEP100120

XUY

FANEP40120

XUY

FANEP60120

XUY

FANEP100120

Weight, kg (lb) 0.055 to 0.128 (0.12 to 0.28) depending on model

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , cULus. This product is UL Listed if supplied by a class II or isolated supply delivering

c 30 V max. (isolated transformer for example) and protected by a UL fuse rated at 3 A max.

Ambient air temperature For operation -20 to +60 °C (-4 to +140 °F)

For storage -30 to+80 °C (-22 to +176°F)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Connection M8, 4-pin male connector (for 3-pin version, consult the Sensor Competency Center)

Vibration resistance

Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6

7 gn, amplitude ± 0.75 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance

Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27

30 gn, duration 11 ms

Materials Case Painted aluminium and polyamide/glass

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) 10–30 V

Immunity to ambient light Natural light 10,000 Lux

Incandescent bulb 5,000 Lux

Outputs PNP and NPN By independent wire

NO/NC By programming

Switching capacity 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state < 2 V

Current consumption, no-load 40 mA

Permissible capacitive load 330 nF

Maximum switching frequency 10 kHz

Response time Stability ±20 µs

Indicator lights Yellow LED Output signal

Red LED Adjustment mode and keypad locking

Application: Detection of labels, detection of double sheet, detection of reference marks, detection on conveyor, detection on vibrating rail.

Accessories

Description Details Length of

cable (m)

Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Pre-wired M8

connector

Straight 2 XZCP0941L2 0.080 (0.18)

Elbowed (90°) 2 XZCP1041L2 0.080 (0.18)

Straight 5 XZCP0941L5 0.180 (0.40)

Elbowed (90°) 5 XZCP1041L5 0.180 (0.40)

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Optical fork with teach mode

DC supply, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/138

Presentation

XUYFNEP XUYFANEP

3, 4

3 +4

Yellow LED On:

Output activated

Red LED On:

Adjustments and keypad

locking

Sensitivity adjustment

Keypad locking

(3 s press time < 6 s)

NO/NC (press time 6 s)

1sT

3, 4

3 +4

Yellow LED On:

Output activated

Red LED On:

Adjustments and keypad locking

Sensitivity adjustment

Teach mode and automatic adjustment of sensitivity

(press time < 3 seconds)

Keypad locking (3 s press time < 6 s)

NO/NC (press time 6 s)

Dimensions (mm)

XUYFNEP / XUYFANEP

10 B5

5xØ4

10 11

= =

Optical axis

XUY Passageway Depth

AB (mm) b1 (mm) C

FNEP/FANEP 002 2 (0.08 in.) 42, 59, 95

(1.65, 2.32, 3.74 in.)

57, 74, 110

(2.24, 2.91, 4.33 in.)

FNEP/FANEP 005 5 (0.20 in.) 42, 59, 95

(1.65, 2.32, 3.74 in.)

57, 74, 110

(2.24, 2.91, 4.33 in.)

FNEP/FANEP 015 15 (0.59 in.) 42, 59, 95

(1.65, 2.32, 3.74 in.)

57, 74, 110

(2.24, 2.91, 4.33 in.)

FNEP/FANEP 030 30 (1.18 in.) 42, 59, 95

(1.65, 2.32, 3.74 in.)

57, 74, 110

(2.24, 2.91, 4.33 in.)

FNEP/FANEP 050 50 (1.97 in.) 42, 59, 95

(1.65, 2.32, 3.74 in.)

57, 74, 110

(2.24, 2.91, 4.33 in.)

FNEP/FANEP 080 80 (3.15 in.) 42, 59, 95

(1.65, 2.32, 3.74 in.)

57, 74, 110

(2.24, 2.91, 4.33 in.)

FNEP/FANEP 120 120 (4.72 in.) 42, 59, 95

(1.65, 2.32, 3.74 in.)

57, 74, 110

(2.24, 2.91, 4.33 in.)

110

Wiring diagrams

Cabling M8 connector

1 3

Pin n° - color

c 10/30 V

c 0 V

1 BN: Brown

2 WH: White

3 BU: Blue

4 BK: Black

Application examples

Green keypad: Potentiometer mode Yellow keypad: Teach mode

Detection of labels on belt Detection of sheet feed on printing machine

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Optical fork with teach mode

DC supply, solid-state output

Presentation,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/139

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations,

Accessories

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Optical fork with laser transmission, with teach mode

DC supply, solid-state output

High sensitivity fork range ± numeric potentiometer mode

Green keypad

Teach mode

Yellow keypad

Laser

Class 1

Laser class 1, conforming to

IEC 825-1

System Thru-beam

Type of transmission Red laser, modulated, class 1, wavelength: 670 m (2198 ft)

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 2–120 mm (0.0804.72 in.)

Minimum size of object detected Passageway 2–120 mm 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) (repeat accuracy 0.01 mm (0.0004 in.)

Fork type XUYFLNEP XUYFALNEP

Catalog Numbers

4-wire, PNP/NPN

independent outputs

NO/NC

function,

selectable

Passageway

(A)

Depth (B) Depth (B)

mm (in.) 42 (1.65) 59 (2.32) 95 (3.74) 42 (1.65) 59 (2.32) 95 (3.74)

2 (0.08)

XUY

FLNEP40002

XUY

FLNEP60002

XUY

FLNEP100002

XUY

FALNEP40002

XUY

FALNEP60002

XUY

FALNEP100002

5 (0.20)

XUY

FLNEP40005

XUY

FLNEP60005

XUY

FLNEP100005

XUY

FALNEP40005

XUY

FALNEP60005

XUY

FALNEP100005

15 (0.59)

XUY

FLNEP40015

XUY

FLNEP60015

XUY

FLNEP100015

XUY

FALNEP40015

XUY

FALNEP60015

XUY

FALNEP100015

30 (1.18)

XUY

FLNEP40030

XUY

FLNEP60030

XUY

FLNEP100030

XUY

FALNEP40030

XUY

FALNEP60030

XUY

FALNEP100030

50 (1.97)

XUY

FLNEP40050

XUY

FLNEP60050

XUY

FLNEP100050

XUY

FALNEP40050

XUY

FALNEP60050

XUY

FALNEP100050

A = Passageway

B = Depth

80 (3.15)

XUY

FLNEP40080

XUY

FLNEP60080

XUY

FLNEP100080

XUY

FALNEP40080

XUY

FALNEP60080

XUY

FALNEP100080

120 (4.72)

XUY

FLNEP40120

XUY

FLNEP60120

XUY

FLNEP100120

XUY

FALNEP40120

XUY

FALNEP60120

XUY

FALNEP100120

Weight, kg (lb) 0.055 to 0.128 (0.12 to 0.28) depending on model

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , cULus. This product is UL Listed if supplied by a class II or isolated supply delivering

c 30 V max. (isolated transformer for example) and protected by a UL fuse rated at 3 A max.

Ambient air temperature For operation -20 to +50 °C (-4 to +122 °F)

For storage - 30 to +80 °C (-22 to +176 °F)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Connection M8, 4-pin male connector

Vibration resistance

Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6

7 gn, amplitude ± 0.75 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)

Shock resistance

Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27

30 gn, duration 11 ms

Materials Case Painted aluminium and polyamide/glass

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) 10–30 V

Immunity to ambient light Natural light 10,000 Lux

Incandescent bulb 5,000 Lux

Outputs PNP/NPN By wiring

NO/NC Using teach

Switching capacity 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state < 2 V

Current consumption, no-load < 40 mA

Permissible capacitive load 330 nF

Maximum switching frequency 10 kHz

Response time Stability ±20 µs

Indicator lights Yellow LED: output signal; red LED: keypad locking and adjustments.

Applications: Detection of reference marks, detection on conveyor, detection on vibrating rail, detection of transparent object.

Accessories

Description Details Length of

cable (m)

Catalog Number Weight

kg (lb)

Pre-wired M8

connector

Straight 2 XZCP0941L2 0.080 (0.18)

Elbowed (90°) 2 XZCP1041L2 0.080 (0.18)

Straight 5 XZCP0941L5 0.180 (0.40)

Elbowed (90°) 5 XZCP1041L5 0.180 (0.40)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/140

Presentation,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application

Optical fork with laser transmission, with teach mode

DC supply, solid-state output

Presentation

XUYFLNEP XUYFALNEP

3, 4

3 +4

Yellow LED On:

Output activated

Red LED On:

Adjustments and keypad

locking

Sensitivity adjustment

Keypad locking

(3 s press time < 6 s)

NO/NC (press time 6 s)

3, 4

3 +4

Yellow LED On:

Output activated

Red LED On:

Adjustments and keypad locking

Sensitivity adjustment

Teach mode and automatic adjustment of sensitivity

(press time < 3 seconds)

Keypad locking (3 s press time < 6 s)

NO/NC (press time 6 s)

Dimensions (mm)

XUYFLNEP / XUYFALNEP

10 B5

5xØ4

10 19.5

= =

XUY

Passageway

Depth b1 C

A B

FLNEP/FALNEP 22 (0.08 in.) 42, 59, 95

(1.65, 2.32, 3.74 in.)

57, 74, 110

(2.24, 2.91, 4.33 in.)

FLNEP/FALNEP 5 5 (0.20 in.) 42, 59, 95

(1.65, 2.32, 3.74 in.)

57, 74, 110

(2.24, 2.91, 4.33 in.)

FLNEP/FALNEP 15 15 (0.59 in.) 42, 59, 95

(1.65, 2.32, 3.74 in.)

57, 74, 110

(2.24, 2.91, 4.33 in.)

FLNEP/FALNEP 30 30 (1.18 in.) 42, 59, 95

(1.65, 2.32, 3.74 in.)

57, 74, 110

(2.24, 2.91, 4.33 in.)

FLNEP/FALNEP 50 50 (1.97 in.) 42, 59, 95

(1.65, 2.32, 3.74 in.)

57, 74, 110

(2.24, 2.91, 4.33 in.)

FLNEP/FALNEP 80 80 (3.15 in.) 42, 59, 95

(1.65, 2.32, 3.74 in.)

57, 74, 110

(2.24, 2.91, 4.33 in.)

FLNEP/FALNEP 120 120 (4.72 in.) 42, 59, 95

(1.65, 2.32, 3.74 in.)

57, 74, 110

(2.24, 2.91, 4.33 in.)

110

Wiring diagrams

Cabling M8 connector

1 3

Pin n° - color

c 10/30 V

c 0 V

1 BN: Brown

2 WH: White

3 BU: Blue

4 BK: Black

Application examples

Green keypad: Potentiometer mode Yellow keypad: Teach mode

Detection of an object exiting a vibrating bowl Detection of transparent bottles (glass, PET…)

1sT

Optical axis

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/141

Fork design

System Thru-beam

Type of transmission Infrared, continuous

Nominal sensing distance Sn,

mm (in.)

(Passageway) 3 (0.12) 5 (0.20)

Catalog Number

4-wire, PNP and NPN NO or NC programmable

function (1)

Automatic adjustment using

teach mode

XUYFA983003COS XUYFA983005COS

Weight, kg (lb) 0.07 (0.15) 0.07 (0.15)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , cULus

Ambient air temperature For operation -20 to +60 °C (-40 to +140 °F)

For storage -30 to +80 °C (-22 to +176 °F)

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Connection M8, 4-pin connector (for pre-cabled version, consult the Sensor Competency Center)

Materials Anodised aluminium

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple) 10–30 V

Switching capacity (sealed) 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Immunity to ambient light Natural light 3,000 lux

Incandescent bulb 3,000 lux

Voltage drop, closed state < 2 V

Current consumption, no-load 40 mA

Maximum switching frequency 10 kHz

Delays Response: 50 Ps; recovery: 50 Ps

Indicator lights Green LED: no object present

Red LED: keypad locking and adjustments.

Function table Function Thru-beam system

No label present in the beam Label present in the beam

Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator: green LED

(illuminated when sensor output is ON)

(1) By reversing supply connections.

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application, packaging series

Optical fork with teach mode

For detection of labels

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/142

Presentation (adjustment and indicators)

Optional use of the white wire

Teaching is performed on the item to which the label is afÞ xed

1 Teach mode button

1 press: standard teaching (red LED ß ashes for 2 s) -

2 presses: Þ ne teaching (green LED ß ashes for 2 s) -

1 prolonged press: keypad locking (red LED on) -

2 Red LED and green LED ß ash: short-circuit or object too opaque.

Dimensions (mm)

12 22 .5

515

Ø4.2

Optical axis

XUY a (passageway)

FA98 3COS 2

FA98 5COS 5

Wiring diagrams (sensor connector pin view)

Connector

0 V

c 10/30 V

BU 0 V

c 10/30 V

Pin n° - color

1 BN: Brown

2 WH: White (input)

3 BU: Blue

4 BK: Black (PNP and NPN outputs)

Object detected

If the white wire is not used, connect to 0 V.

Application examples

Detection of overlapping envelopes Detection of labels on belt

Presentation,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

Application, packaging series

Optical fork with teach mode

For detection of labels

DC supply. Solid-state output

NO NC

1 3

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/143

Fork design

System Thru-beam

Type of transmission Infrared Red/green

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 2 mm (0.26 in.)

Catalog Numbers

3-wire, PNP and NPN Light or dark programmable

switching (2)

XUVK0252S XUVK0252VS

Weight, kg (lbs) 0.120 (0.26)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations

Ambient air temperature For operation: 0 to +55 °C (+32 to +131 °F) For storage: -20 to +70 °C (-4 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Amplitude ± 1.5 mm up to 55 Hz, 7 gn (f = 10–55 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Connection M8 connector (suitable female connectors)

Materials Case: zinc alloy; lens: glass

Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits 10–30 V (including ripple)

Switching capacity (sealed) 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state 1.5 V

Output clamping resistor 10 k:

Current consumption, no-load 50 mA

Maximum switching frequency 25 kHz

Delays First-up: 30 ms; response: < 100 Ps; recovery: < 100 Ps

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED

Sensor ready Green LED

Read error Red LED

Function table Function Thru-beam system

No label present in the path Label present in the path

Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator: yellow LED

(illuminated when sensor output is on)

Light switching

Dark switching

(1) Applications: the infrared transmission beam sensor XUVK0252S is suitable for the detection of all types of opaque legends; the red/green transmission sensor

XUVK0252VS is suitable for the detection of all types of legends of different colors.

(2) This sensor is adjustable using teach mode: the light or dark switching function is selected when performing the Þ rst stage of teaching for setting up the sensor

(see Programming using teach mode on page).

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application, packaging series

For detection of labels (1)

DC supply, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/144

Presentation Programming using teach mode

Place the label to be detected in the beam of the optical fork. Press the Set button

and hold down until the green LED

goes out.

When the green LED

ß ashes, the detector has learned the label. Following this,

place the item to which the label is afÞ xed in the beam of the optical fork. Press the

Set button and hold down until the green LED

goes out.

When the green LED

illuminates as a steady light, teaching is completed and

the sensor is ready for operation.

1 Yellow LED, output state indicator

2 Dual color green/red LED, Ready/Error

3 Teach mode programming Set button

4 Locking screw

Dimensions (mm)

Connector diagram (sensor connector pin view)

1 mm

–

NPN output PNP output

Presentation,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application, packaging series

For detection of labels

DC supply, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/145

Fork design

System Thru-beam

Type of transmission Ultrasonic

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) 3 (0.12 )

Catalog Number

4-wire, PNP and NPN Light switching (NC) or dark

switching (NO) programmable

XUVU06M3KCNM8

Adjustment By numerical potentiometer (± buttons) and red LED

Protection of settings By locking keypad

Weight, kg (lb) 0.130 (0.29)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , IEC 60947-5-2, CSA, cULus. This product is UL listed if supplied by a class II or isolated supply

delivering 30 V max. (isolated transformer for example) and protected by a UL fuse rated 3 A max.

Materials Aluminium case

Connection M8 4-pin connector

Detection performance Minimum length of label 2 mm (0.08 in.)

Minimum distance between

2 labels

2 mm (0.08 in.)

Maximum ß ow rate 120 m/min

Detection accuracy ± 0.16 mm (0.52 in.) at 60 m/min

± 0.30 mm (0.98 in.) at 120 m/min

Power supply Rated supply voltage 12–24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits 10–30 V (including ripple)

Current consumption, no-load 40 mA

Residual voltage

At 100 mA < 2 V

At 10 mA < 1 V

Output Type NPN and PNP

Function Light switching (NC) or dark switching (NO), to be programmed

Maximum rated current 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Maximum switching frequency 500 Hz

LED indicators

Output state Yellow LED

Delay On and Off: 500 µs

Environment Operating temperature +5 to +55 °C (+41 to +131 °F)

Storage temperature -20 to +70 °C (-4 to +158 °F)

Degree of protection IP 65

Function table Function Thru-beam system

No label present in the beam

(output inactive)

Label present in the beam

(output active)

Output state (PNP or NPN) yellow LED

(illuminated when sensor output is on)

Light switching

(NC)

Dark switching

(NO)

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XX

Ultrasonic sensor

Application, packaging series

For detection of transparent labels

DC supply, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/146

Presentation (adjustment and display)

1 Tripping threshold adjustment using ± buttons

2 Locking of keypad by simultaneously pressing ± buttons and holding down for 3 s

3 Selection of output type (NO or NC) by simultaneously pressing ± buttons and

holding down for 6 s

4 Yellow LED: On when outputs active (current established)

Yellow LED: Flashes slowly in event of output short-circuit

5 Red LED: On each time the ± buttons are pressed

Red LED: Permanently On when keypad locked

Red LED: Off when keypad unlocked

Dimensions (mm)

92.5

16 22

22.3

7.20 6.5

68.8

Ø4.2

16.2

30.2

Wiring diagram (sensor connector pin view)

Connector

0 V

c 10/30 V

1 BN

2 WH

4 BK

3 BU

1 3

1 Brown +10... 30 V

2 White NPN output

3 Blue 0 V

4 Black PNP output

Application example

Detection of transparent labels on transparent or opaque strip

Presentation,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagram

OsiSense® XX

Ultrasonic sensor

Application, packaging series

For detection of transparent labels

DC supply, solid-state output

NPN

PNP

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/147

Fork design

System Thru-beam

Type of transmission Infrared

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) 30 (1.18)

Catalog Number

3-wire, PNP NO function XUVH0312

3-wire, NPN NO function XUVJ0312

Weight, kg (lb) 0.130 (0.29)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations

Ambient air temperature For operation -5 to +55 °C (+23 to 131°F)

For storage -20 to +70 °C (-4 to +158 °F)

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Amplitude ±1 mm up to 42 Hz, 7 gn (f = 10–42 Hz)

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 54

Connection Pre-cabled: diameter 5 mm, length 2 m, wire c.s.a.: 3 x 0.34 mm² (22 AWG)

Materials Case PC/ABS

Lenses PMMA

Cable PvR

Rated supply voltage 24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits 19–38 V (including ripple)

Switching capacity (sealed) d150 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state d 1.5 V

Current consumption, no-load d 20 mA

Maximum switching frequency 1000 Hz

Delays First-up d 30 ms

Response 500 Ps

Recovery 500 Ps

Function table Function Thru-beam system

NO function No object present in the beam Object present in the beam

Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator: red LED

(illuminated when sensor output is ON)

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, material handling series

Optical fork with integrated ampliÞ er

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/148

Operating curve

Dimensions (mm)

(1) Optical axis

(2) Red LED

(3) Diffuser

Max. tightening torque of mounting screws: 3 N•m (26.55 lb-in)

Wiring diagrams (3-wire )

NO function

PNP output NPN output

. .

–

Operating Curves,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Application, material handling series

Optical fork with integrated ampliÞ er

DC supply. Solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/149

System Thru-beam

Type of transmission Infrared

Passageway dimensions, mm (in.) 30 x 30

(1.18 x 1.18)

60 x 60

(2.36 x 2.36)

200 x 120

(7.87 x 4.72)

200 x 180

(7.87 x 7.08)

200 x 250

(7.87 x 9.87)

Minimum size of object to be detected, mm (in.) Ø 2 mm (0.08) Ø 4 mm (0.016)

Catalog Number

3-wire, PNP and NPN

Output function On or

Off on passage of object,

programmable

Minimum size of object detected

– – – – –

Ø 2 mm (0.08 in.) XUVF30M8 XUVF60M8 – – –

Ø 4 mm (0.16 in.) – – XUVF120M12 XUVF180M12 XUVF250M12

Ø 10 mm (0.39 in.) – – XUYFRS120S XUYFRS180S XUYFRS250S

Weight, kg (lb) 0.080

(0.18)

0.140

(0.31)

1.060

(2.34)

1.200

(2.65)

1.320

(2.91)

Speciﬁ cations

Product certiﬁ cations , cULus

Ambient air temperature For operation: 0 to +60 °C (+32 to +140 °F). For storage: -20 to +80 °C (-4 to +176 °F)

Vibration resistance 25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm (f = 10–55 Hz), conforming to IEC 60068-2-6

Shock resistance 30 gn, duration 11 ms, conforming to IEC 60068-2-27

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Connection M8 connector (suitable

female connectors, including

pre-wired versions)

M12 connector (suitable female connectors, including

pre-wired versions)

Materials Case Painted aluminium

Lenses Polycarbonate Altuglass

Immunity to ambient light Sunlight: 4,000 lux max., incandescent light: 400 lux max.

Passing speed of object Min.: 10 cm/s, max.: 15 m/s

(Ø 2 mm object)

Min.: 10 cm/s, max.: 15 m/s (Ø 4 mm object)

Rated supply voltage 24 V with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits 18–30 Vdc (including ripple)

Switching capacity

(sealed)

100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Voltage drop, closed state < 2 Vdc

Current consumption, no-load 120 mA 400 mA

Maximum switching frequency 500 Hz

Delays First-up: 100 ms; response: < 1 ms; recovery: < 1 ms

Time delay Off-delay (reset): adjustable between 0 and 5 seconds

Function table Function Thru-beam system

No object present

in the path

Passage of object

through the path

Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator:

green LED

(illuminated when sensor output is On)

Output Off

on passage

of object

Output On

on passage

of object

(1) XUVF sensors are suitable for detecting the passage of all types of objects (metal or plastic, of any shape or color), provided that the ß ow is dynamic.

Applications: counting parts, ß ow control of injection machine parts, etc.

Catalog Numbers,

SpeciÞ cations OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application, assembly series

Dynamic detection of passage of objects, counting parts (1)

DC supply, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/150

Presentation,

Dimensions,

Wiring Diagrams

Presentation

XUVF30M8 XUV F60M8 XUVF 0M12, XUYFRS 0S

1 Sensitivity adjustment potentiometer.

2 Time delay adjustment potentiometer.

3 Indicators:

Green LED: output

Red LED: alarm

Notes:

In the event of a supply malfunction, the red LED -

ß ashes.

In the event of a short-circuit on the output, both -

the red and green LEDs ß ash.

Dimensions (mm)

XUVF30M8 XUVF 0M12, XUYFRS 0S

XUVF60M8

XUV XUY a a1

F120M12 FRS120S 205 120 (4.72 in.)

F180M12 FRS180S 265 180 (7.08 in.)

F250M12 FRS250S 335 250 (9.84 in.)

(1) Transmitting face.

(2) Reception face.

Wiring diagrams

Wiring diagrams (3-wire ) Connector diagram (sensor connector pin view)

Output On on passage of object programmed (1) Output On on passage of object programmed (1)

PNP output NPN output XUVF 0M8 XUVF 0M12, XUYFRS 0S

Note: the alarm (2) triggers in the event of an object stopping within the beam.

(1) To program the sensor for Output Off on passage of object, connect contact 3 to (+) and contact 1 to (–).

1630

108

3.5

11.6

(2)

(1)

200

222.5

230

M12

25 25

(2) (1)

1660

131

11.6

3.5

(2) (1)

–

1 (+) 3 ( )

–

larm Output

1 (+)

3 (

–

)

larm Output

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 0

Application, assembly series

Dynamic detection of passage of objects, counting parts

DC supply, solid-state output

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/151

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Accessories

3D mounting kit (1)

Description For use with

sensor type

Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

Ball-joint mounted bracket

for mounting on M12 rod

XUB or XUZC50 XUZB2003 0.170 (0.37)

XUM0 or XUZC50 XUZM2003 0.140 (0.31)

XUK or XUZC50 XUZK2003 0.170 (0.37)

XUX or XUZC50 XUZX2003 0.220 (0.49)

Ball-joint mounted bracket

with protective cover for

mounting on M12 rod

XUM0 XUZM2004 0.155 (0.34)

XUK XUZK2004 0.270 (0.60)

XUX XUZX2004 0.420 (0.93)

Support for M12 rod –XUZ2003 0.150 (0.33)

M12 rod

(adjustment possible over

complete height)

–XUZ2001 0.050 (0.11)

(1) To obtain a 3D mounting kit, order:

- XUZ2003 rod support

- XUZ2001 M12 rod

- XUZ 200 ball-joint mounted bracket

Mounting accessories

Description For use with

sensor type

Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

Stainless steel mounting

bracket

XUB XUZA118 0.045 (0.10)

Metal mounting brackets XUM XUZA50 0.025 (0.06)

XUK XUZA51 0.050 (0.11)

XUX XUZX2000 0.065 (0.14)

XUL XULZ41 0.050 (0.11)

XUJ XUZA41 0.050 (0.11)

XUJ B XUZA49 0.120 (0.26)

Plastic mounting bracket

with adjustable ball-joint

XU (Ø 18 mm) XUZA218 0.035 (0.08)

XUC XSZSB30 0.068 (0.15)

Precision mounting bracket

with micrometric adjustment

XU2 (Ø 18 mm)

with laser transmission

XUZA318 0.170 (0.37)

Plastic mounting clamps

with locking screw

XUA (Ø 8 mm) XSAZ108 0.007 (0.02)

XSZB108 0.006 (0.01)

XU (Ø 18 mm) With lug XSAZ118 0.020 (0.04)

With indexing pin XSZB118 0.010 (0.02)

With 24.1 mm ctrs. XUZB2005 0.007 (0.02)

Glass Þ ber optics XUFS0810 XSAZ145 0.005 (0.01)

Fiber optics XUFS2510 XSAZ155 0.005 (0.01)

Fiber optics XUFS0210 XSAZ185 0.005 (0.01)

Set of 2 plastic nuts XU (Ø 18 mm) XSZE218 0.004 (0.01)

Set of 2 metal nuts XU (Ø 18 mm) XSZE118 0.015 (0.03)

Set of 2 stainless steel nuts XU (Ø 18 mm) XSZE318 0.015 (0.03)

XUZ 2003

XUZ 2001 200XUZ

XUZA51

XUZX2004

XUZK2004XUZM2004

XUZX2003

XUZK2003XUZM2003

UZB2003

XUZ2001

XUZX2000

XUZA50

3D mounting kit

example

XSAZ1

UZA49

XUZA41

XULZ41

XUZA118

XUZA318

XUZA218

UZ2003

XSZB1 XUZB2005

Catalog Numbers

XSZSB30

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/152

1Corner cube reß ectors used with retroreß ective photoelectric sensors provide a high degree of

reliability, since they return the light to its source even if the reß ector and the sensor are

signiÞ cantly skewed with respect to one another. Corner cube reß ectors also have the only

reß ective surface that works with polarized photoelectric sensors.

The nominal sensing distance for every retroreß ective sensor model in this catalog was

established using a 3 in. (76 mm) RF30 reß ector. Smaller reß ectors will result in shorter

sensing distances. These reß ectors are used to detect smaller targets comparable with their

dimension. The standard reß ectors present a blind spot at about 10% of the sensing distance.

Special reß ectors XUZC24/50 are designed to eliminate this inconvenience and even allow

the reß ector to touch the sensor lenses.

RF30 and RF20 models can be mounted with a bolt. The RF10 model can be mounted by

using a bezel or plate (not provided) or by using their own adhesive tape.

Rectangular reß ectors increase sensing precision. They are also easier to mount side by side

to increase the reß ective surface.

Retroreß ective tape can be used to cover unusually shaped targets. Reß ector tape not a

corner cube reß ective. Only Super-reß ective tape is a corner cube reß ective. Super-reß ective

tape can be used with both polarized and non-polarized retroreß ective sensors.

Reﬂ ectors

Description Reﬂ ectivity Temperature Range Catalog Number

76 mm (3 in.) diameter, acrylic lens 4000X 65 °C (150 °F) RF30

51 mm (2 in.) diameter, acrylic lens 4000X 65 °C (150 °F) RF20

25 mm (1 in.) diameter, acrylic lens 4000X 65 °C (150 °F) RF10

83 x 38 mm (3.25 x 1.5 in.), acrylic lens (orange) 4000X 65 °C (150 °F) RF13

102 x 102 mm (4 x 4 in.) diameter, acrylic lens 4000X 65 °C (150 °F) XUZC100

33 x 28 mm (1.3 x 1.1 in.) close proximity—acrylic (1) 6000X 65 °C (150 °F) XUZC24

51 x 51 mm (2 x 2 in.) close proximity—acrylic (1) 6000X 65 °C (150 °F) XUZC50

16 mm (0.63 in.) 4000X 65 °C (150 °F) XUZC16

21 mm (0.83 in.) 4000X 65 °C (150 °F) XUZC21

31 mm (1.22 in.) 4000X 65 °C (150 °F) XUZC31

39 mm (1.53 in.) 4000X 65 °C (150 °F) XUZC39

80 mm (3.15 in.) 4000X 65 °C (150 °F) XUZC80

(1) XUZC24/50 reß ectors must always be mounted in the vertical plane with respect to the optical axis of the sensor.

Retroreﬂ ective Tape

Description Typical Luminance Factor (2) Temperature Catalog Number

Photoelectric grade sheeting with adhesive backing (3)

76 mm (3 in.) wide, 0.3 m (1 ft) long (4) 200X 93.4 °C (200 °F) RF7590

High intensity sheeting with adhesive backing—vinyl sealed (3)

76 mm (3 in.) wide, 0.3 m (1 ft) long (4) 670X 65.6 °C (150 °F) RF3870

High gain sheeting with adhesive backing—porous surface (3)

51 mm (2 in.) wide, 0.3 m (1 ft) long (4) 900X 79.5 °C (175 °F) RF7610

Super Reﬂ ective Tape—corner cube type, adhesive backing

Can be used with polarized retroreﬂ ective systems

Description Typical Luminance Factor (2) Temperature Catalog Number

1 in. (25 mm) wide, 3 ft (1 m) long 2000X 60 °C (140 °F) XUZB11

1 in. (25 mm) wide, 16 ft (5 m) long 2000X 60 °C (140 °F) XUZB15

(2) Perpendicular reading. Expressed as times brighter than a perfectly diffusing, white surface.

(3) Not suitable for polarized models.

(4) Also available in 3 m (10 ft), 15 m (50 ft) and 30 m (100 ft) lengths.

3.9

100

3.9

100

0.31 (8)

2.0

1.0

3.25

1.0

0.82

1.30

0.94

= =

1.14

0.3 (8)

XUZC100

XUZC24

RF10

RF13

RF20

RF30

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Accessories

Catalog Numbers (continued)

in.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/153

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Accessories

Reﬂ ectors

Description Dimensions

(mm)

Length

(m)

Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

Standard reﬂ ectors Ø 16 – XUZC16 0.002 (0.002)

Ø 21 – XUZC21 0.002 (0.002)

Ø 31 – XUZC31 0.005 (0.010)

Ø 39 – XUZC39 0.008 (0.020)

Ø 80 – XUZC80 0.029 (0.060)

Universal reﬂ ector

(without blind zone)

50 x 50 – XUZC50 0.020 (0.040)

Reﬂ ector for short sensing

distances

24 x 21 – XUZC24 0.007 (0.020)

Reﬂ ector for long sensing

distances

100 x 100 – XUZC100 0.062 (0.140)

Standard reﬂ ective adhesive

tape (1)

Width: 22

Thickness: 0.4

1 XUZB01 0.015 (0.030)

5XUZB05 0.075 (0.170)

Reﬂ ective adhesive

tape (1)

(speciÞ cally for polarized

retroreß ective systems)

Width: 22

Thickness: 0.4

1XUZB11 0.020 (0.040)

5XUZB15 0.085 (0.190)

Protective covers

Description For use with Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

Protective covers Sensors XUX and XUJ XUZD25 0.920 (2.030)

Reß ectors XUZC80

or XUZC24

XUZD15 0.270 (0.600)

Potentiometer

protective cover

Sensors XUJ XUJZ01 0.015 (0.030)

Cabling accessories

Description Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

Adapter, ISO 16 - 1/2 NPT XUZX2001 0.050 (0.110)

Adapter, ISO 16 - ISO 20 XUZX2002 0.050 (0.110)

Lenses

Description For use with Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

Lens for spot

enlargement

Sensors XUR XURZ01 0.010 (0.020)

Lens accessory for

spot reduction

Sensors XUR XURZ02 0.015 (0.030)

Spare parts

Description For use

with

Sold in

lots of

Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

Plastic end adapter for

connecting Ø 1 mm Þ ber optics

AmpliÞ ers XUD

2XUFZ08 0.002 (0.002)

Protection fuses

Description For use

with

Sold in

lots of

Catalog

Number

Weight

kg (lb)

Cartridge fuse

5 x 20

0.4 A fast-acting

Sensors without

short-circuit

protection

10 XUZE04 0.001 (0.001)

Fuse terminal block Cartridge fuses

XUZE0

50 AB1FU10135U 0.040 (0.010)

(1) Suitable for use at maximum ambient temperature of +50 °C (122 °F).

XUZC50XUZC XUZC24

XUZB0XUZC100

XUJZ01XUZD25

XUZD15

XURZ02XURZ01

XUZX2001

XUFZ08

Catalog Numbers (continued)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/154

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Accessories

XUZB2003 XUZ2001 XUZ2003

Ball-joint mounted bracket for XUB or XUZC50 M12 rod Support for M12 rod

XUZM2003 XUZM2004

Ball-joint mounted bracket for XUM (1) or XUZC50 Ball-joint mounted bracket with protective cover for XUM (1)

XUZK2003 XUZK2004

Ball-joint mounted bracket for XUK (1) or XUZC50 Ball-joint mounted bracket with protective cover for XUK (1)

XUZX2003 XUZX2004

Ball-joint mounted bracket for XUX (1) or XUZC50 Ball-joint mounted bracket with protective cover for XUX (1)

(1) Accessory mounting screws included.

5.7

22.9

76.5

126

50 55

132

M12

1.9

19 19

M3 21

12.5

19.5

13.5

40.5 21

17.5

59.5

25.8

56.5

2030.6

40.528 M4

52.5

100

23.1

4.5

40.5 41.5

23.5

49.5

Dimensions (mm)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/155

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Accessories

XUZB2003 +XUZ2001 +XUZ2003 XUZ2001 +XUZ2003

3D mounting kit for XUB or reß ector XUZC50 M12 rod +rod support

XUZM2003 +XUZ2001 XUZM2004 +XUZ2001

3D mounting kit for XUM or reß ector XUZC50 3D mounting kit with protective cover for XUM

XUZK2003 +XUZ2001 XUZK2004 +XUZ2001 +XUZ2003

3D mounting kit for XUK or reß ector XUZC50 3D mounting kit with protective cover for XUK

XUZX2003 +XUZ2001 XUZX2004 +XUZ2001

3D mounting kit for XUX or reß ector XUZC50 3D mounting kit with protective cover for XUX

Mounting example

Mounting

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/156

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Accessories

XUZA118 XUZA218 XUZA50

Mounting bracket for XUB (Ø 18) Mounting bracket with adjustable ball-joint

for XU (Ø 18)

Mounting bracket for XUM (2)

XSZSB30 XUZA51 XUZX2000

Mounting bracket for XUC (2) Mounting bracket for XUK (2) Mounting bracket for XUX (2)

XUZA318 XSZB108, XSZB118

Mounting bracket with micrometric adjustment for XU2 (Ø 18)

with laser transmission

Mounting clamps for XUA and XU (Ø 18)

XCZ a a1 b b1 b2 Ø

B108 21.1 14.5 14.2 12.8 7.5 8

B118 26 15.7 22.3 20.1 11.5 18

(1) 2 elongated holes Ø 4 x 8.

XUZB2005 XSAZ1

Mounting clamps with 24.1 mm centers for XU (Ø 18) Mounting clamps for XUA, XU (Ø 18), XUF

XSA a b b1 c d Ød1 Ød2 Ød3 fG G1

Z108 23.5 14.2 16.7 10 8 8.1 2410.5 16 5

Z118 41 30 33 17 18 18.1 3.9 624 30 7

Z145 23.5 14.2 16.7 10 8 4.7 2410.5 16 5

Z155 23.5 14.2 16.7 10 8 5.7 2410.5 16 5

(2) Accessory mounting screws included. Z185 23.5 14.2 16.7 10 8 8.6 2410.5 16 5

2.5

206.5

6.5

16.5

= =

248

= =

6.5

19.5

6.5

9.5

34 30

8 249.5 9.58

4822.3

(1)

38.3

3.5

Ø3 Ø3

13.2

16 30.7

24.1

= =

2.5

= =

G G1

Dimensions

¯5.5

106

714

2412±0.1

6.5

12.8

16.5 28 20

5 13

10°

48.5

18 7

6 x 13

622

6 x 12

12 40

47.5

3.2

8.3

5°

10 3

3 x 4

525.5 4.5

8.2 x 3.2

27.9

(1.10)

29.2

(1.15)

28.7

(1.13) 50.8

(2.00)

66.7

(2.62)

12.7

(0.50)

M30x1

14.2

(0.56)

6.34

(0.25)

20.3

(0.80)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/157

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Accessories

XUZD15 XUZD25

Protective cover for XUZC80 or XUZC24 Protective cover for XUX or XUJ

XUZC XUZC50 XUZM2003 +XUZ2001 +XUZ2003

+XUZC50

Mounting example

XUZ Ø c d

C16 21 5.5 17

C21 25.5 6 20.5

C31 35 7.5 30.5

C39 46 6.5 37

(1) 2 elongated holes Ø 4.5 x 8

XUZC24 XUZC100 XUZX2001

XUZC80 XUZX2002

80 73

128–135

83.4

133.5

149

(1)

101.5 1616

= =

3.5

(1)

4xR5

51.5

7.5

24 .

100

9.5 100

11.3

M16

1/2" NPT

7.5

4.5

M20

M16

11.3

Dimensions (continued)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/158

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

XUB0 Multimode function

with line of sight along case axis

Sensing distance and operating margin

Background suppression mode

Without accessory

a: with background teaching at maximum

recommended distance.

b: with background teaching at minimum

recommended distance.

Example: teaching against a background located at

13.5 cm enables detection of an object at 1 to

10 cm.

(1) From white 90% to black 6%.

Diffuse mode

Without accessory

(1) White 90%. (2) Gray 18%. (3) Black 6%.

Object teaching zone 1White object

2Gray object

3Black object

In diffuse mode, teaching of the position of the object to be detected, located between 0 and 12 cm,

automatically conÞ gures the product to background suppression mode. This provides a constant usable

sensing distance, whatever the color of the object.

Polarized retroreﬂ ective mode

With reﬂ ector

1With reß ector XUZC50

2With reß ector XUZC24

3With reß ector XUZC100

Thru-beam mode

With thru-beam accessory

EG: Excess gain, operating margin.

20 m15

Gain

Nominal sensing distance. EG ≥ 2.

Maximum sensing distance. The maximum sensing distances indicated are average values.

Background

EG = 2

Operating Curves

(1)

(2)

(3)

30 13

18 cm

40 cm

11 cm

0.3 cm

0.01–0.12 m max.

1 cm

17 cm12

10 cm8 cm

5 cm

8 12 cm10 cm

13,5 cm

17 cm

Background distance(1)

Maximum distance of object to be detected (1

)

500.1 cm

100

500

0.5 1 5 10 100 cm

Sn = 30 cm

Distance

Gain

0–0.4 m max.

0.003–5 m max.

XUZC50

XUZC24

XUZC100

5 m4 m

2 m

0.9 m 1.3 m

3 m

5 mm

3 mm

50.1 m 0.5

100

1 10 m

Sn = 2 m

Gain

Distance

50 m1 m

100

1000

500

5 10

Sn = 15 m

Distance

0–20 m max.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/159

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

XUB0 Multimode function

with line of sight 90° to case axis

Sensing distance and operating margin

Background suppression mode

Without accessory

a: with background teaching at maximum

recommended distance.

b: with background teaching at minimum

recommended distance.

Example: teaching against a background located at

13.5 cm enables detection of an object at 0 to

10 cm.

(1) From white 90% to black 6%.

Diffuse mode

Without accessory

(1) White 90%. (2) Gray 18%. (3) Black 6%.

Object teaching zone 1White object

2Gray object

3Black object

In diffuse mode, teaching of the position of the object to be detected, located between 0 and 11 cm,

automatically conÞ gures the product to background suppression mode. This provides a constant usable

sensing distance, whatever the color of the object.

Polarized retroreﬂ ective mode

With reﬂ ector

1With reß ector XUZC50

2With reß ector XUZC24

3With reß ector XUZC100

Thru-beam mode

With thru-beam accessory

EG: Excess gain, operating margin.

14 m10

Nominal sensing distance. EG ≥ 2.

Maximum sensing distance. The maximum sensing distances indicated are average values.

Background

EG = 2

Operating Curves

50 m1 m

100

1000

500

Sn = 10 m

Gain

Distance

50.1 m 0.5

100

1 10 m

Sn = 1.5 m

Gain

Distance

XUZC50

XUZC24

XUZC100

4 m3 m

1.5 m

0.8 m 1.2 m

2 m

0 cm

3 cm

0 cm

0–4 m max.

–

m max.

0–0.3 m max.

(1)

(2)

(3)

20 10

14 cm

30 cm

8 cm

6.5

0.3 cm

501 cm

100

500

5 10 100 cm

Sn = 20 cm

Distance

Gain

0 cm

6 11 cm10

13.5 cm

15 cm

7.5

Background distance (1)

Maximum distance of object to be detected (1)

0 cm

15 cm11

10 cm8 cm

0.01–0.11 m max.

EG = 2

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/160

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric Sensors 1

Single mode function

XUB with line of sight along or at 90° to case axis

Sensing distance and operating margin

Diffuse sensor XUB4 with line of sight along case axis

(1) White 90%. (2) Gray 18%. (3) Black 6%. 1White object

2Gray object

3Black object

Diffuse sensor XUB4 with line of sight 90° to case axis

(1) White 90%. (2) Gray 18%. (3) Black 6%. 1White object

2Gray object

3Black object

Diffuse sensor XUB5 with line of sight along or at 90° to case axis

(1) White 90%. (2) Gray 18%. (3) Black 6%.

(4) No detection.

1White object

2Gray object

3Black object

Nominal sensing distance. EG ≥ 2.

Maximum sensing distance. The maximum sensing distances indicated are average values.

EG: Excess gain, operating margin.

a: Potentiometer set at maximum.

b: Potentiometer set at minimum.

0.001–0.15 m max.

(1)

(2)

(3)

7 cm

15 cm

0.1 cm

34 cm

0.3 cm

0.6 cm

50 cm0.1 cm 0.5

100

11 5

Sn = 10 cm

Gain

Distance

0–0.15 m max.

(1)

(2)

(3)

7 cm

15 cm

0 cm

24 cm

0.1 cm

0.3 cm

50 cm0.1 cm 0.5

100

11 5

Sn = 10 cm

Gain

Distance

0.001–0.8 m max.

(1)

(2)

(3)

38 cm

80 cm

0,1 cm

15 21 cm

0,2 cm

0.4 cm

(4)

500.1 cm 0.5

100

500

11 5 10 100 cm

Sn = 60 cm

Gain

EG = 2

Distance

EG = 2

Operating Curves

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/161

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric Sensors 1

Single mode function

XUB with line of sight along or at 90° to case axis

Sensing distance and operating margin

Polarized retroreﬂ ective sensor XUB9 with line of sight along or at 90° to case axis

With reﬂ ector

1With reß ector XUZC50

2With reß ector XUZC24

3With reß ector XUZC100

Retroreﬂ ective sensor XUB1 with line of sight along or at 90° to case axis

With reﬂ ector

1With reß ector XUZC50

2With reß ector XUZC24

3With reß ector XUZC100

Thru-beam sensor XUB2 with line of sight along or at 90° to case axis

With thru-beam accessory

Nominal sensing distance. EG ≥ 2.

Maximum sensing distance. The maximum sensing distances indicated are average values.

EG: Excess gain, operating margin.

0.003–5 m max.

4 m 5 m

1 m 1.5 m

2 m 3 m

5 mm

3 mm

5 mm

XUZC50

XUZC24

XUZC100

50.1 m 0.5

100

1 10 m

Sn = 2 m

Gain

Distance

0.003–9 m max.

7 m 9 m

2 m 2.5 m

5 mm

3 mm

4 m 5.5 m

5 mm

XUZC50

XUZC24

XUZC100

50.1 m 0.5

100

500

1 10 m

Sn = 4 m

Gain

0–20 m max.

20 m15

0 m

50 m1 m 5

100

500

1000

Sn = 15 m

Gain

Distance

EG = 2

Distance

EG = 2

Operating Curves

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/162

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

XUM0 multimode function

Sensing distance and operating margin

Background suppression mode

Without accessory

a: with background teaching at maximum

recommended distance.

b: with background teaching at minimum

recommended distance.

Example: teaching against a background located at

10 cm enables detection of an object at 1 to 7 cm.

(1) From white 90% to black 6%.

Diffuse mode

Without accessory

(1) White 90%. (2) Gray 18%. (3) Black 6%.

Object teaching zone

1White object

2Gray object

3Black object

In diffuse mode, teaching of the position of the object to be detected, located between 0 and 10 cm,

automatically conÞ gures the product to background suppression mode. This provides a constant usable

sensing distance, whatever the color of the object.

Nominal sensing distance. EG 2.

Maximum sensing distance. The maximum sensing distances indicated are average values.

EG: Excess gain, operating margin.

0–0.11 m max.

1 cm

11 cm

6 cm5 cm

15 cm

54 11 cm

Background distance (1)

Maximum distance of object to be detected (1)

0–0.55 m max.

(1)

(2)

(3)

40 10

25 cm

55 cm50

10 15 cm

Sn = 40 cm

501 cm

100

5 10 100 cm

Distance

Gain

Background

EG = 2

Operating Curves

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/163

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

XUM0 multimode function

Sensing distance and operating margin (continued)

Polarized retroreﬂ ective mode

With reﬂ ector

1With reß ector XUZC50

2With reß ector XUZC24

3With reß ector XUZC100

Thru-beam mode

With thru-beam accessory

Nominal sensing distance. EG 2.

Maximum sensing distance. The maximum sensing distances indicated are average values.

EG: Excess gain, operating margin.

0.02–6.5 m max.

XUZC50

XUZC24

XUZC100

6.5 m4.8 m

3 m

1.4 m 1.6 m

4 m

2 cm

1 cm

2 cm

Sn = 3 m

1 cm 5 0.5

0.1 m 1 m 5 m 10 m

Gain

Distance

EG = 2

0–14 m

max.

14 m10

20 m1 m

100

1000

500

5Sn = 10 m

Distance

EG = 2

Gain

Operating Curves (continued)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/164

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Multimode function

XUK0

Sensing distance and operating margin

Background suppression mode

Without accessory

a: with background teaching at maximum

recommended distance.

b: with background teaching at minimum

recommended distance.

Example: teaching against a background located at

30 cm enables detection of an object at 0 to 22 cm.

(1) From white 90% to black 6%.

Diffuse mode

Without accessory

(1) White 90%. (2) Gray 18%. (3) Black 6%.

Object teaching zone

1White object

2Gray object

3Black object

In diffuse mode, teaching of the position of the object to be detected, located between 0 and 0.3 m,

automatically conÞ gures the product to background suppression mode. This provides a constant usable

sensing distance, whatever the color of the object.

Polarized retroreﬂ ective mode

With reﬂ ector

1With reß ector XUZC50

2With reß ector XUZC24

3With reß ector XUZC100

Thru-beam mode

With thru-beam accessory

EG: Excess gain, operating margin.

0–28 cm max.

0 cm

38 cm28

10 cm8 cm

28 cm0

10 20 8 22

Background distance (1)

Maximum distance of object to be detected (1)

0–1.2 m max.

(1)

(2)

(3)

1 m 0.8

0.55 m

1.2 m

0.4

0.3 m

1.5 cm

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.5

1 cm 10 5 50 100 200 cm

Distance

Gain

0.02–11 m max.

XUZC50

XUZC24

XUZC100

11 m9 m

4 m

1.7 2 m

5.7 m

2 cm

0.5 cm

2 cm

5 5 20 m10 cm

50 30 0,1 m 1 m 2 10

Sn = 4 m

Gain

EG = 2

0–45 m

max.

45 m30 m

100

1000

5 10 m 50 100 m

500

Sn = 30 m

EG = 2

Gain

Nominal sensing distance. EG 2.

Maximum sensing distance. The maximum sensing distances indicated are average values.

Background

Operating Curves

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/165

OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Multimode function

XUK A

Sensing distance and operating margin

Diffuse sensor XUK5A

Without accessory

(1) White 90%. (2) Gray 18%. (3) Black 6%.

(4) No detection.

1White object

2Gray object

3Black object

Polarized retroreﬂ ective sensor XUK9A

With reﬂ ector

1With reß ector XUZC50

2With reß ector XUZC24

3With reß ector XUZC100

Retroreﬂ ective sensor XUK1A

With reﬂ ector

1With reß ector XUZC50

2With reß ector XUZC24

3With reß ector XUZC100

Thru-beam sensor XUK2A

With thru-beam accessory

a: Potentiometer set at maximum.

b: Potentiometer set at minimum.

EG: Excess gain, operating margin.

c: XUK AP or XUK AN , DC solid-state output version.

d: XUK AR , AC/DC relay output version.

0–1.5 m max.

(1)

(2)

(3)

0.8 m

1 m

0.5 m

1.5 m

0.3 m 0.5 m

(4)

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 2 m

Sn = 1 m

EG = 2

0.10–13 m max.

5 cm 21.4

10 m 13 m

3 m

10 cm

6 7.5 m

4 5

5 cm

8 m

XUZC50

XUZC24

XUZC100

1 m

10 cm 50 30 20 10 20 m

Sn = 5 m

Gain

EG = 2

0.05–25 m max.

20 m 25 m

43 5.5 m

5 cm

3 cm

11 m9 15 m

7 m

5 cm

15 m

19 m

XUZC50

XUZC24

XUZC100

Sn = 4 m

15020 510 cm 1 m 10 m 20 50 m

100

Gain

EG = 2

0–45 m

max.

45 m20 m 30 m0

Sn = 30 m

150 510 cm 1 m 10 m 50 100 m

100

1000

Gain

EG = 2

Nominal sensing distance. EG 2.

Maximum sensing distance. The maximum sensing distances indicated are average values.

Gain

Operating Curves

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/166

Sensing distance and operating margin

Background suppression mode

Without accessory

a: with background teaching at maximum

recommended distance.

b: with background teaching at minimum

recommended distance.

Example: teaching against a background located at

1 m enables detection of an object at 0 to 90 cm.

(1) From white 90% to black 6%.

Diffuse mode

Without accessory

(1) White 90%. (2) Gray 18%. (3) Black 6%.

Object teaching zone 1White object

2Gray object

3Black object

In diffuse mode, teaching of the position of the object to be detected, located between 0 and 1.3 m,

automatically conÞ gures the product to background suppression mode. This provides a constant usable

sensing distance, whatever the color of the object.

Polarized retroreﬂ ective mode

With reﬂ ector

1With reß ector XUZC50

2With reß ector XUZC24

3With reß ector XUZC100

Thru-beam mode

With thru-beam accessory

EG: Excess gain, operating margin.

0.01–1.3 m max.

6 cm

0 cm

1.5 m1.3

40 cm38 cm

10 cm

20 1 m 38 1.3 m90

1 m

.5 m

Background distance (1)

Maximum distance of object to be detected (1)

0–3 m max.

(1)

(2)

(3)

2 1.3

1.3 m

3 m

0.8 m0.6

1.5 cm

1 cm 10 cm 1 m 10 m

100

1000

Distance

Gain

0.05–35 m max.

XUZC50

XUZC24

XUZC100

35 m25 m

11 m

5 m 6 m

15 m

510 cm

50 1 m

10 15 20

40 m

Sn = 11 m

Gain

EG = 2

0–60 m max.

60 m40

100

1000

10 000

50 5 cm 1 m 5 10 100 m

Sn = 40 m

EG = 2

Gain

Nominal sensing distance. EG ≥ 2.

Maximum sensing distance. The maximum sensing distances indicated are average values.

Background

Operating Curves OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Multimode function

XUX0

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/167

Sensing distance and operating margin

Diffuse sensor XUX5A

(1) White 90%. (2) Gray 18%. (3) Black 6%.

(4) No detection.

1White object

2Gray object

3Black object

Polarized retroreﬂ ective sensor XUX9A

With reﬂ ector

1With reß ector XUZC50

2With reß ector XUZC24

3With reß ector XUZC100

Retroreﬂ ective sensor XUX1A

With reﬂ ector

1With reß ector XUZC50

2With reß ector XUZC24

3With reß ector XUZC100

Thru-beam sensor XUX2A

With thru-beam accessory

a: Potentiometer set at maximum.

b: Potentiometer set at minimum.

EG: Excess gain, operating margin.

0–3 m max.

(1)

(2)

(3)

1.3 m

2.1 m

1 m

3 m

0.6 m 0.8 m

18 cm

55 cm

(4)

1 m3 cm 5 10 50 5 m3

100

200

Sn = 2.1 m

EG = 2

0.05–30 m max.

20 m 26 m7.5 m

4.4

65 cm

1.1 1.9

5.7 m

2.5 m

1.2

11 m 15 m

3.7 4.8

5 cm

3 cm

5 cm

10 m

XUZC

XUZC24

XUZC100

Sn = 11 m

1 m50 cm 5 m

15 20 30

Gain

EG = 2

0.05–35 m max.

25 m 35 m9

5.2

60 cm

0.45 2.1

7.1 m

3 m

1.4

14 m 20 m

5.1 7 m

12 m

XUZC50

XUZC24

XUZC100

5 7

0.2

0.5 1 m

10 20 40 m

Sn = 15 m

Gain

EG = 2

0–60 m max.

60 m5.5 m 40 m0 3.6

70 cm 5 40 601 m 10 100 m

100

1000

10 000

Gain

EG = 2

Nominal sensing distance. EG ≥ 2.

Maximum sensing distance. The maximum sensing distances indicated are average values.

Gain

Operating Curves OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Single mode function

XUX A

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/168

Substitution Table OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors 1

Old sensor New OsiSense® XU sensor

Diameter 18 mm sensors

XU1B18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2+XUZC50 (1)

XU1B18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12+XUZC50 (1)

XU1B18PP340 XUB0APSNL2+XUZC50 (1)

XU1B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12+XUZC50 (1)

XU1N18NP340 XUB1BNANL2+XUZC50 (2)

XUB1BNBNL2+XUZC50 (3)

XU1N18NP340D XUB1BNANM12+XUZC50 (2)

XUB1BNBNM12+XUZC50 (3)

XU1N18NP340L5 XUB1BNANL5+XUZC50 (2)

XUB1BNBNL5+XUZC50 (3)

XU1N18NP340W XUB1BNAWL2+XUZC50 (2)

XUB1BNBWL2+XUZC50 (3)

XU1N18NP340WD XUB1BNAWM12+XUZC50 (2)

XUB1BNBWM12+XUZC50 (3)

XU1N18PP340 XUB1BPANL2+XUZC50 (4)

XUB1BPBNL2+XUZC50 (5)

XU1N18PP340D XUB1BPANM12+XUZC50 (4)

XUB1BPBNM12+XUZC50 (5)

XU1N18PP340L5 XUB1BPANL5+XUZC50 (4)

XUB1BPBNL5+XUZC50 (5)

XU1N18PP340W XUB1BPAWL2+XUZC50 (4)

XUB1BPBWL2+XUZC50 (5)

XU1N18PP340WD XUB1BPAWM12+XUZC50 (4)

XUB1BPBWM12+XUZC50 (5)

XU1N18PP340WL5 XUB1BPAWL5+XUZC50 (4)

XUB1BPBWL5+XUZC50 (5)

XU1P18NP340 XUB1ANANL2+XUZC50 (2)

XUB1ANBNL2+XUZC50 (3)

XU1P18NP340D XUB1ANANM12+XUZC50 (2)

XUB1ANBNM12+XUZC50 (3)

XU1P18NP340L5 XUB1ANANL5+XUZC50 (2)

XUB1ANBNL5+XUZC50 (3)

XU1P18NP340W XUB1ANAWL2+XUZC50 (2)

XUB1ANBWL2+XUZC50 (3)

XU1P18NP340WD XUB1ANAWM12+XUZC50 (2)

XUB1ANBWM12+XUZC50 (3)

XU1P18PP340 XUB1APANL2+XUZC50 (4)

XUB1APBNL2+XUZC50 (5)

XU1P18PP340D XUB1APANM12+XUZC50 (4)

XUB1APBNM12+XUZC50 (5)

XU1P18PP340L5 XUB1APANL5+XUZC50 (4)

XUB1APBNL5+XUZC50 (5)

XU1P18PP340W XUB1APAWL2+XUZC50 (4)

XUB1APBWL2+XUZC50 (5)

XU1P18PP340WD XUB1APAWM12+XUZC50 (4)

XUB1APBWM12+XUZC50 (5)

XU1P18PP340WL5 XUB1APAWL5+XUZC50 (4)

XUB1APBWL5+XUZC50 (5)

XU2B18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2

+XUB0AKSNL2T

Old sensor New OsiSense® XU sensor

XU2B18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12

+XUB0AKSNM12T

XU2B18PP340 XUB0APSNL2

+XUB0AKSNL2T

XU2B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12

+XUB0AKSNM12T

XU2M18NP340 XUB0BNSNL2

+XUB0BKSNL2T (6)

XU2M18NP340D XUB0BNSNM12

+XUB0BKSNM12T (6)

XU2M18NP340WD XUB2BNAWM12R

+XUB2BKSWM12T (2) (6)

XUB2BNBWM12R

+XUB2BKSWM12T (3) (6)

XU2M18PP340 XUB0BPSNL2

+XUB0BKSNL2T (6)

XU2M18PP340D XUB0BPSNM12

+XUB0BKSNM12T (6)

XU2M18PP340L10 XUB0BPSNM12

+XUB0BKSNM12T

+XZCP1141L10 (6) (7)

XU2M18PP340L5 XUB0BPSNL5

+XUB0BKSNL5T (6)

XU2M18PP340W XUB2BPAWL2R

+XUB2BKSWL2T (4) (6)

XUB2BPBWL2R

+XUB2BKSWL2T (5) (6)

XU2M18PP340WD XUB2BPAWM12R

+XUB2BKSWM12T (4) (6)

XUB2BPBWM12R

+XUB2BKSWM12T (5) (6)

XU2M18PP340WL5 XUB2BPAWL5R

+XUB2BKSWL5T (4) (6)

XUB2BPBWL5R

+XUB2BKSWL5T (5) (6)

XU2N18NP340 XUB2BNANL2R

+XUB2BKSNL2T (2)

XUB2BNBNL2R

+XUB2BKSNL2T (3)

XU2N18NP340D XUB2BNANM12R

+XUB2BKSNM12T (2)

XUB2BNBNM12R

+XUB2BKSNM12T (3)

XU2N18NP340WD XUB2BNAWM12R

+XUB2BKSWM12T (2)

XUB2BNBWM12R

+XUB2BKSWM12T (3)

XU2N18PP340 XUB2BPANL2R

+XUB2BKSNL2T (4)

XUB2BPBNL2R

+XUB2BKSNL2T (5)

XU2N18PP340D XUB2BPANM12R

+XUB2BKSNM12T (4)

XUB2BPBNM12R

+XUB2BKSNM12T (5)

XU2N18PP340L5 XUB2BPANL5R

+XUB2BKSNL5T (4)

XUB2BPBNL5R

+XUB2BKSNL5T (5)

XU2N18PP340W XUB2BPAWL2R

+XUB2BKSWL2T (4)

XUB2BPBWL2R

+XUB2BKSWL2T (5)

Old sensor New OsiSense® XU sensor

XU2N18PP340WD XUB2BPAWM12R

+XUB2BKAWM12T (4)

XUB2BPBWM12R

+XUB2BKAWM12T (5)

XU2N18PP340WL5 XUB2BPAWL5R

+XUB2BKSWL5T (4)

XUB2BPBWL5R

+XUB2BKSWL5T (5)

XU2P18NP340 XUB2ANANL2R

+XUB2AKSNL2T (2)

XUB2ANBNL2R

+XUB2AKSNL2T (3)

XU2P18NP340D XUB2ANANM12R

+XUB2AKSNM12T (2)

XUB2ANBNM12R

+XUB2AKSNM12T (3)

XU2P18NP340W XUB2ANAWL2R

+XUB2AKSWL2T (2)

XUB2ANBWL2R

+XUB2AKSWL2T (3)

XU2P18NP340WD XUB2ANAWM12R

+XUB2AKSWM12T (2)

XUB2ANBWM12R

+XUB2AKSWM12T (3)

XU2P18PP340 XUB2APANL2R

+XUB2AKSNL2T (4)

XUB2APBNL2R

+XUB2AKSNL2T (5)

XU2P18PP340D XUB2APANM12R

+XUB2AKSNM12T (4)

XUB2APBNM12R

+XUB2AKSNM12T (5)

XU2P18PP340L10 XUB0APSNM12

+XUB0AKSNM12T

+XZCP1141L10 (6) (7)

XU2P18PP340L5 XUB2APANL5R

+XUB2AKSNL5T (4)

XUB2APBNL5R

+XUB2AKSNL5T (5)

XU2P18PP340W XUB2APAWL2R

+XUB2AKSWL2T (4)

XUB2APBWL2R

+XUB2AKSWL2T (5)

XU2P18PP340WD XUB2APAWM12R

+XUB2AKSWM12T (4)

XUB2APBWM12R

+XUB2AKSWM12T (5)

XU5B18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2 (8)

XU5B18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12 (8)

XU5B18PP340 XUB0APSNL2 (8)

XU5B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12 (8)

XU5B18PP340L5 XUB0APSNL5 (8)

XU5M18NP340 XUB0BNSNL2 (8)

XU5M18NP340D XUB0BNSNM12 (8)

XU5M18NP340L5 XUB0BNSNL5 (8)

XU5M18NP340W XUB5BNAWL2 (2)

XUB5BNBWL2 (3)

XU5M18NP340WL5 XUB5BNAWL5 (2)

XUB5BNBWL5 (3)

XU5M18PP340 XUB0BPSNL2 (8)

XU5M18PP340D XUB0BPSNM12 (8)

Note: XUZC50 is a 50 x 50 mm reﬂ ector, XUZA5 and XUZX2000 are metal mounting brackets and XUZX2001 is an M16 to 1/2 NPT adapter.

(1) Sn = 2 m instead of 4 m.

(2) Sensor output NO, PNP connection.

(3) Sensor output NC, NPN connection.

(4) Sensor output NO, PNP connection.

(5) Sensor output NC, PNP connection.

(6) M18 threaded length = 44 mm instead of 50/55 mm.

(7) For a cable length = 10 m, the use of an M12 connector

version sensor combined with an XZCP1141L10 jumper

cable (M12 with 10 m cable) is recommended.

(8) Sn = 0.3 m instead of 0.4 m. For a sensing distance Sn

greater than 0.3 m, see catalog number XUB5 on

page

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/169

Old sensor New OsiSense® XU sensor

Diameter 18 mm sensors (continued)

XU5M18PP340L5 XUB0BPSNL5 (8)

XU5M18PP340W XUB5BPAWL2 (4)

XUB5BPBWL2 (5)

XU5M18PP340WD XUB5BPAWM12 (4)

XUB5BPBWM12 (5)

XU5M18PP340WL5 XUB5BPAWL5 (4)

XUB5BPBWL5 (5)

XU5N18NP340 XUB4BNANL2 (2)

XUB4BNBNL2 (3)

XU5N18NP340D XUB4BNANM12 (2)

XUB4BNBNM12 (3)

XU5N18NP340L5 XUB4BNANL5 (2)

XUB4BNBNL5 (3)

XU5N18NP340W XUB4BNAWL2 (2)

XUB4BNBWL2 (3)

XU5N18NP340WD XUB4BNAWM12 (2)

XUB4BNBWM12 (3)

XU5N18NP340WL5 XUB4BNANL5 (2)

XUB4BNBNL5 (3)

XU5N18PP340 XUB4BPANL2 (4)

XUB4BPBNL2 (5)

XU5N18PP340D XUB4BPANM12 (4)

XUB4BPBNM12 (5)

XU5N18PP340L5 XUB4BPANL5 (4)

XUB4BPBNL5 (5)

XU5N18PP340W XUB4BPAWL2 (4)

XUB4BPBWL2 (5)

XU5N18PP340WD XUB4BPAWM12 (4)

XUB4BPBWM12 (5)

XU5N18PP340WL5 XUB4BPANL5 (4)

XUB4BPBNL5 (5)

XU5P18NP340 XUB4ANANL2 (2)

XUB4ANBNL2 (3)

XU5P18NP340D XUB4ANANM12 (2)

XUB4ANBNM12 (3)

XU5P18NP340L5 XUB4ANANL5 (2)

XUB4ANBNL5 (3)

XU5P18NP340W XUB4ANAWL2 (2)

XUB4ANBWL2 (3)

XU5P18NP340WD XUB4ANAWM12 (2)

XUB4ANBWM12 (3)

XU5P18PP340 XUB4APANL2 (2)

XUB4APBNL2 (3)

XU5P18PP340D XUB4APANM12 (2)

XUB4APBNM12 (3)

XU5P18PP340L10 XUB4APANM12

+XZCP1141L10 (4) (7)

XUB4APBNM12

+XZCP1141L10 (5) (7)

XU5P18PP340L5 XUB4APANL5 (4)

XUB4APBNL5 (5)

Old sensor New OsiSense® XU sensor

XU5P18PP340W XUB4APAWL2 (4)

XUB4APBWL2 (5)

XU5P18PP340WD XUB4APAWM12 (4)

XUB4APBWM12 (5)

XU5P18PP340WL5 XUB4APAWL5 (4)

XUB4APBWL5 (5)

XU8B18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2

XU8B18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12

XU8B18PP340 XUB0APSNL2

XU8B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12

XU8B18PP340L10 XUB0APSNM12

+XZCP1141L10 (7)

XU8M18NP340 XUB0BNSNL2 (6)

XU8M18NP340D XUB0BNSNM12 (6)

XU8M18NP340L5 XUB0BNSNL5 (6)

XU8M18NP340W XUB0BNSWL2 (6)

XU8M18NP340WD XUB0BNSWM12 (6)

XU8M18PP340 XUB0BPSNL2 (6)

XU8M18PP340D XUB0BPSNM12 (6)

XU8M18PP340L5 XUB0BPSNL5 (6)

XU8M18PP340W XUB0BPSWL2 (6)

XU8M18PP340WD XUB0BPSWM12 (6)

XU9B18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2+XUZC50

XU9B18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12+XUZC50

XU9B18PP340 XUB0APSNL2+XUZC50

XU9B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12+XUZC50

XU9B18PP340L5 XUB0APSNL5+XUZC50

XU9M18NP340 XUB0BNSNL2+XUZC50 (6)

XU9M18NP340D XUB0BNSNM12+XUZC50 (6)

XU9M18NP340L5 XUB0BNSNL5+XUZC50 (6)

XU9M18NP340W XUB9BNAWL2+XUZC50 (2) (9)

XUB9BNBWL2+XUZC50 (3) (9)

XU9M18PP340 XUB0BPSNL2+XUZC50 (6)

XU9M18PP340D XUB0BPSNM12+XUZC50 (6)

XU9M18PP340L5 XUB0BPSNL5+XUZC50 (6)

XU9M18PP340W XUB9BPAWL2+XUZC50 (4) (9)

XUB9BPBWL2+XUZC50 (5) (9)

XU9M18PP340WD XUB9BPAWM12+XUZC50 (4) (9)

XUB9BPBWM12+XUZC50 (5) (9)

XU9M18PP340WL5 XUB9BPAWL5+XUZC50 (4) (9)

XUB9BPBWL5+XUZC50 (5) (9)

XU9N18NP340 XUB0BNSNL2+XUZC50 (6)

XU9N18NP340D XUB0BNSNM12+XUZC50 (6)

XU9N18NP340L5 XUB0BNSNL5+XUZC50 (6)

XU9N18NP340W XUB0BNSWL2+XUZC50 (6)

XU9N18NP340WD XUB0BNSWM12+XUZC50 (6)

XU9N18PP340 XUB0BPSNL2+XUZC50 (6)

XU9N18PP340D XUB0BPSNM12+XUZC50 (6)

XU9N18PP340L5 XUB0BPSNL5+XUZC50 (6)

XU9N18PP340W XUB0BPSWL2+XUZC50 (6)

XU9N18PP340WD XUB0BPSWM12+XUZC50 (6)

XU9N18PP340WL5 XUB0BPSWL5+XUZC50 (6)

Old sensor New OsiSense® XU sensor

XU9P18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2+XUZC50 (6)

XU9P18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12+XUZC50 (6)

XU9P18NP340L5 XUB0ANSNL5+XUZC50 (6)

XU9P18NP340W XUB0ANSWL2+XUZC50 (6)

XU9P18NP340WD XUB0ANSWM12+XUZC50 (6)

XU9P18PP340 XUB0APSNL2+XUZC50 (6)

XU9P18PP340D XUB0APSNM12+XUZC50 (6)

XU9P18PP340W XUB0APSWL2+XUZC50 (6)

XU9P18PP340WD XUB0APSWM12+XUZC50 (6)

XU9P18PP340WL5 XUB0APSWL5+XUZC50 (6)

Ampliﬁ ers for ﬁ ber optics

XUDH003537 XUDA1PSML2

XUDH003537S XUDA1PSMM8

XUDH003937 XUDA2PSML2

XUDH003937S XUDA2PSMM8

XUDJ003537 XUDA1NSML2

XUDJ003537S XUDA1NSMM8

XUDJ003937 XUDA2NSML2

XUDJ003937S XUDA2NSMM8

Compact design sensors type XUE

XUEF010315 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (10)

XUEF010315H7 XUX0ARCTT16

+XUZX2000+XUZX2001

XUEF080319 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (10)

XUEF080319H4 XUX0ARCTT16 +XUZX2000

+XUZX2001+XUZC50

XUEF10031 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (10) (11)

XUEF10031H7 XUX0ARCTT16 +XUZX2000

+XUZX2001+XUZC50 (11)

XUEF300314 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (10)

(12)

XUEF300314H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001 (12)

XUEH017535 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000 (10)

(13)

XUEH017535H7 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001 (13)

XUEH10753 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000 (10)

(13)

XUEH10753H7 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001 (13)

XUEH3000 XUX0ARCTT16T+XUZX2000 (10)

(12)

XUEH3000H7 XUX0ARCTT16T+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001 (12)

XUEH307534 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000

(10) (12) (13)

XUEH307534H7 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001 (12) (13)

XUEH753538 XUX8AKSAT16+XUZX2000

(10) (13)

XUEH753538H4 XUX8AKSAT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001 (13)

XUET010315 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (10)

(14)

Substitution Table OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors1

(2) Sensor output NO, PNP connection.

(3) Sensor output NC, NPN connection.

(4) Sensor output NO, PNP connection.

(5) Sensor output NC, PNP connection.

(6) M18 threaded length = 44 mm instead of 50/55 mm.

(7) For a cable length = 10 m, the use of an M12 connector

version sensor combined with an XZCP1141L10 jumper

cable (M12 with 10 m cable) is recommended.

(8) Sn = 0.3 m instead of 0.4 m. For a sensing distance Sn

greater than 0.3 m, see catalog number XUB5 .

(9) M18 threaded length = 28 mm instead of 55 mm.

(10) Sensor with M16 threaded cable entry instead of

Pg 13.5.

(11) Sn = 11 m instead of 15 m.

(12) Sn = 40 m instead of 50 m.

(13) Output current switching capacity = 100 mA instead of

200 mA

(14) Time delay relay output 0.02–15 s instead of 0.03–60 s.

Note: XUZC50 is a 50 x 50 mm reﬂ ector, XUZA5 and XUZX2000 are metal mounting brackets and XUZX2001 is an M16 to 1/2 NPT adapter

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/170

Old sensor New OsiSense® XU sensor

Compact design sensors type XUE (continued)

XUET010315H7 XUX0ARCTT16 +XUZX2000

+XUZX2001 (14)

XUET080319 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (10) (14)

XUET080319H4 XUX0ARCTT16 +XUZX2000

+XUZX2001+XUZC50 (14)

XUET10031 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (10) (11) (14)

XUET10031H7 XUX0ARCTT16 +XUZX2000

+XUZX2001+XUZC50 (11) (14)

XUET300314 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (10)

(12) (14)

XUET300314H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001 (12) (14)

Compact design sensors type XUJ

XUJK06353 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (13) (15)

XUJK063539 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (13) (15)

XUJK063539D1 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000

+XUZC50(13)

XUJK063539D2 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000

+XUZC50(13)

XUJK063539H7 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 +XUZX2001 (13)

XUJK063539P9 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (13) (16)

XUJK06353D1 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000

+XUZC50(13)

XUJK06353D2 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000

+XUZC50(13)

XUJK06353H7 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 +XUZX2001 (13)

XUJK06353P9 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (13) (16)

XUJK103534 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000

(13) (15)

XUJK103534D1 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000 (13)

XUJK103534D2 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000 (13)

XUJK103534H7 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001 (13)

XUJK103534P9 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000

(13) (16)

XUJK123538 XUX8AKSAT16+XUZX2000

(13) (15)

XUJK123538D1 XUX8AKSAM12+XUZX2000 (13)

XUJK123538D2 XUX8AKSAM12+XUZX2000 (13)

XUJK123538H7 XUX8AKSAT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001 (13)

XUJK123538P9 XUX8AKSAT16+XUZX2000

(13) (16)

XUJK703538 XUX8AKSAT16+XUZX2000

(13) (15)

XUJK703538D1 XUX8AKSAM12+XUZX2000 (13)

XUJK703538D2 XUX8AKSAM12+XUZX2000 (13)

XUJK703538H7 XUX8AKSAT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001 (13)

XUJK703538P9 XUX8AKSAT16+XUZX2000

(13) (16)

XUJLM0619 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (15)

Old sensor New OsiSense® XU sensor

XUJLM0619H7 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001 +XUZC50

XUJLM0619P9 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (16)

XUJLM0811 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (15)

XUJLM0811H7 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001 +XUZC50

XUJLM0811P9 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (16)

XUJLM1503 XUX0ARCTT16T+XUZX2000 (15)

XUJLM1503H7 XUX0ARCTT16T+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001

XUJLM1503P9 XUX0ARCTT16T +XUZX2000 (16)

XUJLM1514 XUX2ARCNT16R+XUZX2000 (15)

XUJLM1514H7 XUX2ARCNT16R+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001

XUJLM1514P9 XUX2ARCNT16R+XUZX2000 (16)

XUJM06031 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (15)

XUJM060319 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (16)

XUJM060319D1 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50

XUJM060319D2 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50

XUJM060319H7 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001+XUZC50

XUJM060319P9 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (16)

XUJM06031D1 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50

XUJM06031D2 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50

XUJM06031H7 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001 +XUZC50

XUJM06031P9 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (16)

XUJM1000 XUX0AKSAT16T+XUZX2000 (15)

XUJM1000D1 XUX0AKSAM12T+XUZX2000

XUJM1000D2 XUX0AKSAM12T+XUZX2000

XUJM1000H7 XUX0AKSAT16T+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001

XUJM1000P9 XUX0AKSAT16T+XUZX2000 (16)

XUJM100314 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (15)

XUJM100314D1 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

XUJM100314D2 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

XUJM100314H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001

XUJM100314P9 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (16)

XUJM120318 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (15)

XUJM120318D1 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000

XUJM120318D2 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000

XUJM120318H7 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001

XUJM120318P9 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (16)

XUJM700318 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (15)

Old sensor New OsiSense® XU sensor

XUJM700318D1 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000

XUJM700318D2 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000

XUJM700318H7 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001

XUJM700318P9 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (16)

XUJT06031 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (15)

XUJT060319 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (15)

XUJT060319D1 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50

XUJT060319D2 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50

XUJT060319H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50+XUZX2001

XUJT060319P9 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (16)

XUJT06031D1 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50

XUJT06031D2 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50

XUJT06031H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50+XUZX2001

XUJT06031P9 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 (16)

XUJT100314 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (15)

XUJT100314D1 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

XUJT100314D2 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

XUJT100314H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001

XUJT100314P9 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (16)

XUJT120318 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (15)

XUJT120318D1 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000

XUJT120318D2 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000

XUJT120318H7 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001

XUJT120318P9 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (16)

XUJT700318 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (15)

XUJT700318D1 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000

XUJT700318D2 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000

XUJT700318H7 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000

+XUZX2001

XUJT700318P9 XUX8ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (16)

Compact design sensors type XUK

XUK1ARCTL10 XUK1ARCNL10+XUZA51

+XUZC50

XUK1ARCTL2 XUK1ARCNL2+XUZA51

+XUZC50

XUK2AKSAL10 XUK2APANL10R

+XUK0AKSNL10T

+2 x XUZA51 (4)

XUK2APBNL10R

+XUK0AKSNL10T

+2 x XUZA51 (5)

XUK2ANANL10R

+XUK0AKSNL10T

+2 x XUZA51 (2)

XUK2ANBNL10R

+XUK0AKSNL10T

+2 x XUZA51 (3)

Substitution Table OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

(2) Sensor output NO, PNP connection.

(3) Sensor output NC, NPN connection.

(4) Sensor output NO, PNP connection.

(5) Sensor output NC, PNP connection.

(10) Sensor with M16 threaded cable entry instead of Pg 13.

(11) Sn = 11 m instead of 15 m.

(12) Sn = 40 m instead of 50 m.

(13) Output current switching capacity = 100 mA instead of

200 mA.

(14) Time delay relay output 0.02...15 s instead of 0.03…60 s.

(15) Sensor with M16 threaded cable entry instead of Pg 11.

(16) Sensor with M16 threaded cable entry instead of Pg 9.

Note: XUZC50 is a 50 x 50 mm reﬂ ector, XUZA5 and XUZX2000 are metal mounting brackets and XUZX2001 is an M16 to 1/2 NPT adapter.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5/171

Old sensor New OsiSense® XU sensor

Compact design sensors type XUK (continued)

XUK2AKSAL2 XUK2APANL2R

+XUK0AKSNL2T

+2 x XUZA51 (4)

XUK2APBNL2R +XUK0AKSNL2T

+2 x XUZA51 (5)

XUK2ANANL2R

+XUK0AKSNL2T

+2 x XUZA51 (2)

XUK2ANBNL2R

+XUK0AKSNL2T

+2 x XUZA51 (3)

XUK2AKSAM12 XUK2APANM12R

+XUK0AKSNM12T

+2 x XUZA51 (4)

XUK2APBNM12R

+XUK0AKSNM12T

+2 x XUZA51 (5)

XUK2ANANM12R

+XUK0AKSNM12T

+2 x XUZA51 (2)

XUK2ANBNM12R

+XUK0AKSNM12T

+2 x XUZA51 (3)

XUK2ARCTL10 XUK0ARCTL10

+XUK0ARCTL10T

+2 x XUZA51

XUK2ARCTL2 XUK0ARCTL2

+XUK0ARCTL2T

+2 x XUZA51

XUK5AKSAL10 XUK5APANL10+XUZA51 (4)

XUK5APBNL10+XUZA51 (5)

XUK5ANANL10+XUZA51 (2)

XUK5ANBNL10+XUZA51 (3)

XUK5AKSAL2 XUK5APANL2+XUZA51 (4)

XUK5APBNL2+XUZA51 (5)

XUK5ANANL2+XUZA51 (2)

XUK5ANBNL2+XUZA51 (3)

XUK5AKSAM12 XUK5APANM12+XUZA51 (4)

XUK5APBNM12+XUZA51 (5)

XUK5ANANM12+XUZA51 (2)

XUK5ANBNM12+XUZA51 (3)

XUK5ARCTL10 XUK5ARCNL10+XUZA51

XUK5ARCTL2 XUK5ARCNL2+XUZA51

XUK9AKSAL10 XUK9APANL10+XUZA51

+XUZC50 (4)

XUK9APBNL10+XUZA51

+XUZC50 (5)

XUK9ANANL10+XUZA51

+XUZC50 (2)

XUK9ANBNL10+XUZA51

+XUZC50 (3)

XUK9AKSAL2 XUK9APANL2+XUZA51 +XUZC50

(4)

XUK9APBNL2+XUZA51 +XUZC50

(5)

XUK9ANANL2+XUZA51

+XUZC50 (2)

XUK9ANBNL2+XUZA51

+XUZC50 (3)

Old sensor New OsiSense® XU sensor

XUK9AKSAM12 XUK9APANM12+XUZA51

+XUZC50 (4)

XUK9APBNM12+XUZA51

+XUZC50 (5)

XUK9ANANM12+XUZA51

+XUZC50 (2)

XUK9ANBNM12+XUZA51

+XUZC50 (3)

XUK9ARCTL10 XUK9ARCNL10+XUZA51

+XUZC50

XUK9ARCTL2 XUK9ARCNL2+XUZA51

+XUZC50

Compact design sensors type XUL

XULH153538 XUK8AKSNL2+XUZA51 (13)

XULH153538D XUK8AKSNM12+XUZA51 (13)

XULH153538H7 XUK8AKSNM12+XUZA51 (13)

XULH153538L05 XUK8AKSNL5+XUZA51 (13)

XULH153538L10 XUK8AKSNL10+XUZA51 (13)

XULH303538 XUK8AKSNL2+XUZA51 (13)

XULH303538D XUK8AKSNM12+XUZA51 (13)

XULH303538DH7 XUK8AKSNM12+XUZA51 (13)

XULH303538L05 XUK8AKSNL5+XUZA51 (13)

XULH303538L10 XUK8AKSNL10+XUZA51 (13)

XULJ153538 XUK8AKSNL2+XUZA51 (13)

XULJ153538D XUK8AKSNM12+XUZA51 (13)

XULJ153538H7 XUK8AKSNM12+XUZA51 (13)

XULJ153538L05 XUK8AKSNL5+XUZA51 (13)

XULJ303538 XUK8AKSNL2+XUZA51 (13)

XULJ303538D XUK8AKSNM12+XUZA51 (13)

XULJ303538L05 XUK8AKSNL5+XUZA51 (13)

Compact design sensors type XUM

XUM1ANANL2 XUM9ANCNL2 (17)

XUM1ANANL5 XUM9ANCNM8+XZCP0941L5 (17)

XUM1ANANM8 XUM9ANCNM8 (17)

XUM1ANBNL2 XUM9ANCNL2 (17)

XUM1ANBNM8 XUM9ANCNM8 (17)

XUM1APANL10 XUM9APCNM8+XZCP0941L10

(17)

XUM1APANL2 XUM9APCNL2 (17)

XUM1APANL5 XUM9APCNM8+XZCP0941L5 (17)

XUM1APANM8 XUM9APCNM8 (17)

XUM1APBNL10 XUM9APCNM8+XZCP0941L10

(17)

XUM1APBNL2 XUM9APCNL2 (17)

XUM1APBNL5 XUM9APCNM8+XZCP0941L5 (17)

XUM1APBNM8 XUM9APCNM8 (17)

XUM2AKSNL2T XUM2AKCNL2T (17)

XUM2AKSNL5T XUM2AKCNM8T+XZCP0941L5

(17)

XUM2AKSNM8T XUM2AKCNM8T (17)

XUM2ANANL2R XUM2ANCNL2R (17)

XUM2ANANL5R XUM2ANCNM8R+XZCP0941L5

(17)

XUM2ANANM8R XUM2ANCNM8R (17)

Old sensor New OsiSense® XU sensor

XUM2ANBNL2R XUM2ANCNL2R (17)

XUM2ANBNM8R XUM2ANCNM8R (17)

XUM2APANL2R XUM2APCNL2R (17)

XUM2APANL5R XUM2APCNM8R+XZCP0941L5

(17)

XUM2APANM8R XUM2APCNM8R (17)

XUM2APBNL2R XUM2APCNL2R (17)

XUM2APBNL5R XUM2APCNM8R+XZCP0941L5

(17)

XUM2APBNM8R XUM2APCNM8R (17)

XUM5ANANL2 XUM5ANCNL2 (17)

XUM5ANANM8 XUM5ANCNM8 (17)

XUM5ANBNL2 XUM5ANCNL2 (17)

XUM5ANBNM8 XUM5ANCNM8 (17)

XUM5APANL2 XUM5APCNL2 (17)

XUM5APANL5 XUM5APCNM8+XZCP0941L5 (17)

XUM5APANM8 XUM5APCNM8 (17)

XUM5APBNL2 XUM5APCNL2 (17)

XUM5APBNL5 XUM5APCNM8+XZCP0941L5 (17)

XUM5APBNM8 XUM5APCNM8 (17)

XUM6ANANL2 XUM5ANCNL2 (17)

XUM6ANANM8 XUM5ANCNM8 (17)

XUM6ANBNL2 XUM5ANCNL2 (17)

XUM6ANBNM8 XUM5ANCNM8 (17)

XUM6APANL2 XUM5APCNL2 (17)

XUM6APANL5 XUM5APCNM8+XZCP0941L5 (17)

XUM6APANM8 XUM5APCNM8 (17)

XUM6APBNL2 XUM5APCNL2 (17)

XUM6APBNL5 XUM5APCNM8+XZCP0941L5 (17)

XUM6APBNM8 XUM5APCNM8 (17)

XUM9ANANL2 XUM9ANCNL2 (17)

XUM9ANANL5 XUM9ANCNM8+XZCP0941L5 (17)

XUM9ANANM8 XUM9ANCNM8 (17)

XUM9ANBNL2 XUM9ANCNL2 (17)

XUM9ANBNM8 XUM9ANCNM8 (17)

XUM9APANL2 XUM9APCNL2 (17)

XUM9APANL5 XUM9APCNM8+XZCP0941L5 (17)

XUM9APANM8 XUM9APCNM8 (17)

XUM9APBNL2 XUM9APCNL2 (17)

XUM9APBNL5 XUM9APCNM8+XZCP0941L5 (17)

XUM9APBNM8 XUM9APCNM8 (17)

Substitution Table OsiSense® XU

Photoelectric sensors

(2) Sensor output NO, PNP connection.

(3) Sensor output NC, NPN connection.

(4) Sensor output NO, PNP connection.

(5) Sensor output NC, PNP connection.

(13) Output current switching capacity = 100 mA instead of

200 mA.

(17) Sensor with NO/NC outputs.

Note: XUZC50 is a 50 x 50 mm reﬂ ector, XUZA5 and XUZX2000 are metal mounting brackets and XUZX2001 is an M16 to 1/2 NPT adapter.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Schneider Electric Sensors Master Catalog 1000283156

104879-Catalog 104879-Catalog 104879-Catalog B4 unilog cesco-content

1000470827-Catalog 1000470827-Catalog 1000470827-Catalog B5 unilog cesco-content

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation